Foreword: 1. Structure

FOREWORD
1. STRUCTURE
This service manual has been prepared as an aid to improve the quality of repairs by giving the
serviceman an accurate understanding of the product and by showing him the correct way to perform
repairs and make judgements. Make sure you understand the contents of this manual and use it to
full effect at every opportunity.
This service manual mainly contains the necessary technical information for operations performed in
a service workshop.
For ease of understanding, the manual is divided into the following sections.
SECTION 1 GENERAL
This section explains the safety hints and gives the specification of the machine and major
components.
SECTION 2 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
This section explains the structure and function of each component. It serves not only to give an
understanding of the structure, but also serves as reference material for troubleshooting.
SECTION 3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
This section explains the hydraulic circuit, single and combined operation.
SECTION 4 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
This section explains the electrical circuit, monitoring system and each component. It serves not
only to give an understanding electrical system, but also serves as reference material for trouble
shooting.
SECTION 5 MECHATRONICS SYSTEM
This section explains the computer aided power optimization system and each component.
SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING
This section explains the troubleshooting charts correlating problems to causes.
SECTION 7 MAINTENANCE STANDARD
This section gives the judgement standards when inspecting disassembled parts.
SECTION 8 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
This section explains the order to be followed when removing, installing, disassembling or assembling
each component, as well as precautions to be taken for these operations.
The specifications contained in this shop manual are subject to change at any time and without any
advance notice. Contact your HYUNDAI distributor for the latest information.
0-1
2. HOW TO READ THE SERVICE MANUAL
Distribution and updating Revised edition mark(‫ںڹڸ‬š)
Any additions, amendments or other changes When a manual is revised, an edition mark is
will be sent to HYUNDAI distributors. recorded on the bottom outside corner of the
Get the most up-to-date information before you pages.
start any work.
Revisions
Filing method Revised pages are shown at the list of revised
1. See the page number on the bottom of the pages on the between the contents page and
page. section 1 page.
File the pages in correct order.
2. Following examples shows how to read the Symbols
page number. So that the shop manual can be of ample
Example 1 practical use, important places for safety and
2-3 quality are marked with the following symbols.
Item number(2. Structure and
Function)
Consecutive page number for Symbol Item Remarks
each item.
Special safety precautions are
3. Additional pages : Additional pages are necessary when performing the
indicated by a hyphen(-) and number after the work.
Safety
page number. File as in the example. Extra special safety precautions
10 - 4 are necessary when performing
the work because it is under
10 - 4 - 1
Added pages internal pressure.
10 - 4 - 2
Special technical precautions or
10 - 5
Ɠ Caution
other precautions for preserving
standards are necessary when
performing the work.
0-2
3. CONVERSION TABLE
Method of using the Conversion Table
The Conversion Table in this section is provided to enable simple conversion of figures. For details of
the method of using the Conversion Table, see the example given below.
Example
1. Method of using the Conversion Table to convert from millimeters to inches
Convert 55mm into inches.
(1) Locate the number 50in the vertical column at the left side, take this as ‫ڞ‬, then draw a
horizontal line from ‫ڞ‬.
(2) Locate the number 5in the row across the top, take this as ‫ڟ‬, then draw a perpendicular line
down from ‫ڟ‬.
(3) Take the point where the two lines cross as ‫ڠ‬. This point ‫ ڠ‬gives the value when converting
from millimeters to inches. Therefore, 55mm = 2.165 inches.
2. Convert 550mm into inches.

(1) The number 550 does not appear in the table, so divide by 10(Move the decimal point one place
to the left) to convert it to 55mm.
(2) Carry out the same procedure as above to convert 55mm to 2.165 inches.
(3) The original value(550mm) was divided by 10, so multiply 2.165 inches by 10(Move the decimal
point one place to the right) to return to the original value.
This gives 550mm = 21.65 inches.
Millimeters to inches ‫ڟ‬

1mm = 0.03937 in
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354

10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.536
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929
‫ڠ‬
‫ڞ‬ 50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.032 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898
0-3
Millimeters to inches 1mm = 0.03937in
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354

10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.536
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929
50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.032 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898
Kilogram to Pound 1kg = 2.2046lb
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 2.20 4.41 6.61 8.82 11.02 13.23 15.43 17.64 19.84

10 22.05 24.25 26.46 28.66 30.86 33.07 35.27 37.48 39.68 41.89
20 44.09 46.30 48.50 50.71 51.91 55.12 57.32 59.5. 61.73 63.93
30 66.14 68.34 70.55 72.75 74.96 77.16 79.37 81.57 83.78 85.98
40 88.18 90.39 92.59 94.80 97.00 99.21 101.41 103.62 105.82 108.03
50 110.23 112.44 114.64 116.85 119.05 121.25 123.46 125.66 127.87 130.07
60 132.28 134.48 136.69 138.89 141.10 143.30 145.51 147.71 149.91 152.12
70 154.32 156.53 158.73 160.94 163.14 165.35 167.55 169.76 171.96 174.17
80 176.37 178.57 180.78 182.98 185.19 187.39 189.60 191.80 194.01 196.21
90 198.42 200.62 202.83 205.03 207.24 209.44 211.64 213.85 216.05 218.26
0-4
Liter to U.S. Gallon 1ֻ = 0.2642 U.S.Gal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.264 0.528 0.793 1.057 1.321 1.585 1.849 2.113 2.378

10 2.642 2.906 3.170 3.434 3.698 3.963 4.227 4.491 4.755 5.019
20 5.283 5.548 5.812 6.6076 6.340 6.604 6.869 7.133 7.397 7.661
30 7.925 8.189 8.454 8.718 8.982 9.246 9.510 9.774 10.039 10.303
40 10.567 10.831 11.095 11.359 11.624 11.888 12.152 12.416 12.680 12.944
50 13.209 13.473 13.737 14.001 14.265 14.529 14.795 15.058 15.322 15.586
60 15.850 16.115 16.379 16.643 16.907 17.171 17.435 17.700 17.964 18.228
70 18.492 18.756 19.020 19.285 19.549 19.813 20.077 20.341 20.605 20.870
80 21.134 21.398 21.662 21.926 22.190 22.455 22.719 22.983 23.247 23.511
90 23.775 24.040 24.304 24.568 24.832 25.096 25.631 25.625 25.889 26.153
3
Liter to U.K. Gallon 1ֻ = 0.21997 U.K.Gal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.220 0.440 0.660 0.880 1.100 1.320 1.540 1.760 1.980

10 2.200 2.420 2.640 2.860 3.080 3.300 3.520 3.740 3.950 4.179
20 4.399 4.619 4.839 5.059 5.279 5.499 5.719 5.939 6.159 6.379
30 6.599 6.819 7.039 7.259 7.479 7.969 7.919 8.139 8.359 8.579
40 8.799 9.019 9.239 9.459 9.679 9.899 10.119 10.339 10.559 10.778
50 10.998 11.281 11.438 11.658 11.878 12.098 12.318 12.528 12.758 12.978
60 13.198 13.418 13.638 13.858 14.078 14.298 14.518 14.738 14.958 15.178
70 15.398 15.618 15.838 16.058 16.278 16.498 16.718 16.938 17.158 17.378
80 17.598 17.818 18.037 18.257 18.477 18.697 18.917 19.137 19.357 19.577
90 19.797 20.017 20.237 20.457 20.677 20.897 21.117 21.337 21.557 21.777
0-5
kgşm to lbşft 1kgşm = 7.233lbşft
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
7.2 14.5 21.7 28.9 36.2 43.4 50.6 57.9 65.1

10 72.3 79.6 86.8 94.0 101.3 108.5 115.7 123.0 130.2 137.4
20 144.7 151.9 159.1 166.4 173.6 180.8 188.1 195.3 202.5 209.8
30 217.0 224.2 231.5 238.7 245.9 253.2 260.4 267.6 274.9 282.1
40 289.3 396.6 303.8 311.0 318.3 325.5 332.7 340.0 347.2 354.4
50 361.7 368.9 376.1 383.4 390.6 397.8 405.1 412.3 419.5 426.8
60 434.0 441.2 448.5 455.7 462.9 470.2 477.4 484.6 491.8 499.1
70 506.3 513.5 520.8 528.0 535.2 542.5 549.7 556.9 564.2 571.4
80 578.6 585.9 593.1 600.3 607.6 614.8 622.0 629.3 636.5 643.7
90 651.0 658.2 665.4 672.7 679.9 687.1 694.4 701.6 708.8 716.1
100 723.3 730.5 737.8 745.0 752.2 759.5 766.7 773.9 781.2 788.4
110 795.6 802.9 810.1 817.3 824.6 831.8 839.0 846.3 853.5 860.7
120 868.0 875.2 882.4 889.7 896.9 904.1 911.4 918.6 925.8 933.1
130 940.3 947.5 954.8 962.0 969.2 976.5 983.7 990.9 998.2 10005.4
140 1012.6 1019.9 1027.1 1034.3 1041.5 1048.8 1056.0 1063.2 1070.5 1077.7
150 1084.9 1092.2 1099.4 1106.6 1113.9 1121.1 1128.3 1135.6 1142.8 1150.0
160 1157.3 1164.5 1171.7 1179.0 1186.2 1193.4 1200.7 1207.9 1215.1 1222.4
170 1129.6 1236.8 1244.1 1251.3 1258.5 1265.8 1273.0 1280.1 1287.5 1294.7
180 1301.9 1309.2 1316.4 1323.6 1330.9 1338.1 1345.3 1352.6 1359.8 1367.0
190 1374.3 1381.5 1388.7 1396.0 1403.2 1410.4 1417.7 1424.9 1432.1 1439.4
0-6
kg/cm2 to lb/in2 1kg / cm2 = 14.2233 lb / in2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
14.2 28.4 42.7 56.9 71.1 85.3 99.6 113.8 128.0

10 142.2 156.5 170.7 184.9 199.1 213.4 227.6 241.8 256.0 270.2
20 284.5 298.7 312.9 327.1 341.4 355.6 369.8 384.0 398.3 412.5
30 426.7 440.9 455.1 469.4 483.6 497.8 512.0 526.3 540.5 554.7
40 568.9 583.2 597.4 611.6 625.8 640.1 654.3 668.5 682.7 696.9
50 711.2 725.4 739.6 753.8 768.1 782.3 796.5 810.7 825.0 839.2
60 853.4 867.6 881.8 896.1 910.3 924.5 938.7 953.0 967.2 981.4
70 995.6 1010 1024 1038 1053 1067 1081 1095 1109 1124
80 1138 1152 1166 1181 1195 1209 1223 1237 1252 1266
90 1280 1294 1309 1323 1337 1351 1365 1380 1394 1408
100 1422 1437 1451 1465 1479 1493 1508 1522 1536 1550
110 1565 1579 1593 1607 1621 1636 1650 1664 1678 1693
120 1707 1721 1735 1749 1764 1778 1792 1806 1821 1835
130 1849 2863 1877 1892 1906 1920 1934 1949 1963 1977
140 1991 2005 2020 2034 2048 2062 2077 2091 2105 2119
150 2134 2148 2162 2176 2190 2205 2219 2233 2247 2262
160 2276 2290 2304 2318 2333 2347 2361 2375 2389 2404
170 2418 2432 2446 2460 2475 2489 2503 2518 2532 2546
180 2560 2574 2589 5603 2617 2631 2646 2660 2674 2688
200 2845 2859 2873 2887 2901 2916 2930 2944 2958 2973
210 2987 3001 3015 3030 3044 3058 3072 3086 3101 3115
220 3129 3143 3158 3172 3186 3200 3214 3229 3243 3257
230 3271 3286 3300 3314 3328 3343 3357 3371 3385 3399
240 3414 3428 3442 3456 3470 3485 3499 3513 3527 3542
0-7
TEMPERATURE
Fahrenheit-Centigrade Conversion.
A simple way to convert a fahrenheit temperature reading into a centigrade temperature reading or vice verse
is to enter the accompanying table in the center or boldface column of figures.
These figures refer to the temperature in either Fahrenheit or Centigrade degrees.
If it is desired to convert from Fahrenheit to Centigrade degrees, consider the center column as a table of
Fahrenheit temperatures and read the corresponding Centigrade temperature in the column at the left.
If it is desired to convert from Centigrade to Fahrenheit degrees, consider the center column as a table of
Centigrade values, and read the corresponding Fahrenheit temperature on the right.
Ş
C Ş
F Ş
C Ş
F Ş
C Ş
F Ş
C Ş
F
-40.4 -40 -40.0 -11.7 11 51.8 7.8 46 114.8 27.2 81
117.8
-37.2 -35 -31.0 -11.1 12 53.6 8.3 47 116.6 27.8 82 179.6
-34.4 -30 -22.0 -10.6 13 55.4 8.9 48 118.4 28.3 83 181.4
-31.7 -25 -13.0 -10.0 14 57.2 9.4 49 120.2 28.9 84 183.2
-28.9 -20 -4.0 -9.4 15 59.0 10.0 50 122.0 29.4 85 185.0
-28.3 -19 -2.2 -8.9 16 60.8 10.6 51 123.8 30.0 86 186.8

-27.8 -18 -0.4 -8.3 17 62.6 11.1 52 125.6 30.6 87 188.6
-27.2 -17 1.4 -7.8 18 64.4 11.7 53 127.4 31.1 88 190.4
-26.7 -16 3.2 -6.7 20 68.0 12.8 55 131.0 32.2 90 194.0
-26.1 -15 5.0 -6.7 20 68.0 12.8 55 131.0 32.2 90 194.0
-25.6 -14 6.8 -6.1 21 69.8 13.3 56 132.8 32.8 91 195.8

-25.0 -13 8.6 -5.6 22 71.6 13.9 57 134.6 33.3 92 197.6
-24.4 -12 10.4 -5.0 23 73.4 14.4 58 136.4 33.9 93 199.4
-23.9 -11 12.2 -4.4 24 75.2 15.0 59 138.2 34.4 94 201.2
-23.3 -10 14.0 -3.9 25 77.0 15.6 60 140.0 35.0 95 203.0
-22.8 -9 15.8 -3.3 26 78.8 16.1 61 141.8 35.6 96 204.8

-22.2 -8 17.6 -2.8 27 80.6 16.7 62 143.6 36.1 97 206.6
-21.7 -7 19.4 -2.2 28 82.4 17.2 63 145.4 36.7 98 208.4
-21.1 -6 21.2 -1.7 29 84.2 17.8 64 147.2 37.2 99 210.2
-20.6 -5 23.0 -1.1 35 95.0 21.1 70 158.0 51.7 125 257.0
-20.0 -4 24.8 -0.6 31 87.8 18.9 66 150.8 40.6 105 221.0

-19.4 -3 26.6 0 32 89.6 19.4 67 152.6 43.3 110 230.0
-18.9 -2 28.4 0.6 33 91.4 20.0 68 154.4 46.1 115 239.0
-18.3 -1 30.2 1.1 34 93.2 20.6 69 156.2 48.9 120 248.0
-17.8 0 32.0 1.7 35 95.0 21.1 70 158.0 51.7 125 257.0
-17.2 1 33.8 2.2 36 96.8 21.7 71 159.8 54.4 130 266.0

-16.7 2 35.6 2.8 37 98.6 22.2 72 161.6 57.2 135 275.0
-16.1 3 37.4 3.3 38 100.4 22.8 73 163.4 60.0 140 284.0
-15.6 4 39.2 3.9 39 102.2 23.3 74 165.2 62.7 145 293.0
-15.0 5 41.0 4.4 40 104.0 23.9 75 167.0 65.6 150 302.0
-14.4 6 42.8 5.0 41 105.8 24.4 76 168.8 68.3 155 311.0

-13.9 7 44.6 5.6 42 107.6 25.0 77 170.6 71.1 160 320.0
-13.3 8 46.4 6.1 43 109.4 25.6 78 172.4 73.9 165 329.0
0-8
SECTION 1 GENERAL
GROUP 1 SAFETY
FOLLOW SAFE PROCEDURE

Unsafe work practices are dangerous. Understand
service procedure before doing work; Do not attempt
shortcuts.
WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment
appropriate to the job.
WARN OTHERS OF SERVICE WORK

Unexpected machine movement can cause serious
injury.
Before performing any work on the excavator, attach a
ųDo Not OperateŴtag on the right side control lever.
WARN
DO
NOT
OPERATE
USE HANDHOLDS AND STEPS

Falling is one of the major causes of personal injury.
When you get on and off the machine, always maintain
a three point contact with the steps and handrails and
face the machine. Do not use any controls as
handholds.
Never jump on or off the machine. Never mount or
dismount a moving machine.
Be careful of slippery conditions on platforms, steps,
and handrails when leaving the machine.
1-1
PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES
Be prepared if a fire starts.
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance
service, hospital, and fire department near your
telephone.
PROTECT AGAINST FLYING DEBRIS

Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal or
debris; Wear goggles or safety glasses.
PROTECT AGAINST NOISE

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause
impairment or loss of hearing.
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as ear-
muffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortable loud noises.
AVOID POWER LINES

Serious injury or death can result from contact with
electric lines.
Never move any part of the machine or load closer to
electric line than 3m(10ft) plus twice the line insulator
length.
1-2
KEEP RIDERS OFF EXCAVATOR
Only allow the operator on the excavator. Keep riders
off.
Riders on excavator are subject to injury such as being
struck by foreign objects and being thrown off the
excavator. Riders also obstruct the operator's view
resulting in the excavator being operated in an unsafe
manner.
MOVE AND OPERATE MACHINE SAFELY

Bystanders can be run over. Know the location of
bystanders before moving, swinging, or operating the
machine.
Always keep the travel alarm in working condition. It
warns people when the excavator starts to move.
Use a signal person when moving, swinging, or
operating the machine in congested areas. Coordinate
hand signals before starting the excavator.
OPERATE ONLY FORM OPERATOR'S SEAT

Avoid possible injury machine damage. Do not start
engine by shorting across starter terminals.
NEVER start engine while standing on ground. Start
engine only from operator's seat.
PARK MACHINE SAFELY

Before working on the machine:
şPark machine on a level surface.
şLower bucket to the ground.
şTurn auto idle switch off.
şRun engine at 1/2 speed without load for 2 minutes.
şTurn key switch to OFF to stop engine. Remove key
from switch.
şMove pilot control shutoff lever to locked position.
şAllow engine to cool.
1-3
SUPPORT MACHINE PROPERLY
Always lower the attachment or implement to the
ground before you work on the machine. If you must
work on a lifted machine or attachment, securely
support the machine or attachment.
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow
tiles, or props that may crumble under continuous load.
Do not work under a machine that is supported solely by
a jack. Follow recommended procedures in this manual.
SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling
system can cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool
enough to touch with bare hands.
HANDLE FLUIDS SAFELY-AVOID FIRES

Handle fuel with care; It is highly flammable. Do not
refuel the machine while smoking or when near open
flame or sparks. Always stop engine before refueling
machine.
Fill fuel tank outdoors.
Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not

incinerate or puncture pressurized containers.
Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and
debris.
Do not store oily rags; They can ignite and burn
spontaneously.
1-4
BEWARE OF EXHAUST FUMES
Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can
cause sickness or death.
If you must operate in a building, be positive there is
adequate ventilation. Either use an exhaust pipe
extension to remove the exhaust fumes or open doors
and windows to bring enough outside air into the area.
REMOVE PAINT BEFORE WELDING OR HEATING

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is
heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
Do all work outside or in a well ventilated area.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
Remove paint before welding or heating:
ş If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
ş If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper
with soap and water before welding. Remove
solvent or paint stripper containers and other
flammable material from area. Allow fumes to
disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or
heating.
ILLUMINATE WORK AREA SAFELY

Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a
portable safety light for working inside or under the
machine. Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire
cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb
can ignite spilled fuel or oil.
1-5
SERVICE MACHINE SAFELY
Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie,
scarf, loose clothing or necklace when you work near
machine tools or moving parts. If these items were to
get caught, severe injury could result.
Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical
shorts and entanglement in moving parts.
STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS

Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious
injury.
To prevent accidents, use care when working around
rotating parts.
AVOID HIGH PRESSURE FLUIDS

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin
causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect
hands and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any
fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed
within a few hours or gangrene may result.
1-6
AVOID HEATING NEAR PRESSURIZED FLUID
LINES
Flammable spray can be generated by heating near
pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to
yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding,
soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or
other flammable materials.
Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when heat
goes beyond the immediate flame area. Install fire
resisting guards to protect hoses or other materials.
PREVENT BATTERY EXPLOSIONS

Keep sparks, lighted matches, and flame away from the
top of battery. Battery gas can explode.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object
across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer.
Do not charge a frozen battery; It may explode. Warm
battery to 16Ş
C(60Ş F).
PREVENT ACID BURNS

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is
strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and
cause blindness if splashed into eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added.
4. Avoiding spilling of dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself:
1. Flush your skin with water.
2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the
acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 10-15 minutes. Get
medical attention immediately.
If acid is swallowed:
1. Drink large amounts of water or milk.
2. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten eggs, or
vegetable oil.
3. Get medical attention immediately.
1-7
USE TOOLS PROPERLY
Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools,
parts, and procedures can create safety hazards.
Use power tools only to loosen threaded tools and
fasteners.
For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct
size tools. DO NOT use U.S. measurement tools on
metric fasteners. Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping
wrenches.
Use only recommended replacement parts.(See Parts
catalogue.)
DISPOSE OF FLUIDS PROPERLY

Improperly disposing of fluids can harm the environment
and ecology. Before draining any fluids, find out the
proper way to dispose of waste from your local
environmental agency.
Use proper containers when draining fluids. Do not use
food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.
DO NOT pour oil into the ground, down a drain, or into a
stream, pond, or lake. Observe relevant environmental
protection regulations when disposing of oil, fuel,
coolant, brake fluid, filters, batteries, and other harmful
waste.
REPLACE SAFETY SIGNS

Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See the
machine operator's manual for correct safety sign
placement.
LIVE WITH SAFETY

Before returning machine to customer, make sure
machine is functioning properly, especially the safety
systems. Install all guards and shields.
1-8
GROUP 2 SPECIFICATIONS
1. MAJOR COMPONENT
Tool box Fuel tank Hydraulic oil tank Main pump
Engine
Radiator
Tooth Bucket Turning joint Swing motor Main control valve Oil cooler
Arm Arm cylinder Boom Boom cylinder Cab Muffler Counterweight
Bucket cylinder Connecting link Idler Carrier roller Sprocket

Side cutter Connecting rod Track roller Track Travel motor
1-9
2. SPECIFICATION
1) ROBEX 160LC-3
I(I') D
C
E
G
F
H
J M
K N
A B(L)
Description Unit Specification
Operating weight kg(lb) 16600(36600)

Bucket capacity(PCSA heaped), standard m3(yd3) 0.65(0.85)
Overall length A 8530(28' 0")
Overall width, with 600mm shoe B 2590( 8' 6")
Overall height C 2870( 9' 5")
Superstructure width D 2470( 8' 1")
Overall height of cab E 2850( 9' 4")
Ground clearance of counterweight F 1035( 3' 5")
Engine cover height G 2135( 7' 0")
Minimum ground clearance H mm(ft-in) 460( 1' 6")
Rear-end distance I 2400( 7'10")
Rear-end swing radius I' 2490( 8' 2")
Distance between tumblers J 3190(10' 6")
Undercarriage length K 3980(13' 1")
Undercarriage width L 2590( 8' 6")
Track gauge M 1990( 6' 6")
Track shoe width, standard N 600(24")
Travel speed(Low/high) km/hr(mph) 3.5/5.5(2.2/3.4)
Swing speed rpm 12.1
Gradeability Degree(%) 35(70)
Ground pressure(600mm shoe) kg/cm (psi)
2
0.40(5.69)
1-10
3. WORKING RANGE
1) 5.10m(16' 9") BOOM
A
A'
F
D
E
C
B'
B
8ft
Description 2.25m(7' 5") Arm 2.60m(8' 6") Arm 3.10m(10' 2") Arm
Max digging reach A 8630mm (28' 4") 8950mm (29' 4") 9340mm (30' 8")
Max digging reach on ground A' 8470mm (27' 9") 8800mm (28'10") 9200mm (30' 2")
Max digging depth B 5740mm (18'10") 6090mm (20' 0") 6590mm (21' 7")
Max digging depth (8ft level) B' 5480mm (18' 0") 5860mm (19' 3") 6360mm (20'10")
Max vertical wall digging depth C 4930mm (16' 2") 5370mm (17' 7") 5580mm (18' 4")
Max digging height D 8750mm (28' 8") 8940mm (29' 4") 9000mm (29' 6")
Max dumping height E 6120mm (20' 1") 6310mm (20' 8") 6400mm (21' 0")
Min swing radius F 2960mm ( 9' 9") 2920mm ( 9' 7") 2940mm ( 9' 8")
90 [99] kN 90 [99] kN 90 [99] kN
SAE 9200 [10060] kgf 9200 [10060] kgf 9200 [10060] kgf
20280 [22180] lbf 20280 [22180] lbf 20280 [22180] lbf
Bucket digging force
104 [113] kN 104 [113] kN 104 [113] kN
ISO 10570 [11560] kgf 10570 [11560] kgf 10570 [11560] kgf
23300 [25480] lbf 23300 [25480] lbf 23300 [25480] lbf
78 [85] kN 70 [76] kN 63 [69] kN
SAE 7920 [8660] kgf 7110 [7780] kgf 6440 [7040] kgf
17460 [19100] lbf 15670 [17140] lbf 14200 [15530] lbf
Arm crowd force
81 [89] kN 73 [79] kN 65 [71] kN
ISO 8260 [9030] kgf 7390 [8080] kgf 6650 [7270] kgf
18210 [19920] lbf 16290 [17820] lbf 14660 [16030] lbf
[ ] : Power boost
1-11
4. WEIGHT
1) R160LC-3
R160LC-3
Item
kg lb
Upperstructure assembly 7220 15920
Main frame weld assembly 1210 2670
Engine assembly 410 904
Main pump assembly 125 276
Main control valve assembly 135 298
Swing motor assembly 218 481
Hydraulic oil tank assembly 145 320
Fuel tank assembly 110 243
Counterweight 2900 6390
Cab assembly 275 610
Lower chassis assembly 6450 14220
Track frame weld assembly 2005 4420
Swing bearing 230 507
Travel motor assembly 210 463
Turning joint 36 79
Track recoil spring and idler 137 302
Idler 160 353
Carrier roller 21 46
Track roller 38 84
Track-chain assembly(600mm standard triple grouser shoe) 1183 2610
Front attachment assembly(5.10m boom, 2.60m arm,
2930 6460
0.65m3 PCSA heaped bucket)
5.10m boom assembly 1035 2280
2.60m arm assembly 525 1157
0.65m3 PCSA heaped bucket 510 1124
Boom cylinder assembly 135 298
Arm cylinder assembly 183 403
Bucket cylinder assembly 125 276
Bucket control link assembly 112 247
1-12
5. LIFTING CAPACITIES
1) ROBEX 160LC-3
(1) 5.10m(16' 9") boom, 2.60m(8' 6") arm equipped with 0.65m3(PCSA heaped) bucket and 600mm
(24") triple grouser shoe.
ş : Rating over-front ş : Rating over-side or 360 degree
Load radius At max. reach

Load point 1.5m(5ft) 3.0m(10ft) 4.5m(15ft) 6.0m(20ft) 7.5m(25ft) Capacity Reach
height
m(ft)
7.5m kg *2800 *2800 6.20
(25ft) lb *6170 *6170 (20.3)
6.0m kg *2620 *2620 *2800 2040 7.46
(20ft) lb *5780 *5780 *6170 4500 (24.5)
4.5m kg *3220 2910 2810 1660 8.20
(15ft) lb *7100 6420 6190 3660 (26.9)
3.0m kg *6720 *6720 *4530 4420 *3670 2760 *2400 1840 2550 1470 8.56
(10ft) lb *14820 *14820 *9990 9740 *8090 6080 *5290 4060 5620 3240 (28.1)
1.5m kg *7670 7470 *5690 4050 *4210 2590 3060 1770 2480 1410 8.61
(5ft) lb *16910 16470 *12540 8930 *9280 5710 6750 3900 5470 3110 (28.2)
Ground kg *7280 7100 *6450 3800 4270 2450 *2970 1710 2570 1460 8.34
Line lb *16050 15650 *14220 8380 9410 5400 *6550 3770 5670 3220 (27.4)
-1.5m kg *6100 *6100 *9750 7060 *6600 3690 4190 2390 2900 1660 7.73
(-5ft) lb *13450 *13450 *21500 15560 *14550 8140 9240 5270 6390 3660 (25.4)
-3.0m kg *9050 *9050 *9000 7170 *6070 3720 4220 2410 *3280 2160 6.66
(-10ft) lb *19950 *19950 *19840 15810 *13380 8200 9300 5310 *7230 4760 (21.9)
-4.5m kg *6610 *6610 *4370 3890
(-15ft) lb *14570 *14570 *9630 8580
Note 1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the ROBEX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine
on firm, level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The load point is a hook located on the back of the bucket.
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.
1- 13

Load point 1.5m(5ft) 3.0m(10ft) 4.5m(15ft) 6.0m(20ft) Capacity Reach
height
m(ft)
7.5m kg *3040 *3040 5.71
(25ft) lb *6700 *6700 (18.7)
6.0m kg *3020 2260 7.08
(20ft) lb *6660 4980 (23.2)
4.5m kg *3870 *3870 *3490 2900 3030 1810 7.86
(15ft) lb *8530 *8530 *7690 6390 6680 3990 (25.8)
3.0m kg *7610 *7610 *4900 4390 *3910 2760 2740 1610 8.24
(10ft) lb *16780 *16780 *10800 9680 *8620 6080 6040 3550 (27.0)
1.5m kg *5740 *5740 *5990 4030 *4410 2610 2660 1540 8.28
(5ft) lb *12650 *12650 *13210 8880 *9720 5750 5860 3400 (27.2)
Ground kg *6990 *6990 *6610 3820 4300 2490 2780 1610 8.01
Line lb *15410 *15410 *14570 8420 9480 5490 6130 3550 (26.3)
-1.5m kg *6620 *6620 *9920 7150 *6600 3750 4250 2440 3170 1850 7.37
(-5ft) lb *14590 *14590 *21870 15760 *14550 8270 9370 5380 6990 4080 (24.2)
-3.0m kg *10180 *10180 *8540 7300 *5870 3800 *3370 2470 6.22
(-10ft) lb *22440 *22440 *18830 16090 *12940 8380 *7430 5450 (20.4)
-4.5m kg *5730 *5730
(-15ft) lb *12630 *12630

Load point 1.5m(5ft) 3.0m(10ft) 4.5m(15ft) 6.0m(20ft) 7.5m(25ft) Capacity Reach
height
m(ft)
7.5m kg *2480 *2480 6.76
(25ft) lb *5470 *5470 (22.2)
6.0m kg *2580 *2580 *2530 1850 7.92
(20ft) lb *5690 *5690 *5580 4080 (26.0)
4.5m kg *2880 *2880 *1840 *1840 2590 1520 8.61
(15ft) lb *6350 *6350 *4060 *4060 5710 3350 (28.2)
3.0m kg *4030 *4030 *3370 2800 *2750 1870 2360 1350 8.95
(10ft) lb *8880 *8880 *7430 6170 *6060 4120 5200 2980 (29.4)
1.5m kg *8730 7710 *5280 4120 *3960 2610 3070 1780 2290 1290 9.00
(5ft) lb *19250 17000 *11640 9080 *8730 5750 6770 3920 5050 2840 (29.5)
Ground kg *8130 7110 *6200 3810 4270 2450 2990 1700 2370 1330 8.75
Line lb *17920 15670 *13670 8400 9410 5400 6590 3750 5220 2930 (28.7)
-1.5m kg *5830 *5830 *9570 6970 *6550 3660 4160 2360 2620 1480 8.17
(-5ft) lb *12850 *12850 *21100 15370 *14440 8070 9170 5200 5780 3260 (26.8)
-3.0m kg *8220 *8220 *9510 7020 *6270 3640 4150 2350 *3230 1870 7.18
(-10ft) lb *18120 *18120 *20970 15480 *13820 8020 9150 5180 *7120 4120 (23.6)
-4.5m kg *11360 *11360 *7600 7240 *5090 3750
(-15ft) lb *25040 *25040 *16760 15960 *11220 8270
1- 14
6. BUCKET SELECTION GUIDE
1) GENERAL BUCKET
0.39m3 PCSA 0.57m3 PCSA Ɠ0.65m3 PCSA 0.70m3 PCSA 0.80m3 PCSA
heaped bucket heaped bucket heaped bucket heaped bucket heaped bucket
Recommendation
Capacity Width
5.10m (16' 9") boom
Weight
PCSA CECE Without With 2.25m arm 2.60m arm 3.10m arm
heaped heaped side cutter side cutter (7' 5") (8' 6") (10' 2")
0.39m3 0.35m3 620mm 740mm 410kg

(0.51yd3) (0.46yd3) (24") (29") (900lb)
0.57m3 0.50m3 840mm 960mm 490kg

(0.75yd3) (0.65yd3) (33") (38") (1080lb)
Ɠ0.65m3 0.55m3 930mm 1050mm 510kg

(0.85yd3) (0.72yd3) (37") (41") (1120lb)
0.70m3 0.60m3 990mm 1110mm 540kg

(0.92yd3) (0.78yd3) (39") (44") (1190lb)
0.80m3 0.70m3 1080mm 1200mm 570kg

(1.05yd3) (0.92yd3) (43") (47") (1260lb)
Ɠ Standard bucket
Applicable for materials with density of 2000kg/m3 (3370lb/yd3) or less

1-15
7. UNDERCARRIAGE
1) TRACKS
X-leg type center frame is integrally welded with reinforced box-section track frames. The design
includes dry tracks, lubricated rollers, idlers, sprockets, hydraulic track adjusters with shock
absorbing springs and assembled track-type tractor shoes with triple grousers.
2) TYPES OF SHOES
Triple grouser
Model Shapes
Shoe width mm(in) 500(20) 600(24) 700(28) 800(32)

Operating weight kg(lb) 16360(36070) 16600(36600) 16970(37410) 17240(38010)
R160LC-3
Ground pressure kg/cm (psi)
2
0.47(6.68) 0.40(5.69) 0.35(4.98) 0.31(4.41)
Overall width mm(ft-in) 2490(8' 2") 2590(8' 6") 2690(8' 10") 2790(9' 2")
3) NUMBER OF ROLLERS AND SHOES ON EACH SIDE
Item Quantity
Carrier rollers 2EA
Track rollers 7EA
Track shoes 49EA
1-16
8. SPECIFICATIONS FOR MAJOR COMPONENTS
1) ENGINE
Item Specification
Model Cummins B3.9-C

4-cycle turbocharged, after cooled and low emission
Type
diesel engine
Cooling method Water cooling
Number of cylinders and arrangement 4 cylinders, in-line
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Combustion chamber type Direct injection type
Cylinder boreźstroke 102ź120mm(4.02"ź4.72")
Piston displacement 3900cc(238cu in)
Compression ratio 16.5 : 1
Rated gross horse power(SAE J1349) 110Hp at 2200rpm(82kW at 2200rpm)
Maximum torque at 1500rpm 45.9kgfşm(332lbfşft)
Engine oil quantity 11ֻ(2.9U.S. gal)
Dry weight 329kg(725lb)
High idling speed 2450*50rpm
Low idling speed 950Ź100rpm
Rated fuel consumption 169.9g/Psşhr
Starting motor Delco Remy 28MT(24V)
Alternator DAC(24V - 60AMP)
Battery 2ź12Vź100Ah
2) MAIN PUMP
Item Specification
Type Variable displacement tandem axis piston pumps

Capacity 2ź64cc/rev
Maximum pressure 320kgf/cm2(4550psi)[350kgf/cm2(4980psi)]
Rated oil flow 2ź140ֻ/min (40U.S. gpm/ 30.8U.K. gpm)
Rated speed 2200rpm
[ ] : Power boost
1-17
3) GEAR PUMP
Item Specification
Type Fixed displacement gear pump single stage

Capacity 10cc/rev
Maximum pressure 40kgf/cm2(570psi)
Rated oil flow 22ֻ/min(5.8U.S. gpm/4.8U.K. gpm)
4) MAIN CONTROL VALVE
Item Specification
Type 9 spools two-block

Operating method Hydraulic pilot system
Main relief valve pressure 320kgf/cm2(4550psi)[350kgf/cm2(4980psi)]
Overload relief valve pressure 380kgf/cm2(5405psi)
[ ] : Power boost
5) SWING MOTOR
Item Specification
Type Fixed displacement axial piston motor

Capacity 99.2cc/rev
Relief pressure 260kgf/cm2(3911psi)
Braking system Automatic, spring applied, hydraulic released
Braking torque 42kgfşm(304lbfşft)
Brake release pressure 4.5~20kgf/cm2(64~284psi)
Reduction gear type 2 - stage planetary
Swing speed 12.1rpm
6) TRAVEL MOTOR
Item Specification
Type Variable displacement axial piston motor
Relief pressure 350kgf/cm2(4980psi)
Capacity(max / min) 87.3/55.5cc/rev
Reduction gear type 3-stage planetary
Braking system Automatic, spring applied, hydraulic released
Brake release pressure 11kgf/cm2(156psi)
Braking torque 1060~1780kgfşm(7667~12874lbfşft)
1-18
7) REMOTE CONTROL VALVE
Item Specification
Type Pressure reducing type

Minimum 5.5kgf/cm2(78psi)
Operating pressure
Maximum 19.5kgf/cm2(277psi)
Lever 82.7mm(3.3in)
Single operation stroke
Pedal 123mm(4.8in)
8) CYLINDER
Item Specification
Bore diaźRod diaźStroke ‫ٻ‬110ź‫ٻ‬80ź1180mm

Boom cylinder
Cushion Extend only
Arm cylinder
Cushion Extend and retract
Bucket cylinder
Cushion Extend only
9) SHOE
Item Width Ground pressure Link quantity Overall width
STD 600mm(24") 0.40kgf/cm2(5.69psi) 49 2590mm( 8' 6")

500mm(20") 0.47kgf/cm2(6.68psi) 49 2490mm( 8' 2")
OPT 700mm(28") 0.35kgf/cm (4.98psi)
2
49 2690mm( 8' 10")
800mm(32") 0.31kgf/cm2(4.41psi) 49 2790mm( 9' 2")
10) BUCKET
Capacity Tooth Width
Item quantity Without side cutter
PCSA heaped CECE heaped With side cutter
STD 0.65m3(0.85yd3) 0.55m3(0.72yd3) 5 930mm(37") 1050mm(41")
0.39m (0.51yd )
3 3
0.35m (0.46yd )
3 3
3 620mm(24") 740mm(29")
0.57m (0.75yd )
3 3
0.50m (0.65yd )
3 3
4 840mm(33") 960mm(38")
OPT
0.70m3(0.92yd3) 0.60m3(0.78yd3) 5 990mm(39") 1110mm(44")
0.80m (1.05yd )
3 3
0.70m (0.92yd )
3 3
5 1080mm(43") 1200mm(47")
1-19
9. RECOMMENDED OILS
Use only oils listed below or equivalent.
Do not mix different brand oil.
Ambient temperature Ş
C(Ş
F)
Capacity
Service point Kind of fluid ֻ(U.S. gal) -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
(-4) (14) (32) (50) (68) (86) (104)
SAE 30
Engine SAE 10W

Engine oil 11(2.9)
oil pan
SAE 10W-30
SAE 15W-40
Swing drive 3.4(0.9)

Gear oil SAE 85W-140
4.4ź2
Final drive (1.2ź2)
Tank; ISO VG 32
120(31.7)
Hydraulic tank Hydraulic oil ISO VG 46
System;
210(55.5) ISO VG 68
ASTM D975 NO.1

Fuel tank Diesel fuel 250(66.1)
ASTM D975 NO.2
NLGI NO.1
Fitting Grease As required
(Grease nipple)
NLGI NO.2
Mixture of
Radiator antifreeze
(Reservoir tank) 24(6.3) Ethylene glycol base permanent type
and water
50 : 50
SAE : Society of Automotive Engineers

API : American Petroleum Institute
ISO : International Organization for Standardization
NLGI : National Lubricating Grease Institute
ASTM : American Society of Testing and Material
1-20
SECTION 2 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
GROUP 1 PUMP DEVICE
1. STRUCTURE
The pump device consists of main pump, regulator and gear pump.
a4
Pi1
A3
Pf
B3
Dr Pi2
Qmin Adjusting screw Qmax Adjusting screw Qmin Adjusting screw

Regulator Pi2 Regulator
Pi1
B3
Dr
Dr
B1
a3
a1 a2
Front pump Valve block Rear pump Pilot pump
Front a1 A1 A2 a2 Rear
Port Port name Port size
A1,2 Delivery port SAE6000psi 3/4"
B1 Suction port SAE2500psi 2 1/2"
Pi1 Pi2
Dr Drain port PF 1/2 - 19
a4 Power shift port
Pf PF 1/4 - 15
(For decreasing)
Pf
Pi1,i2 Pilot port PF 1/4 - 15
A3 a1,2,3,4 Gauge port PF 1/4 - 15
Dr B1 B3 a3
A3 Gear pump delivery port PF 1/2 - 19
Hydraulic circuit B3 Gear pump suction port PF 3/4 - 20.5
2-1
1) MAIN PUMP
The main pump consists of two piston pumps(Front & rear) and valve block.
789 702
732 532 214 548 531 724 792 534 901 808 954 717 151 152 211 113 04
535
808
953
886
717
406
261
774
111
824
127
710
123
251
212
490 153 156 158 157 467 313 312 124 114 466 885 314 141 271 401 435
728 725
04 Gear pump 261 Seal cover(F) 717 O-ring

111 Drive shaft(F) 271 Pump casing 719 O-ring
113 Drive shaft(R) 312 Valve block 724 O-ring
114 Spline 313 Valve plate(R) 725 O-ring
123 Roller bearing 314 Valve plate(L) 728 O-ring
124 Needle bearing 401 Hexagon socket bolt 732 O-ring
127 Bearing spacer 406 Hexagon socket bolt 774 Oil seal
141 Cylinder block 435 Flange socket bolt 789 Back up ring
151 Piston 466 VP plug 792 Back up ring
152 Shoe 468 VP plug 808 Hexagon head nut
153 Push plate 490 VP plug 824 Snap ring
156 Bushing 531 Tilting pin 885 Pin
157 Cylinder spring 532 Servo piston 886 Spring pin
158 Spacer 534 Stopper(L) 901 Eye bolt
211 Shoe plate 535 Stopper(S) 953 Set screw
212 Swash plate 548 Pin 954 Set screw
214 Bushing 702 O-ring
251 Swash plate support 710 O-ring
2-2
2) REGULATOR(1/2)
412 875 874 079 735 722 755 466

755
A
897 858
B
612 614
Pf
615
613
a
A 611
B
753 496
SECTION D-D
A
KR36-9N1S
P2
438
Pi
801
641 730 643 708 644 645 646 728 924

(KDRDE5K) Pf B
SECTION B-B
405 699 413 496 438
D
A Delivery port 3/4"
Pf B Suction port 2 1/2"
Pi Pilot port PF 1/4-15
D Pf Powershift port PF 1/4-15
P2 Companion delivery port -
724 725 436
VIEW C
2-3
REGULATOR(2/2)
734 653 654 836 651 652 601 624 629 630 628
655
641 801
C
814 925
898
631 627
732
733
732
622
621 623 625 626 887 763 756

SECTION A-A
079 Hexagon socket screw 628 Adjust screw(C)

405 Hexagon socket screw 629 Cover(C) 732 O-ring
412 Hexagon socket screw 630 Nut 733 O-ring
413 Hexagon socket screw 631 Sleeve 734 O-ring
436 Hexagon socket screw 641 Pilot cover 735 O-ring
438 Hexagon socket screw 642 Pilot cover(QMC) 753 O-ring
466 Plug 643 Pilot piston 755 O-ring
496 Plug 644 Spring seat(Q) 756 O-ring
601 Casing 645 Adjust stem(Q) 763 O-ring
611 Feedback lever 646 Pilot spring 801 Nut
612 Lever(1) 651 Sleeve 814 Snap ring
613 Lever(2) 652 Spool 836 Snap ring
614 Fulcrum plug 653 Spring seat 858 Snap ring
615 Adjust plug 654 Return spring 874 Pin
621 Piston 655 Set spring 875 Pin
622 Piston case 708 O-ring 887 Pin
623 Compensator rod 722 O-ring 897 Pin
624 Spring seat(C) 724 O-ring 898 Pin
625 Outer spring 725 O-ring 924 Set screw
626 Inner spring 728 O-ring 925 Adjust screw(Q)
627 Adjust stem(C) 730 O-ring
2-4
3) GEAR PUMP
700 354 351 433
B3
850
434
355
311 A3
312
a3
710 435 361 353 732 309 307 310 308 434 466,725
307 Poppet 353 Drive gear 466 Plug

308 Seat 354 Driven gear 700 Ring
309 Spring seat 355 Filter 710 O-ring
310 Spring 361 Front case 725 O-ring
311 Adjust screw 433 Flange socket 732 O-ring
312 Lock nut 434 Flange socket 850 Snap ring
351 Gear case 435 Flange socket
2-5
2. FUNCTION
1) MAIN PUMP
The pumps may classified roughly into the rotary group performing a rotary motion and working as
the major part of the whole pump function: The swash plate group that varies the delivery rates: And
the valve cover group that changes over oil suction and discharge.
(1) Rotary group

The rotary group consists of drive shaft
(F)(111), cylinder block(141), piston
shoes(151,152), set plate(153), spherical 124
313
bush(156), spacer(158) and cylinder 141
spring(157). The drive shaft is supported 158
151 156
by bearing(123,124) at its both ends. 152 153
The shoe is caulked to the piston to from
111
a spherical coupling. It has a pocket to 157
relieve thrust force generated by loading 123
211
pressure and the take hydraulic balance
so that it slides lightly over the shoe
plate(211). The sub group composed by
a piston and a shoe is pressed against
the shoe plate by the action of the
cylinder spring via a retainer and a
spherical bush.
Similarly, the cylinder block is pressed
against valve plate(313) by the action of
the cylinder spring.
531
(2) Swash plate group 548
The swash plate group consists of swash 214
plate(212), shoe plate(211), swash plate
support(251), tilting bush(214), tilting 212
pin(531) and servo piston(532). 251 211
The swash plate is a cylindrical part
formed on the opposite side of the sliding
surface of the shoe and is supported by
the swash support.
532 ҄
If the servo piston moves to the right and
left as hydraulic force controlled by the
regulator is admitted to hydraulic
chamber located on both sides of the ҄
servo piston, the swash plate slides over
the swash plate support via the spherical
part of the tilting pin to change the tilting
angle(҄ )
2-6
(3) Valve block group
The valve block group consists of valve
block(312), valve plate(313) and valve
plate pin(885).
The valve plate having two melon-shaped
ports is fixed to the valve block and feeds 312
and collects oil to and from the cylinder
block. 313
885
The oil changed over by the valve plate is
connected to an external pipeline by way
of the valve block.
Now, if the drive shaft is driven by a prime
mover(Electric motor, engine, etc), it
rotates the cylinder block via a spline
linkage at the same time. If the swash
plate is tilted as in Fig(Previous page) the
pistons arranged in the cylinder block
make a reciprocating motion with respect
to the cylinder block, while they revolve
with the cylinder block.
If you pay attention to a single piston, it
performs a motion away from the valve
plate(Oil sucking process) within 180
degrees, and makes a motion towards
the valve plate(Or oil discharging
process) in the rest of 180 degrees.
When the swash plate has a tilting angle
of zero, the piston makes no stroke and
discharges no oil.
2-7
2) REGULATOR
Regulator consists of the negative flow control, total horse power control and power shift control
function.
(1) Negative flow control

By changing the pilot pressure Pi, the
pump tilting angle(Delivery flow) is
regulated arbitrarily, as shown in the
figure.
This regulator is of the negative flow
Delivery flow, Q
control in which the delivery flow Q
decreases as the pilot pressure Pi rises.
With this mechanism, when the pilot
pressure corresponding to the flow
required for the work is commanded, the
pump discharges the required flow only,
and so it does not consume the power Pilot pressure, Pi
uselessly.
2-8
‫ ڸ‬Flow reducing function
643 654 651 652 613 646
P1 CL
B(E)
874
897
C
A
875
611
Servo piston Small diameter

Large diameter D chamber
548
chamber
531
As the pilot pressure Pi rises, the pilot piston(643) moves to the right to a position where the force
of the pilot spring(646) balances with the hydraulic force.
The groove(A) in the pilot piston is fitted with the pin(875) that is fixed to lever 2(613). Therefore,
when the pilot piston moves, lever 2 rotates around the fulcrum of point B [fixed by the fulcrum
plug(614) and pin(875)]. Since the large hole section(C) of lever 2 contains a protruding pin(897)
fixed to the feedback lever(611), the pin(897) moves to the right as lever 2 rotates. Since the
opposing-flat section(D) of the feedback lever is fitted with the pin(548) fixed by the tilting pin(531)
that swings the swash plate, the feedback lever rotates around the fulcrum of point D, as the
pin(897) moves.
Since the feedback lever is connected with the spool(652) via the pin(874), the spool moves to
the right.
The movement of the spool causes the delivery pressure P1 to connect to port CL through the
spool and to be admitted to the large diameter section of the servo piston. The delivery pressure
P1 that is constantly admitted to the small diameter section of the servo piston moves the servo
piston to the right due to the area difference, resulting in decrease of the tilting angle.
When the servo piston moves to the right, point D also moves to the right. The spool is fitted
with the return spring(654) and is tensioned to the left at all times, and so the pin(897) is pressed
against the large hole section(C) of lever 2.
Therefore, as point D moves, the feedback lever rotates around the fulcrum of point C, and the
spool is shifted to the left. This causes the opening between the sleeve(651) and spool(652) to
close slowly, and the servo piston comes to a complete stop when it closes completely.
2-9
‫ ڹ‬Flow increasing function
643 654 651 652 613 646
P1 CL
B(E)
874
897
C
875
611
Small diameter
Servo piston D chamber
Large diameter 548
chamber
531
As the pilot pressure Pi decreases, the pilot piston(643) moves to the left by the action of the pilot
spring(646) and causes lever 2(613) to rotate around the fulcrum of point B. Since the pin(897)
is pressed against the large hole section(C) of lever 2 by the action of the return spring(654) via
the spool(652), pin(874), and feedback lever(611), the feedback lever rotates around the fulcrum
of point D as lever 2 rotates, and shifts the spool to the left. Port CL opens a way to the tank
port as the spool moves. This deprives the large diameter section of the servo piston of
pressure, and shifts the servo piston to the left by the discharge pressure P1 in the small
diameter section, resulting in an increase in the flow rate.
As the servo piston moves, point D also moves to the left, the feedback lever rotates around the
fulcrum of point C, and the spool moves to the right till the opening between the spool and sleeve
is closed.
2 - 10
‫ ں‬Adjustment of flow control characteristic
The flow control characteristic can be
adjusted with the adjusting screw.
Adjust it by loosening the hexagon nut 801
(801) and by tightening(Or loosening) the 924
hexagonal socket head screw(924).
Tightening the screw shifts the control
chart to the right as shown in the figure.
Ɠ Adjusting values are shown in table
Adjustment of flow control
characteristic
Speed
Tightening Flow control Flow change
amount of starting amount
adjusting pressure
screw(924) change
Delivery flow, Q
amount
(min -1) (Turn) (kgf/cm2) (ֻ/min)
2200 +1/4 +1.5 +8
Pilot pressure, Pi
2 - 11
(2) Total horsepower control
The regulator decreases the pump tilting
angle(Delivery flow) automatically to limit
the input torque within a certain value with
Delivery flow, Q
a rise in the delivery pressure P1 of the
self pump and the delivery pressure P2 of
the companion pump.
(The input horsepower is constant when
the speed is constant.)
Since the regulator is of the simultaneous
total horsepower type that operates by the Delivery pressure, (P1+P2)
sum of load pressures of the two pumps
in the tandem double-pump system, the
prime mover is automatically prevented
from being overloaded, irrespective of the
load condition of the two pumps, when
horsepower control is under way.
Since this regulator is of the simultaneous
total horsepower type, it controls the tilting
angles(Displacement volumes) of the two
pumps to the same value as represented
by the following equation :
Tin = P1źq/2० + P2źq/2०
= (P1+P2)źq/2०
The horsepower control function is the
same as the flow control function and is
summarized in the following.(For detailed
behaviors of respective parts, refer to the
section of flow control.)
2 - 12
‫ ڸ‬Overload preventive function
621 651 652 623 612 601 625 626
P1 CL
B(E)
897
P2 P1
875
611
Large diameter Servo piston

chamber Small diameter
D chamber
When the self pump delivery pressure P1 or the companion pump delivery pressure P2 rises, it
acts on the stepped part of the compensating piston(621). It presses the compensating rod(623)
to the right till the force of the outer spring(625) and inner spring(626) balances with the hydraulic
force. The movement of the compensating rod is transmitted to lever 1(612) via pin(875).
Lever 1 rotates around the pin(875) (E) fixed to the casing(601).
Since the large hole section(F) of lever 1 contains a protruding pin(897) fixed to the feedback
lever(611), the feedback lever rotates around the fulcrum of point D as lever 1 rotates, and then
the spool(652) is shifted to the right. As the spool moves, the delivery pressure P1 is admitted to
the large diameter section of the servo piston via port CL, causes the servo piston move to the
right, reduces the pump delivery, flow rate, and prevents the prime mover from being overloaded.
The movement of the servo piston is transmitted to the feedback lever via point D. Then the
feedback lever rotates around the fulcrum of point F and the spool is shifted to the left. The
spool moves till the opening between the spool(652) and sleeve(651) is closed.
2 - 13
‫ ڹ‬Flow reset function
621 651 652 623 612 601 625 626
P1 CL
B(E)
897
P2 P1
875
Large diameter Small diameter

chamber Servo piston D chamber
As the self pump delivery pressure P1 or the companion pump delivery pressure P2 decreases,
the compensating rod(623) is pushed back by the action of the springs(625 & 626) to rotate lever
1(612) around point E. Rotating of lever 1 causes the feedback lever(611) to rotate around the
fulcrum of point D and then the spool(652) to move to the left. As a result, port CL opens a way
to the tank port.
This causes the servo piston to move to the left and the pump's delivery rate to increase.
The movement of the servo piston is transmitted to the spool by the action of the feedback
mechanism to move it till the opening between the spool and sleeve is closed.
2 - 14
‫ ں‬Low tilting angle(Low flow) command preferential function
As mentioned above, flow control and horsepower control tilting angle commands are transmitted
to the feedback lever and spool via the large-hole sections(C & F) of levers 1 and 2. However,
since sections C and F have the pins(‫ٻ‬4) protruding from the large hole(‫ٻ‬8), only the lever
lessening the tilting angle contacts the pin(897) ; The hole(‫ٻ‬8) in the lever of a larger tilting angle
command is freed without contacting the pin(897). Such a mechanical selection method permits
preference of the lower tilting angle command of the flow control and horsepower control.
‫ ڻ‬Adjustment of input horsepower
Since the regulator is of total cumulative horsepower type, adjust the adjusting screws of both the
front and rear pumps, when changing the horsepower set values. The pressure change values
by adjustment are based on two pumps pressurized at the same time, and the values will be
doubled when only one pump is loaded.
a. Adjustment of outer spring
Adjust it by loosening the hexagon 625 626 630 628
nut(630) and by tightening(Or loosening)
the adjusting screw C(628). Tightening
the screw shifts the control chart to the 801
right and increases the input
925
horsepower as shown in the figure.
Since turning the adjusting screw C by N
turns changes the setting of the inner
spring(626), return the adjusting screw
QI(925) by NźA turns at first.(A=2.2)
Ɠ Adjusting values are shown in table
Adjustment of outer spring

Speed
Tightening Compens- Input torque
amount of ating control change
adjusting starting amount
Delivery flow, Q
screw(C) pressure
(628) change
amount
2200 +1/4 +19 +3
Delivery pressure, (P1+P2)
2 - 15
b. Adjustment of inner spring
626
Adjust it by loosening the hexagon nut
(801) and by tightening(Or loosening)
the adjusting screw QI(925).
801
Tightening the screw increases the flow
and then the input horsepower as
925
shown in the figure.
Ɠ Adjusting valves are shown in table
Adjustment of inner spring

Speed
Tightening Flow control Input torque
amount of starting change
adjusting pressure amount
screw(QI) change
(925) amount
Delivery flow, Q
2200 +1/4 +27 +2.5
Delivery pressure, (P1+P2)
2 - 16
(3) Power shift control
621 651 652 623 612 625 626
898 P1 CL
B(E)
897
Pf
P2 P1
875
611
Large diameter Small diameter

chamber Servo piston D chamber
The set horsepower valve is shifted by

varying the command current level of the
proportional pressure reducing valve
Delivery flow, Q
attached to the pump.

Only one proportional pressure reducing
Pf=
valve is provided. MIN
Pf=
However, the secondary pressure Pf MA
X
(power shift pressure) is admitted to the
horsepower control section of each pump
regulator through the pump's internal path Delivery pressure, (P1+P2)
to shift it to the same set horsepower level.
This function permits arbitrary setting of the pump output power, thereby providing the optimum
power level according to the operating condition.
The power shift pressure Pf controls the set horsepower of the pump to a desired level, as shown
in the figure.
As the power shift pressure Pf rises, the compensating rod(623) moves to the right via the
pin(898) and compensating piston(621).
This decreases the pump tilting angle and then the set horsepower in the same way as explained
in the overload preventive function of the horsepower control. On the contrary, the set
horsepower rises as the power shift pressure Pf falls.
2 - 17
(4) Adjustment of maximum and minimum flows
‫ ڸ‬Adjustment of maximum flow 808
Adjust it by loosening the hexagon
nut(808) and by tightening(Or loosening) 954
the set screw(954).
The maximum flow only is adjusted without
changing other control characteristics.
Adjustment of max flow

Speed
Tightening amount Flow change
of adjusting screw amount
(954)
Delivery flow, Q
(min -1) (Turn) (ֻ/min)
2200 +1/4 -3.5
Delivery pressure, Pi
‫ ڹ‬Adjustment of minimum flow

Adjust it by loosening the hexagon nut
(808) and by tightening(Or loosening) the
hexagonal socket head set screw (953).
Similarly to the adjustment of the
maximum flow, other characteristics are 808
not changed.
However, remember that, if tightened too 953
much, the required horsepower during
the maximum delivery pressure(Or
during relieving) may increase.
Adjustment of min flow

Speed
Tightening amount Flow change
of adjusting screw amount
(953)
Delivery flow, Q
(min -1) (Turn) (ֻ/min)
2200 +1/4 -3.5
Delivery pressure, Pi
2 - 18
GROUP 2 MAIN CONTROL VALVE
1. STRUCTURE(1/2)
40
8
9
42
31 32
16
33
15
34
76
58 64
77
36 78
15
35 6
25
27
28
26
15 25
83
82
9
4 8
15 3
57 67
6 66
25 56 57
74 6
56
57 65
2 6
39 1 56
38 80
37 26
79
66 81
67
6 57 21
25 89 6
56
24
23
75 73
86 44
12 45
24 2 43
13 23 29
19 30
87 15
6
9
85 68 8
14 58 31
70 29
17
18 30
69
15 31
16
1 Cap 14 Cap 27 O-ring

2 O-ring 15 O-ring 28 Housing
3 Socket bolt 16 Cap 29 O-ring
4 Spring washer 17 Spring 30 Retainer
5 Overload assy 18 Spring guide 31 Socket bolt
6 O-ring 19 Spring guide 32 Plunger assy(TS)
7 Orifice 20 Cap 33 Plunger assy(TL, TR)
8 Cap 21 Spring 34 Plunger assy(SW)
9 O-ring 22 Check 35 Plunger assy(BM2)
10 Cover 23 Cap 36 Plunger assy(AM1)
11 Socket bolt 24 O-ring 37 Cover assy
12 Sleeve 25 O-ring
13 Check 26 O-ring
2 - 19
STRUCTURE(2/2)
8 31
9
42
40 33 16
51 15
42 76
52 77 63
58 78
55 54 15
56 62
6 57 53 61
66 60
67 7
59
73
71 56 6 8
56 57 9
6 69
57 66 1
72
66 2
67
A
75 50
49
6
48 3
47 4
46
11 24
23
92
10 89
91
88
89
90
26 2
41 15
1
A
15 58 29
94
93 30 29
95 22 84 31 30
21 8
5 29
6 9
20 30 31
31
38 Spring 53 Plunger assy(BM1) 68 Spacer 83 Spool

39 Poppet 54 Plunger assy(AM2) 69 Cover 84 Stopper
40 Cover 55 Cap 70 Piston 85 Selector assy
41 Manifold 56 Back up ring 71 Cap 86 O-ring
42 O-ring 57 Nylon chip 72 Check 87 O-ring
43 Cap 58 Overload assy 73 Cap 88 Spring guide
44 Spring 59 Spring 74 Cap 89 Spring
45 Spool 60 Check 75 Foot relief assy 90 Poppet
46 Plug 61 O-ring 76 Plug 91 O-ring
47 O-ring 62 Back up ring 77 Back up ring 92 Back up ring
48 Retainer 63 Cap 78 O-ring 93 O-ring
49 Socket bolt 64 Main relief assy 79 Cap 94 Back up ring
50 Housing 65 Cap 80 Spacer 95 O-ring
51 Plunger assy(OPT) 66 Spring 81 Check
52 Plunger assy(BKT) 67 Check 82 Spring
2 - 20
2. FUNCTION
1) HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
XAk2
Pal dr8 Ck1 fl dr2 fr
XAah
Aa1
XAa1 XAa2
Ba1
XBa2
ARM1
ARM2
XBa1 XBa2
XAas
XAb1
Ab1
Op dr4
XBb2 XBb1 5Pi

BOOM2 BOOM1 XBb2
dr6 Bb1
Bs Ak1
XAs XAk
Bk1
As XAk2
XBs XBk
SWING BUCKET
Ck2
Btl Ao
XAtl XAo
Atl Bo
XBo
XBtl
TRAVEL(LH) OPTION
Atr
XAtr
Btr
XBtr
TRAVEL(RH)
320K(350K)
Pz P1 Px Py P2 R
Pi
2 - 21
2) BASIC OPERATION
(1) Bucket flow summation circuit
(1) Bucket flow summation circuit
Oil from pump P2 is fed into cylinder port
Ak1 by adding pressure to bucket plunger
pilot port XAk and the oil from actuator P1 P2
Pp
flow tank through cylinder port Bk1.
The center bypass valve is changeover
by the pilot pressure XAk2 and the oil
R P2
from center bypass passage flows to the P1
Fl Fr
bucket summation port Ck2 via outside
piping and some others flow into foot
relief valve.
Then the oil form pump P1 is joins to the TR TS
flow from the pump P2 via confluence
passage. OPT TL
BKT SW
BM1 BM2
AM2 AM1
XAk2
Ck1
Center bypass valve
Spool B
To tank passage through

foot relief valve
P2 P1
Bk1 Ak1
BKT
XAk
Ck2
2-22
(2) Swing priority circuit
(2)pump
Oil from Swing P1 ispriority circuitport
fed into cylinder
Bs via center bypass passage by adding
pressure to swing plunger pilot port XBs.
P1 P2
In case of simultaneous operation of Pp
swing and arm, the delivery oil from P1 for
swing is also supplied to arm cylinder port
Aa1. P2
R P1
Meanwhile the pilot oil form the swing Fl Fr
shuttle valve flows into stroke limiter port
XAaS of arm spool, then the arm1
plunger does not full stroke.
Consequently, the swing priority is TR TS
maintained.
OPT TL
BKT SW
BM1 BM2
AM2 AM1
P2 P1
AM2
XAa2
AM1 As Bs
SW
XAa1
XAas
AM-1 XBs
Ba1 Aa1
AM-2
SW
2-23
3) OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION OF CONTROL VALVE
(1) Plunger operation
‫ ڸ‬Neutral position of plunger
Parallel feed passage
Cylinder port B Cylinder port A Port relief valve

Port relief valve
Pilot port b Pilot port a
Center bypass passage Low pressure passage Spring

Low pressure passage High pressure feed passage
In neutral, spring sets the plunger at the neutral position; The high pressure feed passage is shut
off by the plunger; Oil from the pump flows through the center bypass.
2 - 24
‫ ڹ‬Operation of plunger
Cylinder port B Cylinder port A Port relief valve
Port relief valve
Pilot port b Pilot port a
Center bypass passage Low pressure passage Spring
Low pressure passage High pressure feed passage
When actuated(Pressure is applied to pilot port a), the plunger moves to the left, the center
bypass is shut off; Oil from the parallel feed passage opens the check valve C1 and flows into
cylinder port A via the high pressure feed passage.
The return oil from cylinder port B flows into the tank via the low pressure feed passage.
ƓReversed when pressure is applied to pilot port b.
2 - 25
(2) Foot relief valve operation
‫ ڸ‬fp is lower than spring force
Pressure signal
sent out to the pump
Spring
Poppet
From center
bypass valve
fp To tank passage
Oil from the center bypass valve flows into the tank via orifice(A) of poppet.
Pressure fp generated by orifice(A) is led to the pump, to control the pump delivery flow.
‫ ڹ‬fp is higher than spring force
Pressure signal
sent out to the pump
Spring
Poppet
From center
bypass valve
fp To tank passage
If a large amount flows due to delayed pump response, etc., and pressure fp reaches the preset
spring force, then the poppet is lifted and functions as a relief valve.
2 - 26
(3) Center bypass valve operation
‫ ڸ‬Pilot pressure signal : OFF
From center bypass Spring(B)

Spool(A)
Drain line
Pilot signal
port(XAk2)
To tank passage via foot relief valve
Spring(B) sets spool(A) in position; Oil from center bypass flows into the tank passage via the
foot relief valve.
‫ ڹ‬Pilot pressure signal : ON
From center bypass Spring(B)

Spool(A)
Drain line
Pilot signal
port(XAk2)
To tank passage via foot relief valve

To bucket summation port(Ck2)
When pilot pressure reaches a preset spring force, the spool(A) moves left and orificed the flow
to the foot relief valve.
Then the oil from center bypass flow into bucket summation port Ck2 via out side piping.
2 - 27
(4) Main relief valve operation
‫ ڸ‬High pressure setting pilot signal : OFF
Low pressure Passage Pilot poppet(D)
Main poppet(A) 5 4 Piston(E)
d1
d2
From pump Pilot
port side signal : OFF
(Pz)
1 2 3 Spring(B) Spring(C)
A. This relief valve is built in between the pump port side(1) and low pressure passage.
Piston(E) is seated right end by spring(C).
Hydraulic oil from the pump port side enters chamber(3) via orifice(2) of main poppet(A).
Because d2<d1, main poppet(A) is securely seated.
Pilot poppet(D)
5 4
Spring(C)
B. When hydraulic oil reaches the pressure preset by spring(C), pilot poppet(D) opens; oil flows
around poppet(D) and into the low pressure passage via side hole(4) and passage(5).
2 - 28
Low pressure passage
Main poppet(A)
d1
d2
1 2 3
C. When the above oil flow is formed, pressure drops before and behind orifice(2) ; When
pressure of chamber(1) x area d2 is large than pressure of chamber(3) x area d1, main
poppet(A) is opened and hydraulic oil flows into the low pressure passage.
‫ ڹ‬High pressure setting pilot signal : ON
Piston(E)
Pilot
signal : ON
(Pz)
Spring(C)
Piston(E) move to left by high pressure setting pilot signal ; Set pressure of spring(C) rises,
making high pressure setting.
2 - 29
(5) Overload relief valve operation
‫ ڸ‬Overload working operation
Pilot poppet(E) Poppet(C)

6 2 1
d4 d2 d1 d3
Cylinder port
4 5 Piston(A)
Spring(D) Main poppet(B) Low pressure passage
A. Hydraulic oil from cylinder port enters chamber(2) via orifice(3) of piston(A). Because d1<d2
and d3<d4, main poppet(B) and poppet(C) are securely seated.

6 1
Cylinder port
3
4 5 Piston(A)
B. When hydraulic pressure reaches the preset force of spring(D), pilot poppet(E) opens ; Oil
flows around pilot poppet(E) and into the low pressure passage via side hole(4) and
passage(5).
C. Oil flow is formed ; Pressure drops before and behind orifice(3) ; Piston(A) moves to left and
seats at the tip of pilot poppet(E).
2 - 30
D. Hydraulic oil from chamber(1) enters chamber(2) via throttle(6) at the tip of pilot poppet(E) ; It
flows into the low pressure passage via side hole(4) and passage(5).

6 1
d4 d2 d1 d3
Cylinder port
4 5 Piston(A)
E. Pressure drops before and behind throttle(6), making pressure of chamber(1) x area
d1>pressure of chamber(2) x area d2 ; Main poppet(B) is opened and hydraulic oil flows into
the low pressure passage.
2 - 31
‫ ڹ‬Make up operation

6
d4 d2 d1 d3
Cylinder port
4 5 Piston(A)
A. Poppet(C) is securely seated because the cylinder port pressure is normally higher than the
tank pressure and d3<d4.
B. When the cylinder port pressure drops(Closer to negative pressure) until the cylinder port
pressure is lower than the tank pressure, poppet(C) opens receiving the tank pressure for
the difference in area between d3 and d4; oil flows from the low pressure passage(Tank
passage) to the cylinder port in order to prevent cavitation.
2 - 32
(6) Arm regeneration operation
‫ ڸ‬Arm operation

(PA) (PB)
Aa1 Ba1
Tank passage
C1
C2
Pilot
port
XAa1
High pressure feed passage 2 1 3 4
Center bypass passage Piston(A) Spool(B) Spring(C)
When pressure is applied to pilot port XAa1 of the arm plunger, the plunger moves to right as
shown ; The center bypass passage is shut off ; Oil from the parallel feed passage opens check
valve(C1) and flows into cylinder port Aa1(Head side) via the high pressure feed passage.
2 - 33
‫ ڹ‬PB is higher than PA

(PA) (PB)
Aa1 Ba1
Tank passage
C1
C2
Pilot
port
XAa1
High pressure feed passage

2 1 3 4
PA : Pressure of cylinder head side

PB : Pressure of cylinder rod side
Return oil from cylinder rod side opens check valve(C2) in the plunger ; It flows into cylinder head
side after returning to the high pressure feed passage via passage(1) and (2) in the plunger.
At this time, the regeneration selector spool(B) is at the shown position; as passage(3) is shut off
from passage(4) return oil from cylinder rod side does not flow into the tank passage.
2 - 34
‫ ں‬PA is higher than PB

(PA) (PB)
Aa1 Ba1
Tank passage
C1
C2
Pilot
port
XAa1
High pressure feed passage

2 1 3 4
Return oil from cylinder rod side is shut off by check(C2) in the plunger and passage(2) is
blocked from passage(1).
When pressure PA rises higher than the preset pressure of spring(C) and pushes piston(A) in the
regeneration selector to right as shown ; Spool(B) move to right ; Passage(3) and passage(4) are
connected ; Return oil from cylinder rod side flows into tank passage via low pressures
passage(3) and passage(4).
2 - 35
(7) Arm holding valve operation
‫ ڸ‬When the plunger is in neutral(4Pi pilot signal : OFF)
Pilot signal port

Tank passage Piston(A)
Drain 4Pi
High pressure port
feed passage
Pg2
7
Arm1 plunger
Y
To arm 3(Pv)
cylinder rod d2
(Ba1)
2(Pc)
4
d1 1 Piston(B)
Poppet(E)
Poppet(C)
Check(D)
5
6
VIEW Z
Piston(A) is in the status as shown ; Pressure signal(Pg2) and chamber(Y) are shut off.
Thus piston(B) and poppet(C) are in the status as shown;Passages(5) and (6) are shut off by
poppet(C).
Therefore, the pressure of chamber(1) becomes pressure Pc as it is connected with chamber(2)
via orifice(4). Since d1>d2, poppet(E) is seated and chambers(2) and (3) are completely
blocked.
2 - 36
‫ ڹ‬When the plunger is in operation(4Pi pilot signal : OFF)
Ϧ If Pv is higher than Pc(In the case of arm out)
Pilot signal port

Drain 4Pi
High pressure port
feed passage
Pg2
7
To arm 3(Pv)
cylinder rod d2
(Ba1)
2(Pc)
4 1 Piston(B)
d1
Poppet(E) Poppet(C)
Check(D)
5
6
VIEW Z
When the plunger moves to left, the high pressure oil enters to chamber(3).
Therefore, the pressure of chamber(1) becomes Pc as it is connected to chamber(2) via
orifice(4) ; Poppet(E) is opened ; Oil from high pressure feed passage flows into the cylinder
rod side.
2 - 37
ϦIf Pc is higher than Pv(In the case of arm in operation)
Pilot signal port

Drain 4Pi
High pressure port
feed passage
Pg2
7
To arm 3(Pv)
cylinder rod d2
(Ba1)
2(Pc)
4 1 Piston(B)
d1
Poppet(E) Poppet(C)
Check(D)
5
6
VIEW Z
When the pressure of pilot signal enters, piston(A) moves to down.

When the pressure signal(Pg2) enters to chamber(Y), piston(B) moves to left and poppet(C)
opens ; Passages(5) and (6) are connected.
If pressure Pc of cylinder port chamber(2) is higher than pressure Pv of chamber(3)(In the
case of arm in operation) oil from chamber(1) pushes up check valve(C) via passages(5) and
(6) and enters chamber(3) through passage(7). Chamber(3) is connected with the tank
passage because the arm plunger is moved to right. Therefore, pressure Pc is applied to(Area
d1- area d2), pushing open poppet(E), and return oil from the cylinder rod side flows into the
tank passage.
2 - 38
(8) Boom holding valve operation
‫ ڸ‬When the plunger is in neutral(5Pi pilot signal : OFF)
Spool(A)
Pilot signal port
5Pi dr4
To boom
cylinder head
Bb1
d1
Poppet(B)
d2
2(Pc)
3(Pv)
4
Boom1
Tank passage High pressure

feed passage
Spool(A) is in the status as shown ; Chamber(1) and drain port(dr4) are shut off by spool(A).
Therefore, the pressure of chamber(1) becomes pressure Pc as it is connected with chamber(2)
via orifice(4). Since d1>d2, poppet(B) is seated and chambers(2) and (3) are completely blocked.
2 - 39
‫ ڹ‬When the plunger is in operation(5Pi pilot signal : OFF)
Ϧ If Pv is higher than Pc(In the case of boom raise)
Spool(A)
Pilot signal port
5Pi dr4
To boom
cylinder head
Bb1
d1
Poppet(B)
d2
2(Pc)
4 3(Pv)

feed passage
When the plunger moves to right, the high pressure oil enters to chamber(3).
Therefore, the pressure of chamber(1) becomes Pc as it is connected to chamber(2) via
orifice(4) ; Poppet(B) is opened by pressure(Pv) of chamber(3) ; Oil from high pressure feed
passage flows into the cylinder head side.
2 - 40
ϦIf Pc is higher than Pv(In the case of boom down operation)
Spool(A)
Pilot signal port
5Pi dr4
From boom
cylinder head
Bb1
d1
Poppet(B)
d2
2(Pc)
4 3(Pv)

feed passage
When plunger moves to left, chamber(3) is connected with tank passage. At the same time,
spool(A) moves to right by the pressure of pilot signal ; Chamber(1) and drain port(dr4) are
connected.
Therefore, pressure of chamber(1) becomes low ; Pressure Pc is applied to(Area d1- area d2),
pushing open poppet(B), and return oil from the cylinder head side flows into the tank
passage.
2 - 41
GROUP 3 SWING DEVICE
1. STRUCTURE
Swing device consists swing motor, swing reduction gear.
Swing motor include mechanical parking valve, relief valve, make up valve and time delay valve.
Reduction gear Sh Pg Time delay valve Mu PA PB

X
Dr3
A B
Grease filling port Gear oil drain port Swing motor Relief valve
View X
Sh
Pg
dr3
A Main port PF 3/4
Mu
B Main port PF 3/4
PA PB dr3 Drain port PF 3/8
Mu Make up port PF 3/4
Sh Brake release port PF 1/4
Pg Stand by port PF 1/4
PA,PB Gauge port PF 1/4
A B
Hydraulic circuit
2-42
1) SWING MOTOR
116 118 114 031 031-1 706 707 702 712 472 981 438 303 052 469 488 355 351 401
117
A 171
443
151
437 161
162
305
163
A
981
101 444
984
491
131
124 451
301
123 994 122 113 121 742 743 111 464 485 400 400-2 400-1 100 051 051-1 993
SECTION A-A
031 Time delay valve 161 O-ring 464 Plug
031-1 Plug 162 O-ring 469 Plug
051 Relief valve assembly 163 O-ring 472 O-ring
051-1 O-ring 171 Hexagon socket bolt 485 O-ring
100 Casing 301 Casing 488 O-ring
101 Drive shaft 303 Valve casing 491 Seal
111 Cylinder 305 Seal cover 702 Brake piston
113 Retainer ring 351 Plunger 706 O-ring
114 Spring 355 Spring 707 O-ring
116 Push rod 400 Reactionless valve 712 Brake spring
117 Spacer 400-1 O-ring 742 Friction plate
118 Spacer 400-2 Back up ring 743 Separate plate
121 Piston 401 Hexagon socket bolt 981 Plug
122 Shoe 437 Snap ring 984 Plug
123 Plate 438 Snap ring 993 Plug
124 Shoe plate 443 Roller bearing 994 Plug
131 Valve plate 444 Roller bearing
151 Plug 451 Pin
2-43
2) REDUCTION GEAR
201 915 401 102 902 901 402 913 230 202 312 311
602
231
204
287
211
912
283
911
285
403
210
801 910 286 203 282 288
102 Casing 283 Pin 602 Hexagon socket bolt

201 Drive shaft 285 Side plate 801 Seal
202 Ring gear 286 Side plate 901 Plug
203 Planetary gear 2 287 Side plate 902 Plug
204 Sun gear 2 288 Side plate 910 Spring pin
210 Planetary gear 1 311 Level bar 911 Snap ring
211 Sun gear 1 312 Pipe 912 Snap ring
230 Carrier 2 401 Roller bearing 913 Snap ring
231 Carrier 1 402 Roller bearing 915 Bearing seal
282 Pin 403 Needle cage
2-44
2. FUNCTION
1) ROTARY PART
When high pressurized oil enters a cylinder through port(a), which is the inlet of balance plate(131),
hydraulic pressure acting on the piston causes axial force F. The pressure force F works via the
piston(121) upon the return plate(123) which acts upon the swash plate(124) via an hydrostatic
bearing. Force F1 perpendicular to swash plate(124) and force F2 perpendicular to cylinder center.
Being transferred to the cylinder block(111) through piston, force F2 causes rotational moment at
surroundings of cylinder.
Since cylinder block has 9 equidistantly arrayed pistons, rotational torque is transmitted to cylinder
shaft in order by several pistons connected to the inlet port of high pressurized oil. When the
direction of oil flow is reversed, rotational direction of cylinder is also reversed. Output torque is
given by the equation.
pźq F
T= , q = ZşAşPCDştanҋ, F1 = , F2=F tanҋ, S=PCDźtanҋ
2० COSҋ
Where p : Effective difference of pressure(kgf/cm2)
q : Displacement(cc/rev)
T : Output torque(kgfşcm)
Z : Piston number(9EA)
A : Piston area(cm2)
ҋ: Tilting angle of swash plate(degree)
S : Piston stroke(cm)
Low High
pressure oil pressure oil
F1 F2
F
131
124 123 121 111
2-45
2) MAKE UP VALVE
In the system using this type of motor, there is no counter balance functioning valve and there
happens the case of revolution exceeding hydraulic supply of motor. To prevent the cavitation
caused by insufficient oil flow there is a make up valve to fill up the oil insufficiency.
A make up valve is provided immediately before the port leading to the hydraulic oil tank to secure
feed pressure required when the hydraulic motor makes a pumping action. The boost pressure
acts on the hydraulic motor's feed port via the make up valve.
Pressurized oil into the port B, the motor rotate counterclockwise.
If the plunger of MCV moves neutral position, the drain oil from Mu port run into motor via right
make up valve, which prevent the cavitation of motor.
A B
Mu
2-46
3) RELIEF VALVE
301 Plunger
303 Piston
322 321 Spring
322 Spring
303
321
301
(1) Construction of relief valve

The valve casing contains two cartridge type relief valves that stop the regular and reverse
rotations of the hydraulic motor. The relief valves relieve high pressure at start or at stop of swing
motion and can control the relief pressure in two steps, high and low, in order to insure smooth
operation.
(2) Function of relief valve
Figure illustrates how the pressure acting
on the relief valve is related to its rising
process. Here is given the function, Relief pressure
referring to the figure following page.
Ps
4
P2
P1 3
2
1 Time
2-47
‫ ڸ‬Ports(P,R) at tank pressure.
m 321 g h
A2
A3
A1
301 303 322
‫ ڹ‬When hydraulic oil pressure(PźA1) reaches the preset force(F SP) of spring(321), the
plunger(301) moves to the right as shown. Also the oil flow chamber g via orifice m.
P1źA1=Fsp+PgźA2
Fsp+PgźA2
P1 =
A1
m 321 g
P=P1
301
2-48
‫ ں‬When the pressure of chamber g reaches the preset force(FSP) of spring(321), the piston(320)
moves right and stop the piston(320) hits the end of body.
m 321 g 320
P=P2
‫ ڻ‬When piston(320) hits the end of body, it stops moving to the right any further. As the result, the
pressure in chamber g equals Ps.
PsźA1=Fsp+PsźA2
Fsp
Ps =
A1-A2
m 321 g 320
P=Ps
2-49
4) BRAKE SYSTEM
(1) Control valve swing brake system
This is the brake system to stop the swing motion of the excavator during operation.
In this system, the hydraulic circuit is throttled by the swing control valve, and the resistance
created by this throttling works as a brake force to slow down the swing motion.
Work Deceleration Stop
A B A B A
MCV MCV MCV
MCV A, B opened MCV A, B throttled MCV A, B closed
(2) Mechanical swing parking brake system

The mechanical swing parking brake system is installed to prevent the upper structure from
swinging downhill because of its own weight when the excavator is parked on a slope since it
completely eliminates the hydraulic drift of swing motion while the excavator is on a slop, work can
be done more easily and safely.
‫ ڸ‬Brake assembly
Circumferential rotation of separate
plate(743) is constrained by the groove
located at casing(301). When casing is
pressed down by brake spring(702) 712
through friction plate(742), separate
plate(743) and brake piston(702), friction 702
force occurs there. 301
Cylinder(111) is constrained by this 111
friction force and brake acts, while brake 743
releases when hydraulic force exceeds
742
spring force.
111 Cylinder 712 Brake spring

301 Casing 742 Disc
702 Brake piston 743 Separate plate
2-50
‫ ڹ‬Operating principle
a. When the swing control lever(1) is set to the swing position, the pilot oil go to the swing control
valve(2) and to Sh of the time delay valve(3) via the shuttle valve(4), this pressure shift time
delay vlave so, pilot pump charged oil(P3) go to the chamber G.
This pressure is applied to move the piston(702) to the upward against the force of the
spring(712) thus releasing the brake force.
712 3
702 G
Sh
1 Swing control lever

2 Swing control valve(MCV)
3 Time delay valve 1
4 Shuttle valve
5 Pilot pump
702 Brake piston
712 Brake spring
P3
2 4 2
2-51
b. When the swing control(1) lever is set the neutral position, the time delay valve(3) shifts the
neutral position and the pilot oil blocked chamber G.
Then, the piston(702) is moved lower by spring force and the return oil from the chamber G is
drain.
712 3
702 G
Sh
1 Swing control lever

2 Swing control valve(MCV)
1
3 Time delay valve
4 Shuttle valve
12 Pilot pump
702 Brake piston
712 Brake spring
P3
2 4 2
2-52
GROUP 4 TRAVEL DEVICE
1. CONSTRUCTION
Travel device consists travel motor and gear box.
Travel motor include counter balance valve, cross over relief valve.
Ps
a2 a1 C
A
Filling
Level
T2 P2 P1 T1
Drain
VIEW A VIEW C
R/G
a1 a2 P1 Main port PT 3/4

T1(T2)
P2 Main port PT 3/4
Ps
a1 Gauge port(For P1) PT 1/4
a2 Gauge port(For P2) PT 1/4
T1 Drain port PF 1/2
T2 Drain port PF 1/2
Ps 2 speed control port PT 1/4
P1 P2
Hydraulic circuit
2-53
1) TRAVEL MOTOR(1/2)
31 18 17 20 21 24 25 26 23 27 28 22
32 30
19 29
RELIEF VALVE DETAIL

38 33
43
37
34
35
36
1
16
2
8 3
14 7
6
15
44 5
10 4
9
11
39
12
40
13
41
42
VIEW A
1 Base plate 17 Relief housing 33 Plug
2 Plunger 18 Poppet 34 Spool
3 Check valve 19 Poppet seat 35 Spring
4 Spring 20 Spring seat 36 Plug
5 Plug 21 Spring 37 O-ring
6 O-ring 22 Plug 38 Orifice
7 Cap 23 O-ring 39 Orifice
8 O-ring 24 Free piston 40 O-ring
9 Socket head bolt 25 O-ring 41 Plug
10 Steel ball 26 Back up ring 42 Plug
11 Spring 27 Spring guide 43 Orifice
12 O-ring 28 O-ring 44 Flange
13 Plug 29 Set screw
14 Spring seat 30 Nut
15 Spring 31 O-ring
16 Relief valve assembly 32 Back up ring
2-54
TRAVEL MOTOR(2/2)
82 64 73 65 79 72 71 69 70 79 56 57 58 80
54
55 61
81
75
63 62
47 49
48
A
81
66
60
59
76 83 74 78 77 68 67 51 50 52 53
47 Casing 60 Steel ball 73 Spring

48 Shaft 61 Piston assembly 74 Pin
49 Spring pin 62 Roller bearing 75 Spring
50 Cylinder block 63 Roller bearing 76 Valve plate
51 Piston assembly 64 Spring pin 77 Orifice
52 Retainer plate 65 Socket head bolt 78 O-ring
53 Retainer holder 66 Oil seal 79 O-ring
54 Snap ring 67 Disc plate 80 Plug
55 Collar 68 Brake piston 81 Plug
56 Spring 69 O-ring 82 Plug
57 Collar 70 Back up ring 83 Socket head bolt
58 Pin 71 O-ring
59 Swash plate 72 Back up ring
2-55
2) REDUCTION GEAR
3
28 11 12 15 14 22 20 -6 -2 -4 -5 -7 -3 -8 -1 19
24
29
26
23
6
4
8
-1
-2
-5
1
-3
-4
-6
25
10 13 17 18 27 9 16 21 -1 -4 -3 -2 -5 -6
2
1 Holder A assembly 3-2 Planet gear C 14 Shim(0.1~0.05t)
1-1 Holder A 3-3 Roller bearing 15 Pin
1-2 Planet gear A 3-4 Gear shaft C 16 Socket head bolt
1-3 Needle bearing 3-5 Floating bushing 17 Socket head bolt
1-4 Gear shaft A 3-6 Collar 18 Plate
1-5 Thrust washer 3-7 Thrust washer 19 Ring gear
1-6 Spring pin 3-8 Spring pin 20 O-ring
2 Holder B assembly 4 Drive gear 21 Socket head bolt
2-1 Holder B 5 Thrust plate 22 Pin
2-2 Planet gear B 6 Sun gear B 23 Thrust plate(1.8~3.2t)
2-3 Needle bearing 8 Sun gear C 24 Cover
2-4 Gear shaft B 9 Spring washer 25 Socket head bolt
2-5 Thrust washer 10 Flange 26 Plug(PF 3/4)
2-6 Spring pin 11 Floating seal 27 Plug(PT 1/4)
3 Holder C assembly 12 Angular bearing 28 Plug(PT 1/8)
3-1 Holder C 13 Housing
2-56
2. FUNCTION
1) HYDRAULIC MOTOR
(1) Rotary group
X
Cylinder block
Shaft
Piston
Valve plate
X
(1) The cylinder block contains nine pistons. The end face of the cylinder block is in contact with the
valve plate that has two semicircular ports B and C(Distributor valve that changes over high and
low pressures).
(2) Principle of generating torque
If high pressure oil(Pressure P) is admitted to port P,force F(=PXA, A : Cross-sectional area of a
piston) per piston acts on the shaft and generates radial component Ft. As the result, the total
sum of radial forces of the pistons on the high pressure side produces a rotating torque in the
direction of the shaft.
Inversely, if high pressure oil is admitted to port C, the motor turns in the opposite direction.
The output torque and revolution of the motor available by the above-mentioned principle depend
upon pressure(P) and inflow rate(Q) supplied to the motor and are calculated as below:
ňOutput torque
PźDźҊm Qź1000źѳv (rpm),

T= (kgňm), N =
2źॏź100 D
Where ; D : Displacement capacity(cc/rev)
P : Effective drive pressure(kg/cm2
Q : Incoming flow(ֻ/min)
ѳ
m : Mechanical efficiency(%ź10-2)
ѳ
v : Volumetric efficiency(%ź10-2)
2-57
2) COUNTER BALANCE VALVE
(1) Neutral position
Control valve
P1 P2
P3
M1 M2
Counter balance valve controls according to oil supply so as to prevent reckless of running of the motor.
When the control valve is in neutral position, oil does not supply the port P1 and P2.
This blocks the motor port to prevent the motor from rotating.
2-58
(2) Counter balance function
Control valve
P1 P2
P3
M1 M2
Oil discharged from main pump flows into the counter balance valve port P1 via control valve.
The oil flows into piston motor via check valve and M1 port.
Since the return oil from motor port M2 is blocked by check valve, the pressure of port P1 is
increased.
Accordingly, the pressure applied through the orifice to left chamber of plunger and move
plunger rightward.
Port M1 is connected by notch of plunger to port P2, then the return oil of motor port M2 is
discharged, and the travel motor starts revolution.
Ɠ Reversed when hydraulic oil pressure is applied to port P2.
2-59
(3) Brake function
P1 P2
P3
M1 M2
When the travel lever return to neutral position, the oil from the main pump is blocked, and the plunger
return the neutral position by spring force.
But the motor is rotated by inertia, so the pressure at the output port of motor rises, then motor is
braked.
If the pressure reaches the set pressure of relief valve, oil flows into port M1. As a result, the shock
pressure caused by inertia force is released and prevent cavitation of port M1.
2-60
3) RELIEF VALVE
1 Poppet
2 Poppet seat
Piston stroke 3 Spring seat
13,14 7 11,12 10 15 4 Spring
5 Plug
6 O-ring
7 Shockless piston
8 Adjust screw
9 Nut
10 Spring guide
11 O-ring
12 Back up ring
13 O-ring
2 1 3 4 6 5 8 9
14 Back up ring
15 O-ring
(1) Construction of relief valve

The release valve determines the drive force and the brake force of the machine during running
and is mounted to the cross line. The relief valve is provided with a shockless function to relieve
shocks that may be generated at the beginning of acceleration and deceleration.
a) Differential area type interlocking relief valve
b) It consists of a shockless piston.
As explained above, the relief valve functions in the following two stages when the control valve is
operated to drive or brake the piston motor.
(2) Function of relief

Figure illustrates how the pressure acting Pressure
on the relief valve is related to its rising
process. Here is given the function,
P2
referring to the figure following page.
2 step
P1
1 step
Time
2-61
‫ ڡ‬First stage
At the beginning of the relief valve operation,
the pressure in the spring chamber is held
low by the shockless piston, with the result
that the pressure receiving area of the P=P1
poppet equals the area(S1) of the poppet S2
S1
seat. As the result, the pressure receiving
area is comparatively large as compared to
the area (S1-S2) obtained during regular
relief setting. This makes the operating
relief pressure low(About a third of a regular
set pressure) which is maintained till the
shockless piston finishes travel. The
duration in which low pressure is held
depends upon the diameter of the poppet
orifice, the pressure receiving area of the
piston and the piston stroke.
‫ ڢ‬Second stage
When the shockless piston finishes travel,
the pressure in the spring chamber of the P=P2
relief valve rises, equaling the pressures
before and after the poppet to set it to a
regular set pressure.
2-62
4) 2-SPEED CONTROL
The 2-speed mechanism consists of a 2-speed changeover valve(Hereinafter called valve), a two-
speed control piston(Hereinafter called piston)and a swash plate.
The swash plate, which has three faces A~C, is fixed to the motor case by two steel balls so that it
can be tilted.
The two-speed changeover valve is fixed in the base plate.
The two-speed control piston is fixed in the motor casing.
(1) High speed control
R/G 2 speed
changeover valve
Dr
Pilot
Ps pressure
Ps 10kg/cm2
M2 M1
Dr
P2 P1
Side A
Piston chamber
Fs Side C
M2 M1
2 speed
control valve
Fp
Steel ball
Side B High Low

ѭ pressure pressure
Swash face Swash plate Valve plate
If pilot pressure from port Ps is exerted on the valve, it is switched to the condition shown in Fig.
Causing the motor drive pressure to act on the 2 speed control piston. This pushes the swash plate
up , inclines it to a position in which the propelling force(Fp) of the piston and the spring force(Fs)
balance with the propelling force of the pistons and finally stabilizes upon contact of the face B of the
swash plate with the casing. At that time, the tilting angle(‫ )ܠ‬of the swash plate is P and the motor
revolution gets to the 2nd shift(High speed).
2-63
(2) Low speed control
R/G 2 speed
changeover valve
Dr
Pilot
Ps pressure
Ps 0kg/cm2
M2 M1
Dr
P2 P1
Side A
Piston chamber
Fs Side C
M2 M1
2 speed
control valve
Fp
Steel ball
Side B Ѯ High Low

pressure pressure
Swash face Swash plate Valve plate
If the changeover pilot pressure Ps is shut off, the valve is brought to the condition in Fig. As the result
the piston chamber is connected with the drain line in the motor casing.
Consequently, the swash plate is pressed by the combined force of the propelling force of the piston
high pressure and the spring force till the face A of the swash plate comes in contact with the casing to
stabilize the swash plate. On that occasion, the tilting angle(ѭ ) of the swash plate is and the motor
revolution gets to the 1st shift(low speed)condition.
If the changeover pilot pressure is shut off at an engine stop or on some other occasion, the swash plate
is pressed by the spring action till it contacts face A of the casing. The swash plate takes a tilting
angle(ѭ ) a then to pick up the 1st shift(Low speed).
2-64
5) PARKING BRAKE
Parking(Neutral)
Double counter
balance valve M2 M1
P3
P3
P2 P1
Spring
Piston
Disc plate
Brake release
cylinder chamber
Operation(Release) M2 M1
P3
P3
P2 P1
The parking brake is a negative brake consisting of a disc plate, brake piston and a spring.
When pressurized oil runs into the motor, it then runs into port P3 via the double counter balance
valve and is admitted into the brake release cylinder chamber. The pressurized oil produces a
force in proportion to the pressure receiving area of the piston. This force overcomes the spring
action and pushes the brake piston to release the braking force.
At parking or on stop of the machine, the hydraulic oil in the brake release cylinder chamber is
released to the tank, which causes a braking force to be produced by spring action.
2-65
6) GEAR BOX
8 6 5 10 3
11 7 9
1 Drive gear(1st sun gear) 5 2nd planetary gear 9 Ring gear

2 1st planetary gear 6 2nd carrier 10 Casing
3 1st carrier 7 3rd sun gear 11 3rd carrier
4 2nd sun gear 8 3rd planetary gear
(1) The reduction gear is composed of a three stage planetary gear mechanism shown in the figure.
2-66
GROUP 5 RCV LEVER
1. STRUCTURE
The casing has the oil inlet port P(Primary pressure) and the oil outlet port T(Tank). In addition the
secondary pressure is taken out through ports 1,2,3 and 4 provided at the bottom face.
23.3
19
25
Single
operation Simultaneous
operation
Handle bending direction

(No. push rod direction)
4
P
1
T 3
2
30
30
VIEW A
Port LH RH Port size

P Pilot oil inlet port Pilot oil inlet port
T Pilot oil return port Pilot oil return port
1 Left swing port Bucket out port
PF 1/4
T 2 Arm in port Boom down port
P 3 Right swing port Bucket in port
4 Arm out port Boom up port
1 32 4
Hydraulic circuit
2-67
CROSS SECTION
The construction of the pilot valve is shown in the attached cross section drawing. The casing has
vertical holes in which reducing valves are assembled.
The pressure reducing section is composed of the spool(5), spring(7, 30) for setting secondary
pressure, return spring(10), stopper(9), spring seat(8, 31) and shim(6). The spring for setting the
secondary pressure has been generally so preset that the secondary pressure is 5 to 20.5kgf/cm2
(Depending on the type). The spool is pushed against the push rod(14, 15) by the return spring.
When the push rod is pushed down by tilting the handle, the spring seat comes down simultaneously
and changes setting of the secondary pressure spring.
1 Case 12 Rod seal 22 O-ring

2 Plug 13 O-ring 23 Handle connector
3 Plug 14 Push rod 24 Nut
4 O-ring 15 Push rod 25 Insert
5 Spool 16 Plate 26 Boot
6 Shim 17 Bushing 27 Handle
7 Spring 18 Joint assembly 28 Switch assembly
8 Spring seat 19 Swash plate 29 Screw
9 Stopper 20 Adjusting nut 30 Spring
10 Spring 21 Lock nut 31 Spring seat
11 Plug
2-68
CROSS SECTION
27
28
29
23
25
26
24
21
18
20
19
14
15
16
12
11
17
9
13
31
8
6
7,30
10
22
5
1
3
2
4
Port 1, 3 Port 2, 4
2-69
2. FUNCTIONS
1) FUNDAMENTAL FUNCTIONS
The pilot valve is a valve that controls the spool stroke, direction, etc of a main control valve. This
function is carried out by providing the spring at one end of the main control valve spool and
applying the output pressure(Secondary pressure) of the pilot valve to the other end.
For this function to be carried out satisfactorily, the pilot valve is composed of the following
elements.
(1) Inlet port(P) where oil is supplied from hydraulic pump.
(2) Output ports(1,2,3 & 4) to apply pressure supplied from inlet port to ends of control valve spools.
(3) Tank port(T) necessary to control the above output pressure.
(4) Spool to connect output port to inlet port or tank port.
(5) Mechanical means to control output pressure, including springs that work on the above spools.
2) FUNCTIONS OF MAJOR SECTIONS
The functions of the spool(5) are to receive the supply oil pressure from the hydraulic pump at its
port P, and to change over oil paths to determine whether the pressure oil of port P is led to output
ports 1,2,3 & 4 or the output port pressure oil to tank port T.
The spring(7, 30) works on this spool to determine the output pressure.
The change the deflection of this spring, the push rod(14, 15) is inserted and can slide in the plug
(11).
For the purpose of changing the displacement of the push rod through the plate(19) and adjusting
nut(20) are provided the handle(27) that can be tilted in any direction around the fulcrum of the
universal joint(18) center.
The spring(10) works on the case(1) and spring seat(8) and tries to return the push rod(14, 15) to
the zero-displacement position irrespective of the output pressure, securing its resetting to the
center position.
This also has the effect of a reaction spring to give appropriate control feeling to the operator.
2-70
3) OPERATION
The operation of the pilot valve will be described on the basis of the hydraulic circuit diagram shown
below and the attached operation explanation drawing.
The diagram shown below is the typical application example of the pilot valve.
5 6
3
1
3
P T
2 4
1 Pilot valve 3 Main pump 5 Hydraulic motor

2 Pilot pump 4 Main control valve 6 Hydraulic cylinder
2-71
(1) Case where handle is in neutral position
7
10
P 5
1 3
The force of the spring(7) that determines the output pressure of the pilot valve is not applied to
the spool(5). Therefore, the spool is pushed up by the spring(10) to the position of port(1,3) in the
operation explanation drawing. Then, since the output port is connected to tank port T only, the
output port pressure becomes equal to tank pressure.
2-72
(2) Case where handle is tilted
15
1 3
When the push rod(15) is stroked, the spool(5) moves downwards.

Then port P is connected with port(1) and the oil supplied from the pilot pump flows through
port(1) to generate the pressure.
When the pressure at port(1) increases to the value corresponding to the spring force set by tilting
the handle, the hydraulic pressure force balances with the spring force. If the pressure at port(1)
increases higher than the set pressure, port P is disconnected from port(1) and port T is
connected with port(1). If it decreases lower than the set pressure, port P is connected with
port(1) and port T is disconnected from port 1.
In this manner the secondary pressure is kept at the constant value.
Besides, in some type, when the handle is tilted more than a certain angle, the upper end of the
spool contacts with the inside bottom of the push rod and the output pressure is left to be
connected with port P.
2-73
GROUP 6 RCV PEDAL
1. STRUCTURE
The casing(Spacer) has the oil inlet port P(Primary pressure), and the oil outlet port T(Tank). In
addition the secondary pressure is taken out through ports 1,2, 3 and 4 provided at the bottom face.
Ɓ 12.4
12.4 Ɓ
1 2
3 4
Port Port Port size
P Pilot oil inlet port

T Pilot oil return port
1 Travel(LH, Forward)
PF 1/4
2 Travel(LH, Backward)
T
P 3 Travel(RH, Forward)
4 Travel(RH, Backward)
1 23 4
Hydraulic circuit
2-74
CROSS SECTION
The construction of the RCV pedal is shown in the below drawing. The casing has vertical holes in
which reducing valves are assembled.
The pressure reducing section is composed of the spool(8), spring(11) for setting secondary pressure,
return spring(18), stopper(13), spring seat(12) and shim(9). The spring for setting the secondary
pressure has been generally so preset that the secondary pressure is 5 to 19 kgf/cm2(Depending on
the type). The spool is pushed against the push rod(19) by the return spring.
When the push rod is pushed down by tilting pedal, the spring seat comes down simultaneously and
changes setting of the secondary pressure spring.
25
7 6 24
21 5
22 23
20 16 4
19 17
14 15
15 13
12 11
18
30
1
9, 10
8 26 27 28 29
1 Casing 11 Spring 21 Set screw

2 Pedal 12 Spring seat 22 Nut
3 Pedal cover 13 Stopper 23 Cam shaft
4 Cover 14 Plug 24 Set screw
5 Bushing 15 O-ring 25 Hexagon socket bolt
6 Cam 16 Dust seal 26 Plug
7 Bellows 17 Rod seal 27 Spacer
8 Spool 18 Spring 28 O-ring
9 Shim 19 Push rod 29 Hexagon socket bolt
10 Spring seat 20 Hexagon socket bolt 30 Plug
2-75
2. FUNCTION
1) FUNDAMENTAL FUNCTIONS
The pilot valve is a valve controls the spool stroke, direction, etc of a main control valve. This
function is carried out by providing the spring at one end of the main control valve spool and
applying the output pressure(Secondary pressure) of the pilot valve to the other end.
For this function to be carried out satisfactorily, the pilot valve is composed of the following
elements.
(1) Inlet port(P) where oil is supplied from hydraulic pump.
(2) Output port(1,2,3 & 4) to apply pressure supplied from inlet port to ends of control valve spools.
(3) Tank port(T) necessary to control the above output pressure.
(4) Spool to connect output port to inlet port tank port.
(5) Mechanical means to control output pressure, including springs that work on the above spools.
2) FUNCTIONS OF MAJOR SECTIONS
The functions of the spool(8) are to receive the supply oil pressure from the hydraulic pump at its
port P, and to change over oil paths to determine whether the pressure oil of port P is led to output
ports 1,2,3 & 4 or the output spool to determine the output pressure.
The spring(11) works on this spool to determine the output pressure.
The change the deflection of this spring, the push rod(19) is inserted and can slide in the plug(14).
For the purpose of changing th displacement of the push rod through the cam(6) and adjusting
nut(22) are provided the pedal(2) that can be tilted in any direction around the fulcrum of the cam(6)
center.
The spring(18) works on the casing(1) and spring seat(12) and tries to return the push rod(19) to
the zero-displacement position irrespective of the output pressure, securing its resetting to the
center position.
This also has the effect of a reaction spring to give appropriate control feeling to the operator.
2-76
3) OPERATION
The operation of the pilot valve will be described on the basis of the hydraulic circuit diagram shown
below ant the attached operation explanation drawing.
The diagram shown below is the typical application example of the pilot valve.
5 6
3
1
2
2 4
1 Pilot valve 3 Main pump 5 Hydraulic motor

2 Pilot pump 4 Main control valve 6 Hydraulic cylinder
2-77
(1) Case where pedal is in neutral position
11
8
T
18
1 2
The force of the spring(11) that determines the output pressure of the pilot valve is not applied to
the spool(8). Therefore, the spool is pushed up by the spring(18) to the position of port 2 in the
operation explanation drawing. Then, since the output port is connected to tank port T only, the
output port pressure becomes equal to tank pressure.
2-78
(2) Case where pedal is tilted
19
1 2
When the push rod(19) is stroked, the spool(8) moves downwards.

Then port P is connected with port 1, and the oil supplied from the pilot pump flows through port 1
to generate the pressure.
When the pressure at port 1 increases to the value corresponding to the spring force set by tilting
the handle, the hydraulic pressure force balances with the spring force. If the pressure at port 1
increases higher than the set pressure, port P is disconnected from port 1 and port T is connected
with port 1. If it decreases lower than the set pressure, port P is connected with port 1 and port T
is disconnected from port 1.
In this manner the secondary pressure is kept at the constant value.
Besides, in some type, when the handle is tilted more than a certain angle, the upper end of the
spool contacts with inside bottom of the push rod and the output pressure is left to be connected
with port P.
2-79
SECTION 3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
GROUP 1 HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
4 10 8 9 11
T1 T1
Ps Ps
XAk2
Pal dr8 Ck1 fl dr2 fr
2
XAah
Aa1
XAa1 XAa2
P1 P2 P2 P1
Ba1
XBa2 1 Main pump
XBa1 XBa2
XAas
XAb1
2 Main control valve
13
Ab1 3 Swing motor
Op dr4
P1
4 Travel motor
XBb2 XBb1
Pk dr1 dr6
XBb2
Bb1
5 Solenoid valve
Bs Ak1
3 XAs XAk 6 RCV lever

Sh
As Bk1 XAk2
XBs XBk
7 RCV pedal
Pg
28 Ck2 8 Boom cylinder(RH)
Btl
dr3 Ao
XAtl
Atl
Bo
XAo
9 Boom cylinder(LH)
XBo
Mu XBtl 10 Arm cylinder
Atr
28 11 Bucket cylinder
PA PB XAtr
Btr 12 Shuttle valve
XBtr
13 Turning joint
14 Check valve
320K(350K) 15 Check valve
A B Pz P1 Px Py P2 R
16 Oil cooler
26 Pi 17 Strainer
27 18 Return filter
TRAVEL 7 SWING ARM 6 BUCKET BOOM 6
19 Bypass valve
A1 A2 20 Air breather
1
21 Hydraulic tank
14
XAtl XBtl XAtr XBtr XAa1 XBa1 XBk XAk XAb1 XBb1 15 22 Accumulator
(1) (2) (3) (4) (2) (4) (1) (3) (2) (4)
16
XBs
(1) 12 XAs
(3) fr(pi2)
23 Line filter
fl(pi1)
XAas
Sh
24
P1 24 Spin filter
dr1~dr8
20
Pal
25 Last guard filter
22 18 19
XAa2 Pk Pz
21 M 26 Last guard filter
5 17 B1 B2 A3
27 Pressure switch
Pg
Pi 23 28 Pressure switch
XAah 25
dr5
3 -1
GROUP 2 MAIN CIRCUIT
The main hydraulic circuit consists of suction circuit, delivery circuit, return circuit and drain circuit.
The hydraulic system consists of one main pump, one control valve, one swing motor, four cylinders
and two travel motors.
The variable displacement open loop bent axis double pump is used as the main pump and is driven
by the engine at ratio 1.0 of engine speed.
1. SUCTION AND DELIVERY CIRCUIT
To cylinders To motors
Main control valve To oil cooler
To hydraulic oil tank
Main pump
Suction filter
Hydraulic oil tank
The pumps receive oil from the hydraulic tank through a suction filter. The discharged oil from the
pump flows into the control valve and goes out the tank ports.
The oil discharged from the main pump flows to the actuators through the control valve.
The control valve controls the hydraulic functions.
The oil returned from the actuators flows to the hydraulic tank through the control valve and the oil
cooler.
3-2
2. RETURN CIRCUIT
Full flow filter Oil cooler Check valve(2)

1.5kg/cm2
Main control valve Actuators
Check valve(1)
3.0kg/cm2
Bypass relief valve

3.0kg/cm2
All oil returned from each actuator returns to the hydraulic tank through the control valve.
The bypass check valves are provided in the return circuit.
The setting pressure of bypass check valves are 1.5kg/cm2(21psi) and 3.0kg/cm2(43psi). Usually, oil
returns to the hydraulic tank from the left side of control valve through oil cooler.
When oil temperature is low, viscosity becomes higher and flow resistance increases when passing
through the oil cooler. The oil pressure exceeds 3.0kg/cm2(43psi), the oil returns directly to the hydraulic
tank, resulting in the oil temperature being raised quickly at an appropriate level.
When the oil cooler is clogged, the oil returns directly to the hydraulic tank through bypass check
valve(1).
The return filter and bypass relief valve are provided in the hydraulic tank.
The oil from right and left side of control valve is combined and filtered by the return filter. A bypass
relief valve is provided in the full-flow filter.
When the filter element is clogged, the bypass relief valve opens at 3.0kg/cm2(43psi) differential pressure.
3-3
3. DRAIN CIRCUIT
Travel motor Swing motor
Main pump
Turning joint
Bypass valve
1.5kg/cm2
Spin filter
Hydraulic
oil tank
Besides internal leaks from the motors and main pump, the oil for lubrication circulates. These oil have
to be fed to the hydraulic tank passing through spin filter.
When the drain oil pressure exceed 1.5kg/cm2(21psi), the oil returns to the hydraulic tank directly.
1) TRAVEL MOTOR DRAIN CIRCUIT

Oil leaking from the right and left travel motors comes out of the drain ports provided in the
respective motor casing and join with each other. These oils pass through the turning joint and
return to the hydraulic tank after being filtered by spin filter.
2) SWING MOTOR DRAIN CIRCUIT
Oil leaking from the swing motor come out and return to the hydraulic tank passing through a drain
filter.
3) MAIN PUMP DRAIN CIRCUIT
Oil leaking from main pump come out and return to the hydraulic tank passing through drain filter.
3-4
GROUP 3 PILOT CIRCUIT
Remote control valve Remote control valve

RCV pedal
(LH lever) (RH lever)
Safety lock
solenoid valve Swing parking brake
Control valve
Travel speed solenoid valve
Arm half flow solenoid valve
Power boost solenoid valve
Line filter
Main pump
Relief valve
40kg/cm2
Pilot pump
Suction filter
The pilot circuit consists of suction circuit, delivery circuit and return circuit.
The pilot pump is provided with relief valve, receives the oil from the hydraulic tank through the
suction filter.
The discharged oil from the pilot pump flows to the remote control valve through line filter, EPPR
valve, solenoid valve assemblies, swing parking brake, main control valve and safety lock solenoid
valve.
3-5
1. SUCTION, DELIVERY AND RETURN CIRCUIT
ARM CYLINDER BOOM CYLINDER BUCKRT CYLINDER

TRAVEL MOTOR
ARM1 ARM2
BOOM2 BOOM1
SWING MOTOR
SWING BUCKET
OPTION
TRAVEL(RH)
TRAVEL(RH)
RCV PEDAL RCV LEVER(LH) RCV LEVER(RH)
TRAVEL SWING ARM BUCKET BOOM
SPIN HYD
FILTER TANK
SAFETY
SOLENOID VALVE PILOT PUMP
LINE STRAINER
FILTER
RELIEF VALVE
The pilot pump receive oil from the hydraulic tank. The discharged oil from the pilot pump flows to
the safety solenoid valve through the line filter. The oil is filtered by the line filter. The pilot relief
valve is provided in the pilot pump for limiting the pilot circuit pressure.
The oil filtered by line filter flows remote control valve through safety solenoid valve.
The return oil from remote control valve returned to hydraulic tank through the spin filter.
3-6
2. SAFETY SOLENOID VALVE(SAFETY LEVER)

TRAVEL MOTOR
ARM1 ARM2
BOOM2 BOOM1
SWING MOTOR
SWING BUCKET
OPTION
TRAVEL(RH)
TRAVEL(RH)
SPIN HYD
FILTER TANK
LEVER DOWN SAFETY
LEVER UP SOLENOID VALVE PILOT PUMP
LINE STRAINER
FILTER
RELIEF VALVE
When the lever of the safety solenoid valve is moved downward, oil flows into the remote control
valve through solenoid valve and line filter.
When the lever of the safety solenoid valve moved upward, oil does not flow into the remote control
valve, because of blocked by the spool.
3-7
3. MAIN RELIEF PRESSURE CHANGE CIRCUIT

TRAVEL MOTOR
ARM1 ARM2
BOOM2 BOOM1
SWING MOTOR
SWING BUCKET
OPTION
TRAVEL(RH)
TRAVEL(RH)
MAIN RELIEF VALVE

Pz
SPIN HYD
FILTER TANK
POWER MAX
SOLENOID VALVE Pz
PILOT PUMP
LINE STRAINER
FILTER
RELIEF VALVE
When the power max switch on the left control lever is pushed ON, the power max solenoid valve is
actuated, the discharged oil from the pilot pump flows into Pz port of the main relief valve of main
control valve ; Then the setting pressure of the main control valve is raises from 320kgf/cm2 to
350kgf/cm2 for increasing the digging power. And even when pressed continuously, it is canceled
after 8 seconds.
3-8
4. SWING PARKING BRAKE RELEASE

TRAVEL MOTOR
ARM1 ARM2
SWING MOTOR DEVICE

BOOM2 BOOM1
Sh
Pg SWING BUCKET
Mu
OPTION
TRAVEL(RH)
TRAVEL(RH)
A B
Sh
SPIN HYD
FILTER TANK
SHUTTLE VALVE SAFETY
Pg LINE STRAINER
FILTER
RELIEF VALVE
When the swing control lever is operated, the pilot oil flows to Sh port of shuttle valve, this pressure
move spool so, discharged oil from pilot pump flows to Pg port.
This pressure is applied to swing motor disc cylinder, thus the brake released.
When the swing control lever is set neutral position, oil in the swing motor disc cylinder is drain, thus
the brake is applied.
3-9
5. ARM HALF FLOW SYSTEM

TRAVEL MOTOR
XAa1 XAa2
XAah ARM1 ARM2
BOOM2 BOOM1
SWING MOTOR
SWING BUCKET
OPTION
TRAVEL(RH)
TRAVEL(RH)
XAa1
ARM HALF SPIN HYD
SOLENOID FILTER TANK
VALVE SAFETY
XAa2 SOLENOID VALVE PILOT PUMP
LINE STRAINER
XAah FILTER
RELIEF VALVE
When the arm half flow switch is turned ON, the arm half flow solenoid valve is switched to ON and
Arm2 pilot port XAa2 is connect with drain line : So the spool of ARM2 is not actuated. As a result,
the arm in operation is only the ARM1 section. This function is useful to fine control of the arm in
case of finishing work.
3 - 10
6. TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL PRESSURE
TRAVEL MOTOR DEVICE ARM CYLINDER BOOM CYLINDER BUCKRT CYLINDER
Lo Hi Hi Lo
TRAVEL SPEED
CHANGE OVER
VALVE
ARM1 ARM2
BOOM2 BOOM1
SWING MOTOR SWING BUCKET
OPTION
TRAVEL(RH)
TRAVEL(RH)
TRAVEL SPEED SPIN HYD

SOLENOID VALVE FILTER TANK
Pk
SAFETY
Pg LINE STRAINER
FILTER
RELIEF VALVE
When the travel speed solenoid valve was placed in the Hi position, the pressure oil from pilot pump
through last guard filter flows to port(Pk) of travel speed change over valve, and the control piston is
pushed up, thus minimizing the displacement.
When the travel speed solenoid valve was placed in the Lo position, the oil of Pk port return to the
tank and the control piston is returned, thus maximizing the displacement.
3 - 11
GROUP 4 SINGLE OPERATION
1. BOOM RAISE OPERATION

TRAVEL MOTOR
BOOM HOLDING
VALVE
XAb1
dr4
XBb2 XBb1 P1
BOOM2
BOOM1 XBb2 Bb1
SWING MOTOR
MAKE UP VALVE
RELIEF VALVE
P1 P2 R
HYD FRONT REAR PILOT

TANK PUMP PUMP PUMP
When the right control lever is pulled back, the boom spools in the main control valve are moved to
the raise position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote control valve.
The oil from the front and rear pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the large
chamber of boom cylinders.
At the same time, the oil from the small chamber of boom cylinders returns to the hydraulic oil tank
through the boom spool in the main control valve. When this happens, the boom goes up.
The excessive pressure in the boom cylinder bottom end circuit is prevented by relief valve.
When the boom is raised and the control lever is returned to neutral position, the circuit for the
holding pressure at the bottom end of the boom cylinder is closed by the boom holding valve.
This prevents the hydraulic drift of boom cylinder.
3 - 12
2. BOOM DOWN OPERATION

TRAVEL MOTOR
RELIEF VALVE
MAKE UP VALVE
XAb1
dr4
XBb2 XBb1 P1
BOOM2
BOOM1 XBb2 Bb1
SWING MOTOR
BOOM HOLDING
VALVE
P1 P2 R

TANK PUMP PUMP PUMP
When the right control lever is pushed forward, the boom spools in the main control valve are moved
to the lower position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote control valve.
The oil from the front pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the small chamber of
boom cylinders. At the same time, the oil from the large chamber of boom cylinders returns to the
hydraulic tank through the boom spool in the main control valve.
When the lowering speed of boom is faster, the oil returned from the large chamber of boom cylinder
combines with the oil from the front pump, and flows into the small chamber of the cylinder.
This prevents cylinder cavitation by the negative pressure when the front pump flow can not match
the boom down speed. And the excessive pressure in the boom cylinder rod end circuit is
prevented by the relief valve.
3 - 13
3. ARM ROLL IN OPERATION

TRAVEL MOTOR
MAKE UP RELIEF
VALVE VALVE
Pal
XAah
XAa1 XAa2
XBa2 ARM1 ARM2
XBa1 XBa2
SWING MOTOR
P1 P2 R
ARM HALF SOLENOID VALVE
XAa2 HYD FRONT REAR PILOT

TANK PUMP PUMP PUMP
XAah
When the left control lever manually is placed in the arm roll in position.
Then the oil flows from pilot pump through the remote control valve to arm sections of the main
control valve. Here, the spool positions are moved to arm roll in position.
The oil flows from both main pump through arm section of the main control valve to the bottom end
of the arm cylinder, and to roll in arm.
The return oil flows from the rod end of the cylinder through the arm1 section returned to the tank.
Then cavitation which will happen to the bottom of the arm cylinder is prevented by a make up valve,
on other hand. The excessive pressure is also prevented by an overload relief valve in the main
control valve.
3 - 14
4. ARM ROLL OUT OPERATION

TRAVEL MOTOR
MAKE UP RELIEF
VALVE VALVE
Pal
XAah
XAa1 XAa2
XBa2 ARM1 ARM2
XBa1 XBa2
SWING MOTOR
P1 P2 R

TANK PUMP PUMP PUMP
When the left control lever manually is placed in the arm roll out position.
Then the oil flows from pilot pump through the remote control valve to arm sections of the main
control valve. Here, the spool positions are moved to arm roll out position.
The oil flows from both pump through arm section of main control valve to the rod end of the arm
cylinder, and to roll out arm.
The return oil flows from the bottom end of the cylinder through the arm section returned to the tank.
The cavitation which will happen to the rod of the arm cylinder is prevented by a make up valve, on
other hand. The excessive pressure is also prevented by an overload relief valve in the main control
valve.
3 - 15
5. BUCKET ROLL IN OPERATION

TRAVEL MOTOR
Ck1
XAk2
CENTER
BYPASS VALVE
RELIEF VALVE
MAKE UP VALVE
SWING MOTOR
XAk
XAk2
XBk
BUCKET
Ck2
P1 P2 R

TANK PUMP PUMP PUMP
When the right control lever is manually placed in the bucket roll in position. Then the oil flows from
pilot through the pilot valve to bucket section of the main control valve. Here the spool position is
moved to bucket roll in position.
The center bypass valve is change over by the pilot pressure(XAk2) and then the oil from front pump
is joint to the flow of rear pump via confluence passage.
The oil flows from both pump through rod end of the cylinder through the bucket section returned to
the tank.
The cavitation which will happen to the bottom of the bucket cylinder is prevented by a make up
valve, on other hand. The excessive pressure is also prevented by an overload relief valve in the
main control valve.
3 - 16
6. BUCKET ROLL OUT OPERATION

TRAVEL MOTOR
Ck1
XAk2
CENTER
BYPASS VALVE
SWING MOTOR
XAk
XAk2
XBk
BUCKET
Ck2
MAKE UP VALVE
RELIEF VALVE
P1 P2 R

TANK PUMP PUMP PUMP
When the right control lever is manually placed in the bucket roll out position. Then the oil flows from
pilot pump through the pilot valve to bucket section of the main control valve. Here the spool position
is moved to bucket roll out position.
The oil flows from rear pump through bucket section of main control valve to the rod end of the
bucket cylinder, and to roll out bucket.
The return oil flows from the bottom end of the cylinder through the bucket section returned to the
tank.
The cavitation which will happen to the rod of the bucket cylinder is prevented by a make up valve,
on other hand. The excessive pressure is also prevented by an overload relief valve in the main
control valve.
3 - 17
7. SWING OPERATION

TRAVEL MOTOR
SWING MOTOR XAs
XBs
SWING
P1 P2 R
XBs XAs
Sh HYD
SPIN
FILTER TANK
SAFETY FRONT REAR PILOT
SOLENOID VALVE PUMP PUMP PUMP
Pg LINE STRAINER
FILTER
When the left control lever is manually placed in the left(Right) swing position. Then the oil flows
from front pump through the swing section of the main control valve to swing motor to left(Right)
swing the superstructure. The return oil flows from swing motor through the swing section of the
main control valve returned to the tank.
When the control lever placed in the neutral position, the pressure of the pilot oil passage down.
Then the brake release valve returned to the neutral position and the oil is returned from the brake
piston to the tank. And the brake is set to "ON". The swing parking brake, make up valve and the
overload relief valve are provide in the swing motors. The cavitation which will happen to the swing
motor is prevented by the make up valve in the swing motor itself.
3 - 18
SWING CIRCUIT OPERATION
PARKING BRAKE
SWING MOTOR DEVICE
BRAKE RELEASE VALVE
Sh BRAKE OFF
Pg
BRAKE ON
dr3
MAKE UP
PORT(Mu)
MAKE UP VALVE
MOTOR BRAKE VALVE
A B
TO/FROM MAIN CONTROL VALVE
1) MOTOR BRAKE VALVE

Motor brake valve for the swing motor limits to cushion the starting and stopping pressure of swing
operation.
2) MAKE UP VALVE
The make up valves prevent cavitation by supplying return oil to the vacuum side of the motor.
3) PARKING BRAKE
In case that the parking, of the machine at slope is required during operation, there is the danger of
involuntary swing caused by the self weight of the machine. The brake is connected to prevent this
involuntary swing.
PARKING BRAKE "OFF" OPERATION
The parking brake is released by the pilot pressure oil from the pilot pump.
When the left control lever placed in the swing position, the pilot pressure at the shuttle valve is
transferred to the brake release valve and the brake release valve is change over. Then the pilot
pressure lift the brake piston and release the parking brake.
PARKING BRAKE "ON" OPERATION
When the control lever placed in the neutral position, the pressure of the pilot oil passage down.
Then the brake release valve returned to the neutral position and the oil is returned from the brake
piston to the tank. And the brake is set to 'ON".
BYPASS VALVE
This bypass valve absorbs shocks produced as swing motion stops and reduced oscillation cause
by swing motion.
3 - 19
8. TRAVEL FORWARD AND REVERSE OPERATION

TRAVEL MOTOR
TURNING
JOINT
SWING MOTOR
XAtl
XBtl
TRAVEL(LH)
XAtr
XBtr
TRAVEL(RH)
STRAIGHT
TRAVEL SPOOL
PILOT VALVE P1 P2 R
XAtl XBtl XAtr XBtr

SPIN HYD
FILTER TANK
SAFETY FRONT REAR PILOT
SOLENOID VALVE PUMP PUMP PUMP
Pg LINE STRAINER
FILTER
When the right and left travel levers are manually placed to the forward or reverse position, the oil
flows from pilot pump through the pilot valve to travel sections of the main control valve.
Here, spool position is moved to forward and reverse position. The oil flows from rear pump through
the travel(RH) section of the main control valve and turning joint to the right travel motor and oil flows
from front pump through the travel(LH) section of the main control valve and turning joint to the left
travel motor and move the machine forward or reverse.
The return oil flows from both travel motor through the turning joint and travel(Rh, LH) sections
returned to the tank.
3 - 20
TRAVEL CIRCUIT OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR DEVICE
R/G R/G
a1 a2
T1 T2
Ps Ps
OVERLOAD
RELIEF
VALVE
P1 P2 Pk P2 P1
dr3
COUNTER CHECK
TURNING JOINT BALANCE VALVE
VALVE
TO/FROM MAIN CONTROL VALVE
Valves are provided on travel motors to offer the following functions.
1) COUNTER BALANCE VALVE

When stopping the motor of slope descending, this valve to prevent the motor over run.
2) OVERLOAD RELIEF VALVE
Relief valve limit the circuit pressure below 350kgf/cm2 to prevent high pressure generated at at time
of stopping the machine. Stopping the motor, this valve sucks the oil from lower pressure passage
for preventing the negative pressure and the cavitation of the motor.
3 - 21
GROUP 5 COMBINED OPERATION
1. OUTLINE
TRAVEL MOTOR
Ck1
Pal dr8 XAk2 dr2
XAah
XAa1 XAa2
XBa2 ARM1 ARM2

XBa1 XBa2
XAb1
dr4
XBb2 XBb1 P1
BOOM2
BOOM1 XBb2 Bb1
SWING MOTOR
XAs XAk
XBs XBk
SWING BUCKET
XAtl
XBtl
TRAVEL(LH) OPTION
XAtr
XBtr
TRAVEL(RH)
STRAIGHT
TRAVEL SPOOL
P1 P2 R
PILOT VALVE

TANK PUMP PUMP PUMP
The oil from the front and rear pump flows through the neutral oil passage, bypass oil passage and
confluence oil passage in the main control valve. Then the oil goes to each actuator and operates
them. Check valves and orifices are located on these oil passage in the main control valve.
These control the oil from the main pumps so as to correspond to the operation of each actuator and
smooth the combined operation.
PILOT VALVE FOR STRAIGHT TRAVEL

This pilot valve for straight travel is provided in the main control valve.
If any actuator is operated when traveling, the spool of pilot valve is pushed to the downward by the
pilot oil pressure from the pilot pump. At the same time, the straight travel spool is pushed to the left
by the oil through the pilot valve for straight travel.
Consequently, the left and right travel oil supply passage are connected, and equivalent amount of
oil flows into the left and right travel motors. This keeps the straight travel.
3 - 22
2. COMBINED SWING AND BOOM OPERATION

TRAVEL MOTOR
Ck1
Pal dr8 XAk2 dr2
XAah
XAa1 XAa2
XBa2 ARM1 ARM2

XBa1 XBa2
XAb1
dr4
XBb2 XBb1 P1
BOOM2 BOOM1 XBb2 Bb1
SWING MOTOR
XAs XAk
XBs XBk
SWING BUCKET
XAtl
XBtl OPTION
TRAVEL(LH)
XAtr
XBtr
TRAVEL(RH)
P1 P2 R

TANK PUMP PUMP PUMP
When the swing and boom functions are operated, simultaneously the swing spool and boom spools
changed. The oil flows from the rear pump through boom1 section of the main control valve to boom
cylinders and the boom functions.
The oil flows from front pump through swing section to swing motor.
At the same time the pressure in the boom circuits can be high while the swing pressure is low,
therefore the oil flows from front pump to boom cylinders through boom2 section via confluence
passage in case boom raise operation.
3 - 23
3. COMBINED SWING AND ARM OPERATION

TRAVEL MOTOR
Ck1
Pal dr8 XAk2 dr2
XAah
XAa1 XAa2
XBa2 ARM1 ARM2

XBa1 XBa2
XAas XAb1
dr4
XBb2 XBb1 P1
SWING MOTOR
XAs XAk
XBs XBk
SWING BUCKET
XAtl
XBtl OPTION
TRAVEL(LH)
XAtr
XBtr
TRAVEL(RH)
P1 P2 R
XAa2 HYD FRONT REAR PILOT

TANK PUMP PUMP PUMP
XAah
When the swing and arm functions are operated, simultaneously the swing spool and arm spools
changed. The oil flows from the front pump through arm1 and swing section of the main control
valve to arm cylinder and swing motor, and the arm and swing functions.
At the same time, the pressure in the arm circuit can be high while the swing pressure is low,
therefore the oil flows from rear pump to arm cylinder through arm2 section via confluence passage.
Mean while the pilot oil pressure(XAas) of swing shuttle valve flows into the stroke limiter of arm
spool, then the swing priority is maintained.
3 - 24
4. COMBINED SWING AND BUCKET OPERATION

TRAVEL MOTOR
Ck1
Pal dr8 XAk2 dr2
XAah
XAa1 XAa2
XBa2 ARM1 ARM2

XBa1 XBa2
XAas XAb1
dr4
XBb2 XBb1 P1
SWING MOTOR
XAs XAk
XBs XBk
SWING BUCKET
XAtl
XBtl OPTION
TRAVEL(LH)
XAtr
XBtr
TRAVEL(RH)
P1 P2 R

TANK PUMP PUMP PUMP
When the swing and bucket functions are operated, the swing and bucket spools changed. The oil
flows from the rear pump through the bucket section of the main control valve to the bucket cylinder
and the bucket function. The oil flows from front pump through swing section of the main control
valve to the swing motor and swing the superstructure.
3 - 25
5. COMBINED SWING, BOOM, ARM AND BUCKET OPERATION

TRAVEL MOTOR
Ck1
Pal dr8 XAk2 dr2
XAah
XAa1 XAa2
XBa2 ARM1 ARM2

XBa1 XBa2
XAb1
dr4
XBb2 XBb1 P1
SWING MOTOR
XAs XAk
XBs XBk
SWING BUCKET
XAtl
XBtl OPTION
TRAVEL(LH)
XAtr
XBtr
TRAVEL(RH)
P1 P2 R
XAa2
TANK PUMP PUMP PUMP
XAah
When the swing, boom, arm and bucket functions are operated, the each spools of the main control
valve changed.
The oil flows from rear pump through arm2, boom1 and bucket section to boom, arm and bucket
cylinders. The oil flows from front pump through swing, boom2 and arm1 section to swing motor,
boom and arm cylinder. Then the functions to each actuators.
According to the state of each actuators functioning, the oil flows from front and rear pump through
the confluence oil passage to the each actuators.
3 - 26
6. COMBINED SWING AND TRAVEL OPERATION

TRAVEL MOTOR
Ck1
Pal dr8 XAk2 dr2
XAah
XAa1 XAa2
XBa2 ARM1 ARM2

XBa1 XBa2
XAas XAb1
dr4
XBb2 XBb1 P1
SWING MOTOR
XAs XAk
XBs XBk
SWING BUCKET
XAtl
XBtl OPTION
TRAVEL(LH)
XAtr
XBtr
TRAVEL(RH)
STRAIGHT CHECK
TRAVEL SPOOL VALVE
P1 P2 R
PILOT VALVE ORIFICE Pi

TANK PUMP PUMP PUMP
When the swing and travel functions are operated, simultaneously the swing spool and travel spools
in the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure from the
remote control valve and the spool of pilot valve for straight travel is pushed to the downward by the
pilot oil pressure from the pilot pump.
At the same time, the straight travel spool is pushed to the left by the oil through the pilot valve for
straight travel.
The oil from the rear pump flows into the swing motor through the swing spool. The oil from the
front pump flows into the travel motor through the RH travel spool of the right control valve and the
LH travel spool of the left control valve via the straight travel spool.
The superstructure swings and the machine travels straight.
3 - 27
7. COMBINED BOOM AND TRAVEL OPERATION

TRAVEL MOTOR
Ck1
Pal dr8 XAk2 dr2
XAah
XAa1 XAa2
XBa2 ARM1 ARM2

XBa1 XBa2
XAas XAb1
dr4
XBb2 XBb1 P1
SWING MOTOR
XAs XAk
XBs XBk
SWING BUCKET
XAtl
XBtl OPTION
TRAVEL(LH)
XAtr
XBtr
TRAVEL(RH)
STRAIGHT CHECK
TRAVEL SPOOL VALVE
P1 P2 R

TANK PUMP PUMP PUMP
When the boom and travel functions are operated, simultaneously the boom spools and travel
spools in the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure from the
remote control valve and the spool of pilot valve is pushed to the downward by the pilot oil pressure
from the pilot pump. At the same time, the straight travel spool is pushed to the left by the oil
through the pilot valve for straight travel. The oil from the rear pump flows into the boom cylinders
through the boom 2 spool and boom 1 spool via the parallel and confluence oil passage. The oil
from the front pump flows into the travel motors through the RH travel spool of the right control valve
and the LH travel spool of the left control valve via the straight travel spool.
Check valve the pressure in the travel circuit can be high while the boom pressure is low. When the
travel circuit pressure drops lower than boom pressure, as when traveling downhill, boom priority and
smoothness are maintained because of the orifice. In ether case, the machine will continue to travel
straight.
3 - 28
8. COMBINED ARM AND TRAVEL OPERATION

TRAVEL MOTOR
Ck1
Pal dr8 XAk2 dr2
XAah
XAa1 XAa2
XBa2 ARM1 ARM2

XBa1 XBa2
XAas XAb1
dr4
XBb2 XBb1 P1
SWING MOTOR
XAs XAk
XBs XBk
SWING BUCKET
XAtl
XBtl OPTION
TRAVEL(LH)
XAtr
XBtr
TRAVEL(RH)
STRAIGHT CHECK
TRAVEL SPOOL VALVE
P1 P2 R
XAa2
TANK PUMP PUMP PUMP
XAah
When the arm and travel functions are operated, simultaneously the arm spools and travel spools in
the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote
control valve and the spool of pilot valve is pushed to the downward by the pilot oil pressure from the
pilot pump. At the same time, the straight travel spool is pushed to the left by the oil through the pilot
valve for straight travel. The oil from the rear pump flows into the arm cylinders through the arm 1
spool and arm 2 spool via the parallel and confluence oil passage. The oil from the front pump
flows into the travel motors through the RH travel spool of the right control valve and the LH travel
spool of the left control valve via the straight travel spool.
Check valve the pressure in the travel circuit can be high while the arm pressure is low. When the
travel circuit pressure drops lower than arm pressure, as when traveling downhill, arm priority and
smoothness are maintained because of the orifice. In either case, the machine will continue to travel
straight.
3 - 29
9. COMBINED BUCKET AND TRAVEL OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR
Ck1
Pal dr8 XAk2 dr2
XAah
XAa1 XAa2
XBa2 ARM1 ARM2

XBa1 XBa2
XAas XAb1
dr4
XBb2 XBb1 P1
SWING MOTOR
XAs XAk
XBs XBk
SWING BUCKET
XAtl
XBtl OPTION
TRAVEL(LH)
XAtr
XBtr
TRAVEL(RH)
STRAIGHT CHECK
TRAVEL SPOOL VALVE
P1 P2 R

TANK PUMP PUMP PUMP
When the bucket and travel functions are operated, simultaneously the bucket spool and travel
spools in the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure from the
remote control valve, and the spool of pilot valve is pushed to the downward by the pilot oil pressure
from the pilot pump. At the same time, the straight travel spool is pushed to the left by the oil
through the pilot valve for straight travel. The oil from the rear pump flows into the bucket cylinder
through the bucket spool via the confluence oil passage. The oil from the front pump flows into the
travel motors through the RH travel spool of the right control valve and the LH travel spool of the left
control valve via the straight travel spool of the control valve.
Check valve the pressure in the travel circuit can be high while the bucket pressure is low. When the
travel circuit pressure drops lower than bucket pressure, as when traveling downhill, bucket priority
and smoothness are maintained because of the orifice.
In either case, the machine will continue to travel straight.
3 - 30
SECTION 4 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
GROUP 1 COMPONENT LOCATION
1. LOCATION 1 6
5
4
3
7
8
9
1
10
2 11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
24 22
25 23
1 Horn switch 10 Arm half switch 19 Resistor
2 Cluster 11 Aircon switch 20 CPU controller
3 Starting switch 12 Main light switch 21 Emergency engine starting connector
4 Cigar lighter 13 Wiper & washer switch 22 Prolix switch
5 Breaker switch 14 Cassette & radio 23 Fuse box
6 Beacon switch 15 Speaker 24 Emergency engine control lever
7 Service meter 16 Safety lever (Push pull cable)
8 Travel alarm switch 17 Aircon & heater switch 25 Master switch
9 Cold start switch 18 Relay
4-1
2. LOCATION 2
1 7
2 8
3 9
4 10
5 11
12
6 13
14
15
16
1 Alternator 7 Hyd temperature sender 13 Accel actuator

2 Start relay 8 Engine speed sensor 14 Battery
3 Air cleaner switch 9 Engine oil pressure switch 15 Connector plate
4 Fuel sender 10 Water temperature sender 16 Battery relay
5 Fuel filler pump 11 Heater valve
6 Lamp 12 Heater adapter
4-2
GROUP 2 ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
_ _
+ + TO : STARTER
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14
20A
10A
20A
20A
20A
20A
20A
30A
20A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
5A
5A
5A
5A
F/PUMP,T/ALARM
FROM : BATT RY
CPU CONTROLLER
4 -3
4 -4
1. POWER CIRCUIT
The negative terminal of battery is grounded to the machine chassis through master switch.
When the start switch is in the OFF position, the current flows from the positive battery terminal as
shown below.
1) OPERATING FLOW
Battery Battery relay Fusible linkŭCN-60(1)Ů
Fuse box(No.11) I/connŭCN-1(N)Ů Start switchŭCS-2(1)Ů
Fuse box(No.12) I/connŭCN-1(B)Ů I/connŭCN-6(4)Ů Room lampŭCL-1(2)Ů
Cassette radioŭCN-27(7)Ů
Fuse box(No.13) CPU controllerŭCN-53(3)Ů
ƓI/conn : Intermediate connector
2) CHECK POINT
Engine Start switch Check point Voltage

‫ڸ‬- GND(Battery 1EA) 10~12.5V
‫ڹ‬- GND(Battery 2EA) 20~25V
OFF OFF
‫ں‬- GND(Battery 2EA) 20~25V
‫ڻ‬- GND(Fusible link) 20~25V
Ɠ GND : Ground
4-5
POWER CIRCUIT
1 2
CN-36 FUSE BOX
_ _
3
+ +
CR-1
MASTER SW
CN-60
BATTERY RELAY
CN-1
CN-27
CN-6
CASSETTE RADIO
CS-2
CL-1
ROOM LAMP
START KEY SW
CN-53
CPU CONTROLLER
4-6
2. STARTING CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
Battery(+) terminal Battery relay(M8, B+ terminal) Fusible linkŭCN-60(1)Ů
Fuse box(No.11) I/connŭCN-1(N)Ů Start switchŭCS-2(1)Ů
(1) When start key switch is in ON position
Start switch ONŭCS-2(2)Ů I/connŭCN-1(M)Ů Battery relayŭM4 terminalŮ
Battery relay operating(All power is supplied with the electric component)
Start switch ONŭCS-2(3)Ů I/connŭCN-1(L)Ů
Fuse box(No.1)
Fuse box(No.2) I/connŭCN-3(B)Ů Fuel cut-offŭCN-79(1)Ů
(2) When start key switch is in START position
Start switch STARTŭCS-2(5)Ů I/connŭCN-1(K)Ů Start safety relayŭCR-5(2)Ů
I/connŭCN-3(A)Ů Start relayŭCR-23(1)Ů
2) CHECK POINT

‫ڸ‬- GND(Battery)
‫ڹ‬- GND(Start key)
‫ں‬- GND(Battery relay M4)
OPERATING START ‫ڻ‬- GND(Start B+) 20~25V
‫ڼ‬- GND(Start M)
‫ڽ‬- GND(Start relay)
‫ھ‬- GND(Battery relay M8)
Ɠ GND : Ground
4-7
STARTING CIRCUIT
1
CN-36 FUSE BOX
7
_ + _ +
BATT RY
CR-1
CN-60
MASTER SW
3
DO-3
DO-1
DO-2
CR-5
START SAFETY RY
CN-7
CN-8
CN-51
CPU CONTROLLER
6
CN-45
START RY
CN-3 CR-23 M
CN-1
STARTER
5 CN-74
ALTERNATOR
2 CN-79
CS-2
FUEL CUT OFF
START KEY SW
4-8
3. CHARGING CIRCUIT
When the starter is activated and the engine is started, the operator releases the key switch to the ON
position.
Charging current generated by operating alternator flows into the battery through the Battery
relay(CR-1).
The current also flows from alternator to each electrical component and controller through the fuse
box.
1) OPERATING FLOW
(1) Warning flow
Alternator "I" terminal I/connŭCN-3(K)Ů CPU Alternator power levelŭCN-50(5)Ů
Cluster charging warning lamp
(2) Charging flow
Alternator B+ terminal Battery relay(M8) Battery(+) terminal
2) CHECK POINT

‫ڸ‬- GND(Battery voltage)
‫ڹ‬- GND(Battery relay)
RUN ON ‫ں‬- GND(Alternator B terminal) 20~30V
‫ڻ‬- GND(Alternator I terminal)
‫ڼ‬- GND(CPU)
Ɠ GND : Ground
4-9
CHARGING CIRCUIT
1
CN-36 FUSE BOX
2
_ + _ +
BATT RY
CR-1
CN-60
MASTER SW
DO-3
CN-45
START RY
CN-3 CR-23 M
STARTER
CN-74
CN-51
3 ALTERNATOR
4
CN-2
CN-50
CN-9
5
CN-56
CPU CONTROLLER CLUSTER
4 - 10
4. HEAD AND WORK LIGHT CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
Fuse box(No.16) I/connŭCN-1(R)Ů Main light switchŭCS-21(1)Ů
Fuse box(No.17) Work light relayŭCR-3(2, 3)Ů
(1) Head light switch ON : 1st step

Head light switch ONŭCS-21(5)Ů I/connŭCN-1(O)Ů Head light ONŭCL-3(2)Ů
Cluster illumination lampŭCN-52(4)Ů
Switch indicator lamp ONŭCS-21(9)Ů
(2) Work light switch ON : 2nd step
Work light switch ONŭCS-21(2)Ů I/connŭCN-1(Q)Ů Work light relayŭCR-3(1)Ů
I/connŭCN-10(2)Ů Work light ONŭCL-6(2), CL-5(2)Ů
Cluster work light pilot lamp ONŭCN-52(8)Ů
2) CHECK POINT

‫ڸ‬- GND(Fuse box)
‫ں‬- GND(Switch power input)
STOP ON 20~25V
‫ڼ‬- GND(Switch power output)
‫ھ‬- GND(Head lamp)
‫ڹ‬- GND(Fuse box)

‫ڻ‬- GND(Switch signal input)
‫ڽ‬- GND(Switch signal output)
STOP ON ‫ڿ‬- GND(Relay coil) 20~25V
‫ۀ‬- GND(Relay power input)
‫ہ‬- GND(Relay power output)
‫ۂ‬- GND(Work lamp)
Ɠ GND : Ground
4 - 11
HEAD AND WORK LIGHT CIRCUIT
MAIN LIGHT SW CN-36

CS-21
CN-1
1
3
5
6
4
FUSE BOX
CN-52
CPU CONTROLLER
8
CR-3
CN-2
WORK LAMP RY
9
10
CN-10 CL-6
WORK LAMP
11 CL-5
WORK LAMP
CL-3
HEAD LAMP
4 - 12
5. BEACON LAMP CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
Fuse box(No.10) I/connŭCN-1(X)Ů Beacon lamp switchŭCS-23(2)Ů
Ɠ When Lamp switch ON
Beacon lamp switch ONŭCS-23(6)Ů Switch indicator lamp ONŭCS-23(9)Ů
I/connŭCN-6(6)Ů I/connŭCN-14(3)Ů
Beacon lamp ONŭCL-7Ů
2) CHECK POINT

‫ڹ‬- GND(Switch power input)
STOP ON 20~25V
‫ں‬- GND(Switch power output)
‫ڻ‬- GND(Beacon lamp)
Ɠ GND : Ground
4 - 13
BEACON LAMP CIRCUIT
CN-1 CN-36
CS-23
BEACON LAMP SW
1
2
FUSE BOX
CN-6
CN-2
4
CN-14
CL-7
BEACON LAMP
4 - 14
6. WIPER AND WASHER CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
(1) Wiper motor switch ON : 1st step
Fuse box(No.5) I/connŭCN-1(V)Ů Wiper and washer switchŭCS-3(1) ‫( ؖ‬6)Ů
I/connŭCN-6(1)Ů I/connŭCN-13(1)Ů Wiper motor operationŭCN-21(1)Ů
(2) Washer switch ON : 2nd step
Fuse box(No.5) I/connŭCN-1(V)Ů Wiper and washer switchŭCS-3(1) ‫( ؖ‬3)Ů
I/connŭCN-1(U)Ů Washer tankŭCN-22(2) ‫( ؖ‬1)Ů
Washer operation
I/connŭCN-6(1)Ů I/connŭCN-13(1)Ů
Wiper motor operationŭCN-21(1)Ů
(3) Auto parking(When switch OFF)
Wiper & washer switch OFFŭCS-3(6) ‫( ؖ‬8)Ů Wiper motorŭCN-21(1)Ů
Fuse box(No.5) I/connŭCN-1(V)Ů I/connŭCN-6(2)Ů I/connŭCN-13(3)Ů
Wiper & washer switchŭCN-21(3) ‫( ؖ‬4)Ů Wiper motor stop
2) CHECK POINT

‫ڹ‬- GND(Switch power input)
‫ں‬- GND(Switch power output)
STOP ON ‫ڻ‬- GND(Wiper power input) 20~25V
‫ڼ‬- GND(Wiper power input)
‫ڽ‬- GND(Wiper motor)
‫ھ‬- GND(Switch power output)
Ɠ GND : Ground
4 - 15
WIPER AND WASHER CIRCUIT
WIPER & WASHER SW

CN-1 CN-36
CS-3
3 1
2 7
FUSE BOX
CN-2
CN-6
CN-22
M
WASHER TANK
6 5
WIPER MOTOR
M
CN-21 CN-13
4 - 16
CONTROLLER CIRCUIT
CN-36 FUSE BOX
CN-53
CN-76
CN-52
DC MOTOR
CN-47
CN-51 RESISTOR
CS-7
PROLIX SW(EPPR)
CN-3
CN-50
CPU CONTROLLER
CN-75
CD-17
TACHO SENSOR EPPR VALVE
4 - 17
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT FOR HYDRAULIC
PEDAL BREAKER SW TRAVEL ALARM

SAFETY SOL ARM HALF TRAVEL BUZZER
CS-26
BREAKER SOL FUSE BOX
CN-68
CN-66
CN-89
CN-65
CS-16
CS-27
CD-12
CD-13
CN-36
CN-1
CD-11
CD-14
CN-2
CN-52
CN-53
CN-50
CS-50
CS-4
CN-88
CN-70
CS-29
POWER MAX TRAVEL CPU CONTROLLER

POWER MAX SAFETY SW ARM HALF SW
4 -18
MONITORING CIRCUIT
FUSE BOX
WATER TEMP ENG OIL PS AIR FILTER WATER LEVEL
CD-10
CD-16
CD-18
CD-8
CN-36
CN-1
CN-3
CD-1
HYD TEMP
CD-2
CN-56 CN-9 CN-2
FUEL SENDER
CLUSTER
CN-48
+
h
HOUR METER
CN-53
CN-51
CN-50
CPU CONTROLLER
4 -19
GROUP 3 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT SPECIFICATION
Part name Symbol Specifications Check
Ɠ Check specific gravity

12V ź 160Ah 1.280 over : Over charged
Battery
(2EA) 1.280~1.250 : Normal
1.250 below : Recharging
Ɠ Check coil resistance(M4 to M4)

Rated load : 24V
Normal : About 50‫װ‬
Battery relay 100A(Continuity)
Ɠ Check contact
1000A(30sec)
Normal : ſ‫װ‬
CR-1
2 Ɠ Check disconnection
Fusible link 1 60A
(For terminal 1-ring term,
CN-60 terminal 2-ring term)
6 5 4 3 2 1
B Ɠ Check contact
1 Ι ,O
OFF : ſ‫(װ‬For each terminal)
Start key 24V 40A
ON : 0‫(װ‬For terminal 1-3, 1-2)
65 32 4 ΙΙ Ι O H START : 0‫(װ‬For terminal 1-5)
C ST ACC BR H
CS-2
Pa
Pressure switch 3~6kg/cm2 Ɠ Check contact
(For travel alarm) (N.O TYPE) Normal : ſ(OPEN)
CD-11~CD-14
4 - 20
Pressure switch 0.5kg/cm2 Ɠ Check resistance

(For engine oil) Pa
(N. C TYPE) Normal 90‫(װ‬CLOSE)
CD-18
Ɠ Check resistance
Coolant C 1
50ŞC : 800‫װ‬
temperature ,
sensor 80ŞC : 310‫װ‬
2
100ŞC: 180‫װ‬
CD-8
Air cleaner Pressure:635mm Ɠ Check contact

Pa H2O
pressure switch Normal 9ſ‫װ‬
(N.O TYPE)
CD-10
2 Ɠ Check contact
Coolant level
sensor 24V 0.5A High level : ſ‫װ‬
1 Low level : 0‫װ‬
CD-16
Ɠ Check resistance
Full : 100‫װ‬
1 5/6 : 200‫װ‬
Fuel sender 4/6 : 300‫װ‬
, 3/6 : 400‫װ‬
2 2/6 : 500‫װ‬
1/6 : 600‫װ‬
CD-2 Empty warning : 700‫װ‬
2
Ɠ Check resistance
rp
m
Tacho sensor ,
Normal : 300‫(װ‬For terminal 1-2)
1
CD-17
4 - 21
3 4 4
Ɠ Check resistance
3
Relay 2 24V 20A
(For terminal 1-3)
1 2 1 ſ‫(װ‬For terminal 2-4)
CR-2, CR-3, CR-5
1 P+
2
2 SIG
1 3
Ɠ Check resistance
3 P- Normal : 1~2‫(װ‬For terminal 5-6)
Accel actuator 4 NC ,
5 6 0.8~1.2k‫װ‬
5 M+ M
6
(For terminal 1-3)
M-
CN-76
1
Ɠ Check resistance
Solenoid valve 24V 1A Normal : 15~25‫װ‬
2
(For terminal 1-2)
CN-66, CN-68, CN-70
CN-88, CN-89
2 Ɠ Check resistance
EPPR valve 700mA Normal : 15~25‫װ‬
1 (For terminal 1-2)
CN-75
2
Ɠ Check resistance
Resistor 50‫װ‬
Normal : 45~55‫װ‬
1
CN-47
Ɠ Check resistance
Speaker 20W
CN-23(LH)
CN-24(RH)
4 - 22
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Ɠ Check contact
10 6 5 Normal
Switch ON : 0‫(װ‬For terminal 1-5, 2-6)
(Locking type) 24V 8A
ſ‫(װ‬For terminal 5-7, 6-8)
9 8 2 7 1
OFF : ſ‫(װ‬For terminal 1-5, 2-6)
CS-16, CS-23, CS-27, 0‫(װ‬For terminal 5-7, 6-8)
CS-50, CS-54
Ɠ Check contact
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Normal
10 6 5
Switch ON : 0‫(װ‬For terminal 1-5, 2-6)
(Non-locking type) 24V 8A ſ‫(װ‬For terminal 5-7, 6-8)
OFF : ſ‫(װ‬For terminal 1-5, 2-6)
9 2 1
0‫(װ‬For terminal 5-7, 6-8)
CS-22
2
24V 70W Ɠ Check disconnection
Head lamp 1 (H3 TYPE) Normal : 1.2 ‫(װ‬For terminal 1-2)
CL-3
2
24V 70W Ɠ Check disconnection
Work lamp 1 (H3 TYPE) Normal : 1.2‫(װ‬For terminal 1-2)
CL-5, CL-6
2
Ɠ Check disconnection
Room lamp 1 24V 10W Normal : A few‫(װ‬For terminal 1-2)
CL-1
Ɠ Check operation
M şSupply power(24V) to
24V 10A terminal 1 pin
Fuel filler pump
35 ֻ/min şConnect ring terminal with
ground and turn the operation
CN-61 switch ON.
4 - 23
Ɠ Check operation
+
şSupply power(24V) to
Hour meter h ,
terminal (+) and connect
terminal (-) to ground.
CN-48
DC 22.0~28.0V Ɠ Check operation

Horn 2A şSupply power(24V) to each
terminal and connect ground.
CN-20, CN-25
Ɠ Check contact
2 3 1
24V 15A Normal : 0‫(װ‬For terminal 1-2)
Safety switch 2 (N.C TYPE) - ſ‫(װ‬For terminal 1-3)
3 Operating : ſ‫(װ‬For terminal 1-2)
1 - 0‫(װ‬For terminal 1-3)
CS-4
3 E
2 S 24V 25W Ɠ Check resistance
Fuel cut-off
1 I
CN-79
Pressure switch 2 Pa DC 5V Ɠ Check contact

(Auto idle, 10mA~100mA Normal : 100M‫װ‬
1 (N.O TYPE)
travel)
CD-6, CD-15
Ɠ Check resistance
2
Hydraulic 2 C 50ŞC : 800‫װ‬
C ,
temperature 80ŞC : 310‫װ‬
1
sensor 1 100ŞC : 180‫װ‬
CD-1 120ŞC : 100‫װ‬
CD-1
4 - 24
Ɠ Check disconnection
Beacon lamp M 24V 70W
Normal : 1.1‫װ‬
CL-7
Power boost Ɠ Check contact

switch 24V 6A
Normal : 15M‫װ‬
CS-29
Ɠ Check contact
Horn switch 24V 6A
Normal : 15 M‫װ‬
CS-5
Ɠ Check contact
Ether 24V 15A
CN-78
M 2
Ɠ Check contact
Washer tank 24V 3.8A
Normal : 10.7‫(װ‬For terminal 1-2)
1
CN-22
Ɠ Check contact
Pedal switch 24V 15A
Normal ON : 0‫(װ‬For terminal )
CS-26
4 - 25
Ɠ Check coil resistance

Normal : About 1M‫װ‬
Cigar lighter 24V 5A 1.4W Ɠ Check contact
Normal : ſ‫װ‬
Operating time : 5 ~15sec
CL-2
Ɠ Check resistance
Door switch 24V 20W Normal : About 5M‫װ‬
CS-1
Ɠ Check contact
3
B Normal : 10.5‫(װ‬For terminal 1-2)
4
4
S1
Washer spray
3
Wiper motor 2 24V 2A : 0.2‫(װ‬For terminal 1-4)
1 M 2
E Wiper operating
1
S2 : 24V(For terminal 1-4)
CN-21 : 0V(For terminal 2-GND)
1 SL+
2 ACC
3 NC
Ɠ Check contact
4 SR+ Power ON : 15W+15W, 4‫װ‬+4‫װ‬
Cassette radio 5 NC
24V 2A (For terminal 1-6, 4-8)
6 SL-
7 B+ 24~27V(For terminal
8 SR- 7-GND, 2-GND)
9 NC CN-27
Pa 1
Pa 2 1 Ɠ Check contact
Receiver drier 24V 2.5A
2 Normal : 0‫װ‬
CN-29
1
2 1 Ɠ Check contact
Start relay 24V 300A
2 Normal : 0.94‫(װ‬For terminal 1-2)
CN-23
4 - 26
B+
M
DELCO REMY Ɠ Check contact
Starter 28MT 24V Normal : 0.1‫װ‬
M
CN-45
B+ G
3~ Ɠ Check contact
Alternator Ι 24V 60A Normal : 0‫(װ‬For terminal B+ - ѓ)
U
GND Normal : 24~27.5V
CN-74
24V 0.5A Ɠ Check contact

Travel alarm
CN-65
1
Ɠ Check contact
Compressor 24V 79W
2
CN-28
1 3 Ɠ Check contact
2
2
1 Normal : 0.2‫(װ‬For terminal 1-2)
3 24V~150V Emergency
Prolix switch 6
4 15A : 1.2‫(װ‬For terminal 2-3)
5
5 4 : 50‫(װ‬For terminal 2-6)
6
: 0‫(װ‬For terminal 5-6)
CS-7
1 M
Blower 24V 9A -
2
4 - 27
2 Lo 1 Ɠ Check contact
Normal : 0.9‫(װ‬For terminal 2-4)
4 Hi 2
Aircon resistor 24~28V : 3.3‫(װ‬For terminal 1-3)
3 ML 3 : 5.4‫(װ‬For terminal 1-4)
1 MH 4 : 5.7‫(װ‬For terminal 1-2)
M+ 1
S+ 2
Mode actuator M
M- 3
& 9~16V -
FS 4
Temp actuator 300mA MAX
S- 5
NC 6
Ɠ Working temperature of contact

1 point : AC ON ‫ ؖ‬4.5Ş C
Thermostat - AC OFF ‫ ؖ‬1.5Ş C
2 Differential of temperature ‫ ؖ‬3ŞC
Reted input volt : 24V
4 - 28
GROUP 4 CONNECTORS
1. CONNECTOR DESTINATION
Connector No. of Destination
Type Destination
number pin Female Male
CN-1 DEUTSCH 23 I/conn(Frame harness-main harness) HD36-24-23SE HD34-24-23PE
CN-2 DEUTSCH 23 I/conn(Frame harness-main harness) HD36-24-23SE HD34-24-23PE
CN-3 DEUTSCH 23 I/conn(Engine harness-frame harness) HD36-24-23SE HD34-24-23PE
CN-4 SWP 4 I/conn(Engine harness) S814-004001 -
CN-6 SWP 8 I/conn(Cabin harness-main harness) S814-008001 S814-108001
CN-9 SWP 6 I/conn(Cabin harness-main harness) S814-006001 S814-106001
CN-10 BS 2 I/conn(Boom harness-frame harness) MG610574-4 MG640188
CN-13 CN 4 I/conn(Wiper harness-cabin harness) S810-004503 7122-2040
CN-14 CN 4 I/conn(Cabin harness-beacon lamp) S810-004202 -
CN-20 MARK-є 1 Horn S819-010112 -
CN-21 CN 4 Wiper motor S810-004202 -
CN-22 CN 2 Washer tank MG640605 -
CN-23 KET 1 Speaker(LH) S822-014000 S822-114000
CN-24 KET 1 Speaker(RH) S822-014000 S822-114000
CN-25 MARK-є 1 Horn S819-010112 -
CN-27 PA 9 Cassette & radio S811-009003 -
CN-28 CN 2 Compressor 0297-3407 -
CN-29 AMP 2 Receiver dryer 21L7-12000 -
CN-30 AMP 13 Aircon controller S811-013002 -
CN-31 CN 2 Blower S810-002202 -
CN-36 SWP 20 Fuse box 21L7-00250 -
CN-45 RING-TERM - Start motor B+ S820-406000 -
CN-47 CN 2 Resistor S810-002202 -
CN-48 CN 2 Hour meter S810-002202 -
CN-50 T&B 24 CPU controller -
CN-51 T&B 18 CPU controller 943700-52 -
CN-52 T&B 10 CPU controller -
CN-53 T&B 18 CPU controller 951400-18 -
CN-56 DEUTSCH 4 Cluster DT04-4P-E003 -
CN-60 58-L 2 Fusible link S813-030200 S813-130200
CN-61 KET 1 Fuel filler pump S822-015004 S822-115001
CN-65 KET 1 Travel alarm buzzer S822-014000 S822-114001
4 - 29
Type Destination
CN-66 SWP 2 Breaker solenoid S814-002000 S814-102001
CN-68 SWP 2 Safety solenoid S814-002000 S814-102001
CN-70 SWP 2 Travel solenoid S814-002000 S814-102001
CN-74 RING-TERM - Alternator "I" term S820-104000 -
CN-75 AMP 2 EPPR valve 174354-2 174352-2
CN-76 DEUTSCH 6 DC motor DT06-6S-E003 -
CN-78 KET 1 Ether S822-014000 S822-114000
CN-79 RING-TERM 3 Fuel cut-off solenoid S818-020311 -
CN-88 SWP 2 Power boost solenoid S814-002000 S814-102001
CN-89 SWP 2 Arm half solenoid S814-002000 S814-102001
CN-91 CN 8 AC EVA assembly S810-008202 -
CN-92 SWP 12 AC EVA assembly S814-012001 -
şRelay
CR-1 RING-TERM - Battery relay S820-104000 -
CR-2 CN 4 Horn relay S810-004202 -
CR-3 CN 4 Work lamp relay S810-004202 -
CR-5 CN 4 Start safety S810-004202 -
CR-23 CN 2 Start relay S810-004202 -
şSwitch
CS-1 KET 1 Door switch S822-004202 -
CS-2 SWP 6 Start switch S814-006001 -
CS-3 SWF 10 Wiper & washer switch SWF, 593757 -
CS-4 CN 3 Safety switch S810-003202 -
CS-5 KET 1 Horn switch S822-014000 -
CS-7 SWP 6 Prolix switch S814-006001 -
CS-16 SWF 10 Travel alarm switch SWF, 593757 -
CS-21 SWF 10 Light switch SWF, 593757 -
CS-22 SWF 10 Cold start switch SWF, 593757 -
CS-23 SWF 10 Beacon lamp switch SWF, 593757 -
CS-26 KET 1 Pedal switch S822-014000 S822-114000
CS-27 SWF 10 Breaker switch SWF, 593757 -
CS-29 KET 1 Power boost switch S822-014000 -
CS-50 SWF 10 Arm half switch SWF, 593757 -
CS-54 SWF 10 Aircon switch SWF, 593757 -
CS-58 CN 6 Aircon blower switch S810-006202 -
4 - 30
Type Destination
şLight
CL-1 CN 2 Room lamp MG610392 -
CL-2 KET 1 Cigar lighter S822-014000 S822-114000
CL-3 SWP 2 Head lamp S814-002001 S814-102001
CL-5, 6 SWP 2 Work lamp S814-002000 S814-102000
CL-7 AMP 1 Beacon lamp S822-014000 S822-114000
şSensor, sendor
CD-1 AMP 2 Hydraulic oil temp sender 85202-1 -
CD-2 SWP 2 Fuel sender S814-002001 -
CD-6 AMP 1 Auto idle pressure switch MG640795 -
CD-8 MARK-є 2 Water temp sender 85202-1 -
CD-10 RING-TERM 2 Air cleaner switch S820-104000 -
CD-11 KET 1 Travel alarm pressure switch 1-150656 -
CD-16 NC 2 Water level sender S814-002001 -
CD-17 TWP 2 Tachosensor - S818-120221
CD-18 RING-TERM 2 Engine oil pressure switch - S820-104000
4 - 31
2. CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTORS
1) 58-L TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
Receptacle connector(Female) Plug connector(Male)
pin
1 1
S813-030100 S813-130100
1 2 1 2
S813-030200 S813-130200
4 - 32
2) MULTILOCK TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of Receptacle connector(Female) Plug connector(Male)

pin
20 1 10
11 20
S817-020105
4 - 33
3) PA TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
pin Receptacle connector(Female) Plug connector(Male)
2 5 1 3
1 3 2 5
S811-005002 S811-105002
3 7 1 4
1 4 3 7
S811-007002 S811-107002
4 9 1 5
1 5 4 9
S811-009002 3S811-109002
5 11 1 6
11
1 6 5 11
S811-011002 S811-111002
4 - 34
No. of
pin
6 13 1 7
13
1 7 6 13
S811-013002 S811-113002
8 1 9
17
17
1 9 8 17
S811-017002 S811-117002
10 21
1 11
21
1 11 10 21
S811-021002 S811-121002
4 - 35
4) 58-X TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
pin
1 1
S813-060100 S813-160100
2 1
1 2
S813-060200 S813-160200
2 1 3
1 3 2
S813-060300 S813-160300
2 4 1 3
1 3 2 4
S813-060400 S813-160400
4 - 36
5) J TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
pin
1 1
2 2
S816-002001 S816-102001
2 3 1
3 1 2
S816-003001 S816-103001
3 1 4 2
4 2 3 1
S816-004001 S816-104001
8 5 2
6 3 1
8 5 2 6 3 1
S816-008001 S816-108001
4 - 37
6) SWP TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
pin
1 1
S814-001000 S814-101000
2 1
1 2
S814-002000 S814-102000
3 1
2 1 23
S814-003000 S814-103000
2 4 1 3
1 3 2 4
S814-004000 S814-104000
4 - 38
No. of
pin Receptacle connector(Female) Plug connector(Male)
3 6
1 4
1 4 3 6
S814-006000 S814-106000
4 8
1 5
1 5 4 8
S814-008000 S814-108000
4 12
1 9
12
4 12
1 9
S814-012000 S814-112000
3 14
1 11
14
1 11 3 14
S814-014000 S814-114000
4 - 39
7) CN TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
pin
1 1
S810-001202 S810-101202
2 2
1 1
S810-002202 S810-102202
3 2
1 2 1 3
S810-003202 S810-103202
2 4 1 4
1 3 2 3
S810-004202 S810-104202
4 - 40
No. of
pin
3 6 1 4
1 4 3 6
S810-006202 S810-106202
4 8 1 5
1 5 4 8
S810-008202 S810-108202
4 - 41
8) BS TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
pin
2 1
1 2
S812-002001 S812-102001
1 3 1 2
2 3
S812-003001 S812-103001
2 4 1 3
1 3 2 4
S812-004001 S812-104001
3 6 1 4
1 4 3 6
S812-006001 S812-106001
4 - 42
9) LC TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
pin
5 10
10
1 6
S815-010000
6 12
12
1 7
S815-012000
8 16
16
1 9
S815-016000
9 18
18
1 10
S815-018000
4 - 43
No. of
pin
12 24
24
1 13
S815-024000
4 - 44
10) 375 FASTEN TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
pin
1 2 1 2
S810-002402 S810-102402
4 - 45
SECTION 5 MECHATRONICS SYSTEM
GROUP 1 OUTLINE
The CAPO(Computer Aided Power Optimization)-ѕ system controls engine and pump mutual power at
an optimum and less fuel consuming state for the selected work by mode selection, auto-deceleration,
power boost function, etc. It monitors machine conditions, for instance, engine speed, coolant
temperature, hydraulic oil temperature, and hydraulic oil pressure, etc.
It consists of a CPU controller, a cluster, an accel actuator, an EPPR valve, and other components. The
CPU controller and the cluster protect themselves from over-current and high voltage input, and
diagnose malfunctions caused by short or open circuit in electric system, and display error codes on the
cluster.
Engine control system

Mode selection system
Pump control system
Auto deceleration system
Power boost system
Travel speed control system
Automatic warming up system

CAPO-ѕ
SYSTEM
Engine overheat prevention system
Arm half flow system
Anti-restart system
Controller & cluster protection

Self-diagnostic system
Open-short diagnosis & error code display
Machine condition monitoring
Machine monitoring system
Electric signal monitoring
5-1
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Travel motor
Regulator Regulator
Auto deceleration pressure switch
Main control valve

IN
Arm 1 Arm 2
Boom 2 Boom 1
Swing Bucket
Arm half flow Drive signal

LH travel Service solenoid valve
RH travel
Power boost
solenoid valve
Main relief
valve
Travel spped
solenoid valve OFF ON
Arm half flow switch

Engine speed
sensor
Engine
Coolant
temp sensor
Main pump Pilot pump
Accel
Fuel injection actuator Hyd temp
pump sensor
P M
Power boost EPPR valve
button
Engine speed sensor signal
Potentiometer signal
LH control
Motor drive signal
lever
Hyd temp switch signal
Coolant temperature signal Drive signal

CPU controller Drive signal
TIME bar
rpm
E C H
Drive signal
Serial Communication(-)
Normal Emergency
Serial Communication(+)
POWER MODE Prolix switch Resistor Battery
H S L F
AUTO SELECT
DECEL
H M
TRAVEL SPEED ENGINE SPEED

Pressure switch signal
Cluster
5-2
GROUP 2 MODE SELECTION SYSTEM
Main control valve
Engine Engine
speed
sensor
Accel
Fuel injection actuator
pump
P M EPPR valve

Motor drive signal
POWER MODE
Mode switch signal
H S L F
CPU controller
ENGINE SPEED Drive signal
Engine speed switch signal
Normal Emergency
Prolix Resistor Battery
switch
1. OUTLINE
Mode selection system(Micro computer based electro-hydraulic pump and engine mutual control
system) optimizes the engine and pump performance.
The combination of 4 power modes(H, S, L, F) makes it possible to use the engine and pump power
more effectively corresponding to the work conditions from a heavy and great power requesting work
to a light and precise work.
Engine rpm Power shift by EPPR valve
Power set
Mode Application Current Pressure
(%) Unload Load
(mA) (kgf/cm2)
H Heavy duty operation 100 2450Ź50 2200 160Ź30 0
S Standard operation 85 2250Ź50 2000 260Ź30 6
L Light duty operation 70 2250Ź50 2000 430Ź30 18
F Finishing and precise operation 50 1750Ź50 1500 440Ź30 19
AUTO DECEL Engine deceleration - 1200Ź100 - 700Ź30 40
KEY START Key switch start position - 950Ź100 - 700Ź30 40
5-3
2. PUMP CONTROL BY ENGINE SPEED SENSING
If any engine speed drops under the reference şEngine Torque
rpm of each mode set caused by the pump
load are detected by the engine speed sensor,
Engine torque T
S H
CPU controller sends calculated current signal
to EPPR(Electro Proportional Pressure L
Reducing) valve to match engine torque with F
pump torque optimally by controlling the pump
discharge volume.
şH : Heavy duty operation mode
şS : General operation mode Engine speed N
şL : Lifting operation mode
şF : Finishing operation mode
şEngine horsepower
S H
Engine horsepower HP L
Engine speed N
şMain pump delivery
H
Pump discharge volume Q
S
L
Pump delivery pressure P
5-4
3. MAXIMUM POWER OF "H" MODE şEngine Torque
1) When H mode is selected in the cluster,
Engine torque T
CPU controller moves the engine accel
actuator to set the throttle lever to the full
position and sends initial current signal to
the EPPR valve to set the pump absorption
torque high. So, it is possible to maximize
the work performance by using 100$ of the
engine power at this mode.
Engine speed N
2) If the pump load becomes too high and the
engine speed drops, the CPU controller
reduces the pump discharge amount and şEngine horsepower
momentarily resets the engine speed to the
rated point through engine speed sensing.
Engine horsepower HP
Engine speed N

5-5
4. GENERAL STANDARD POWER OF "S" MODE şEngine Torque
1) When S mode is selected in the cluster,
Engine torque T
actuator to set the throttle lever to the partial
position and sends power shift current to
EPPR valve which reduces the pump
discharge. So the pump absorption
horsepower is reduced by 15$.
2) At S mode operation energy saving is about
Engine speed N
15$ and engine speed sensing at the
matching point is the same as for H mode.
şEngine horsepower
Engine horse power HP
Engine speed N

5-6
5. ENERGY SAVING AND LIGHT POWER OF şEngine Torque
"L" MODE
Engine t torque T
1) When L mode is selected in the cluster,
position and it sends large amount of power
shift current to EPPR valve, which reduces
the pump absorption horsepower 30$-
So, at this mode it is useful for light work
and energy saving. Engine speed N
2) Engine speed and pump absorption torque

are different, but the engine speed sensing şEngine horsepower
at the matching point is the same as for H
mode.
Engine speed N

5-7
6. FINISHING WORK OF "F" MODE şEngine Torque
1) When F mode is selected in the cluster,
Engine torque T
position and it sends large amount of power
shift current to EPPR valve to reduce the
pump absorption horsepower to 50$of full
horsepower. So, at this mode it is useful
for light and precise work, especially for
finishing work. Engine speed N
2) Engine speed is set at highly efficient area

for engine fuel consumption, so the fuel
şEngine horsepower
reduction effect is extremely high.
Engine speed N

5-8
Power boost switch OFF Power boost switch ON Other functions
Mode Power Power Auto Overheat
set Level of achievement set Level of achievement decel prevention
şFull power used by engine şFull power used by engine

speed sensing. speed sensing.
şPower increased by power
boost solenoid valve.
T
H 100HP/ ON /OFF ON
N
2200rpm
Q N
P
161HP/
2200rpm P
şFuel consumption improved
by partial use of engine power.
85HP/
S 2000rpm ON / OFF ON
N
Q
şSlow and precise machine

operation.
L 70HP/ ON / OFF ON
2000rpm N
şIncrease of fine control range.

şHigh improvement in fuel
consumption by lowering
engine speed.
F 50HP/ ON / OFF ON
1500rpm
N
5-9
GROUP 3 AUTOMATIC DECELERATION SYSTEM
Auto deceleration pressure switch

Accel
pump
P M
Main control valve
Motor drive signal
AUTO
DECEL Auto decel switch signal Pressure switch signal
CPU controller
H
1. WHEN AUTO DECEL LAMP ON

If all the work equipment control levers including swing and travel levers are at neutral for at least 4
seconds, CPU controller drives the accel actuator to reduce the engine speed to 1200rpm. As the
result of reducing the engine speed, fuel consumption and noise are effectively cut down during non-
operation of the control levers.
When the auto decel lamp is turned off by pressing the auto decel switch or any control lever is
operated, the reduced engine speed rises up to the speed set before deceleration in a second.
Set rpm
Engine rpm
1200rpm
Max Max
4sec 1.5 sec 1.5 sec
Lever Lever Time

neutral operation
2. WHEN AUTO DECEL LAMP OFF

Auto deceleration function is not activated, and the engine speed can be set as desired by power
mode switches and engine speed switches on the cluster.
5 - 10
GROUP 4 POWER BOOST SYSTEM
Main control valve
Arm 1 Arm 2
Boom 2 Boom 1
Swing Bucket
LH travel Service
RH travel
Main relief Power boost

valve solenoid valve
Engine speed
sensor
Engine
Accel
pump
P M
EPPR valve
Power boost
button
LH control
Motor drive signal
lever
Power boost button signal

Drive signal
POWER MODE Mode switch signal Drive signal

H S L F
CPU controller
ş When the power boost switch on the left control lever knob is pushed ON, the maximum digging
power is increased by 10$.
ş When the power set is at H or S and the power boost function is activated, the power boost solenoid
valve pilot pressure raises the set pressure of the main relief valve to increase the digging power.
Power boost switch

Description
OFF ON
Power set H or S H
Main relief valve set pressure 320kgf/cm2 350kgf/cm2
Even when pressed continuously,
Time of operation -
it is canceled after 8 sec.
Ɠ This function does not work at L and F.
Ɠ Default ť Power boost solenoid valve : OFF
5 - 11
GROUP 5 TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM
Travel motor
Main control valve
Arm 1 Arm 2
Regulator Regulator
Boom 2 Boom 1
Swing Bucket
LH travel Service
RH travel
Main relief Power boost

valve solenoid valve
Travel spped
solenoid valve
Engine
EPPR valve
TRAVEL SPEED
Travel speed switch signal Drive signal
CPU controller Drive signal
1. TRAVEL SPEED SELECTION

Travel speed can be switched manually by pressing the travel speed switch on the cluster.
Travel speed Lamp on
Speed Operation
solenoid valve cluster
Lo OFF Turtle Low speed, high driving torque in travel motors
Hi ON Rabbit High speed, low driving torque in travel motors
Ɠ Default : Turtle(Lo)
2. POWER BOOST IN TRAVEL

When the operation of travel control levers is detected by travel oil pressure switch, CPU controller
send signal to set the pressure of the main relief valve from 320kgf/cm2 to 350kgf/cm2 to indrease travel
power.
5 - 12
GROUP 6 AUTOMATIC WARMING UP FUNCTION
Engine
Coolant
temp sensor
Accel
pump
P M
EPPR valve
Coolant temperature signal
Motor drive signal

TIME bar
rpm
E C H
Drive signal
Warming up lamp signal
POWER MODE CPU controller
H S L F
AUTO SELECT
DECEL
H M
1. CPU controller reads engine coolant temperature through the temperature sensor, and if the coolant
temperature is less than 30Ş
C, it increases the engine speed from key start rpm to 1200rpm. At this
time the mode does not change.
2. In case of the coolant temperature increases upto 30Ş
C, the engine speed is decreased to key start
speed. And if an operator changes mode set during the warming up function, the CPU controller
cancels the automatic warming up function.
3. LOGIC TABLE
Description Condition Function

- Coolant temperature : - Mode : Default(S mode)
Actuated Less than 30Ş
C(After engine run) - Warming up time : 10 minutes(Max)
- Warming up lamp : ON
- Coolant temperature : Above 30Ş

C - Default mode
- Warming up time : Above 10 minutes - Default mode
Canceled - Changed mode set by operator - Changed mode
ƓIf any of the above conditions is
applicable, the automatic warming up
function is canceled
Warming up lamp - Coolant temperature : Above 30Ş

C - Warming up lamp : OFF
5 - 13
GROUP 7 ENGINE OVERHEAT PREVENTION FUNCTION
Engine
Coolant
temp sensor
Accel
pump
P M
EPPR valve
Coolant temperature signal
Motor drive signal

TIME bar
rpm
E C H
Drive signal
Overheat warning signal
POWER MODE CPU controller
H S L F
AUTO SELECT
DECEL
H M
1. CPU controller reads engine coolant temperature through the temperature sensor and when the
engine coolant boils upto 110Ş
C, it sends overheat warning signal to the cluster and changes mode
set to F mode.
2. If the coolant temperature drops less than 100ŞC, the CPU controller returns the mode to the mode
set before. And if mode set is changed during the function, the CPU controller cancels the function.
Even if the overheat prevention function is canceled by mode change, the overheat warning lamp
turns OFF only when the coolant temperature is less than 100Ş C.
3. LOGIC TABLE
Description Condition Function

- Coolant temperature : Above 110Ş
C - Mode : H, S, L ơ F
Actuated
- Overheat warning lamp & buzzer : ON
- Coolant temperature : Less than 100Ş

C - Reutrn to the mode set before
- Changed mode set by operator - Hold on the changed mode
Canceled ƓIf any of the above conditions is
applicable, engine overheat prevention
function is canceled
Overheat warning lamp - Coolant temperature : Less than 100Ş

C - Overheat warning lamp : OFF
5 - 14
GROUP 8 ARM HALF FLOW SYSTEM
LH control
lever
Main control valve
IN IN
Arm 1 Arm 2
Boom 2 Boom 1
Arm
Swing Bucket
LH travel Service
RH travel
Arm half flow
solenoid valve Arm half
Main relief flow switch
valve
OFF ON
Engine
When arm half flow switch is turned ON, the arm half flow solenoid valve is switched to ON and it
cancels the junction of the oil flow from two pumps.
This function is useful to fine control of the arm in in case of finishing work.
Boom Arm Travel
Mode in Bucket Swing
up down out LH RH
ON OFF
H
S
200 100 100 200 200 100 100 100 100
L
F
Ɠ The portion for one pump is taken as 100$.
Ɠ When the arm out and bucket are operated simultaneously, the Arm half flow function does not
work.
5 - 15
GROUP 9 ANTI-RESTART SYSTEM
Starter
Start safety relay
Drive signal
CPU controller
CN-7
CN-8
1. ANTI-RESTART FUNCTION
After 10 seconds from the engine starts to run, CPU controller turns off the start safety relay to protect
the starter from inadvertent restarting.
2. When a replacement or taking-off of the CPU controller is needed, connect CN-7 and CN-8 to ensure
the engine start without the CPU controller.
5 - 16
GROUP 10 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
1. OUTLINE
When any abnormality occurs in the CAPO-ѕ system caused by electric parts malfunction and by
open or short circuit, the CPU controller diagnoses the problem and sends the error codes to the
cluster and also stores them in the memory.
The current or recorded error codes are displayed at the error display mode selected by touching
SELECT switch 2 times while pressing BUZZER STOP switch.
2. CURRENT ERROR DISPLAY
Cluster displays Co : Err and makes buzzer sound itself to warn the communication error when
communication problem caused by wire-cut or malfunction of the CPU controller occurs.
Cluster displays real time error codes received from CPU controller through communication. In case
of no problem it displays Err : 00.
If there are more than 2 error codes, each one is displayed for 2 seconds respectively, and there is
short term beep at every number change.
Examples :
1) Communication Error
Co : Err & Buzzer sound
2) No problem
Err : 0 0
3) 4 Error codes(03, 06, 10, 43) display
Err : 0 3
0 3 0 6 1 0 4 3 Return to start
Start(2sec) 2sec 2sec 2sec
Beep Beep Beep Beep
3. RECORDED ERROR DISPLAY

The recorded error can be displayed only when the key switch is at ON position.
Each recorded error code memoried in the CPU controller is displayed for 2 seconds respectively,
and there is short term beep at every number change.
Examples : 5 Recorded error codes(03, 06, 10, 20, 32) display
TIME Err : 0 3
0 3 0 6 1 0 2 0 3 2 Return to start
Start(2sec) 2sec 2sec 2sec 2sec
Beep Beep Beep Beep Beep
4. DELETE ALL RECORDED ERROR CODES

Select recorded error(TIME Err) display and press engine speed up( ) and down( ) switch at
the same time for 2 seconds or more. Cluster display changes to TIME Err : 00, which shows that
CPU controller deleted all the recorded error in the memory.
5 - 17
5. ERROR CODES TABLE
Display
Problems
Current error Recorded error
Err : 00 TIME Err : 00 No problem
Err : 01 TIME Err : 01 Short circuit in accel actuator 2 lines
Err : 02 TIME Err : 02 Potentiometer is shorted to Vcc(5V) or battery(+)
Err : 03 TIME Err : 03 Short circuit in pump EPPR valve 2 lines
Err : 04 TIME Err : 04 Short circuit in swing EPPR valve 2 lines
Err : 05 TIME Err : 05 Short circuit in travel solenoid 2 lines
Err : 06 TIME Err : 06 Short circuit in power max solenoid 2 lines
Err : 07 TIME Err : 07 Short circuit in max flow solenoid 2 lines
Err : 08 TIME Err : 08 Short circuit in cut off cancel solenoid 2 lines
Err : 09 TIME Err : 09 Short circuit in swing lock solenoid 2 lines
Err : 10 TIME Err : 10 Short circuit in hourmeter 2 lines
Err : 12 TIME Err : 12 P1 pressure sensor is shorted to battery(+)
Err : 16 TIME Err : 16 Accel actuator circuit is open or shorted to ground
Err : 17 TIME Err : 17 Potentiometer circuit is open or shorted to ground
Err : 18 TIME Err : 18 Pump EPPR valve circuit is open or shorted to ground
Err : 19 TIME Err : 19 Swing EPPR valve circuit is open or shorted to ground
Err : 20 TIME Err : 20 Travel solenoid circuit is open or shorted to ground
Err : 21 TIME Err : 21 Power max solenoid circuit is open or shorted to ground
Err : 22 TIME Err : 22 Max flow solenoid circuit is open or shorted to ground
Err : 23 TIME Err : 23 Cut off cancel solenoid circuit is open or shorted to ground
Err : 24 TIME Err : 24 Swing lock solenoid circuit is open or shorted to ground
Err : 25 TIME Err : 25 Hourmeter circuit is open or shorted to ground
Err : 26 TIME Err : 26 Swing speed dial circuit is open or shorted to ground
Err : 27 TIME Err : 27 P1 pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted to ground
Err : 32 TIME Err : 32 Battery power input circuit is open
Err : 33 TIME Err : 33 No alternator voltage input
Err : 34 TIME Err : 34 Controller input voltage is less than 18V
Err : 35 TIME Err : 35 Controller input voltage is greater than 38V
- TIME Err : 36 Error in data receiving from cluster
Engine speed sensor circuit is open or shorted to ground or sensor signal is
Err : 37 TIME Err : 37
less than 1V
Err : 38 TIME Err : 38 Anti-restart relay circuit is open or shorted to ground
Err : 39 TIME Err : 39 Accel actuator does not stop at a target position
Err : 40 TIME Err : 40 There is more than 500rpm difference between target speed and actual speed
Err : 41 TIME Err : 41 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor circuit is shorted to ground
Err : 42 TIME Err : 42 Fuel level sensor circuit is shorted to ground
Err : 43 TIME Err : 43 Coolant temperature sensor circuit is shorted to ground
Err : 45 TIME Err : 45 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted to battery(+)
Err : 46 TIME Err : 46 Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted to battery(+)
Err : 47 TIME Err : 47 Coolant temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted to battery(+)
Ɠ Every machine may not have all of the above error codes. For example, machines not equipped
pressure sensors will not have the error codes 12, 13, 14, 27, 28, 29.
5 - 18
GROUP 11 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
1. CPU CONTROLLER MOUNTING
2 1
3
1 CPU controller 2 Electric box 3 Bolt(M8)
2. CPU CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY

1) Remove 4 CPU controller mounting bolt(3).
2) Disconnect 4 connectors from CPU
controller. CN-50
3) Remove 6 pieces of screw and open the
A CN-51
cover of CPU controller.
CN-52
4) Inspection : Check PCB(Printed Circuit
Board)
(1) If any damage is found, replace CPU CN-53
controller assembly.
(2) If not, but CAPO system does not work
then replace A only.(A : EPROM)
Ɠ Removal : Insert small screwdriver or
knife to bottom of EPROM and lift up
carefully.
Ɠ Assembly : Assemble EPROM to mach
with semicircle mark.
5 - 19
3. ENGINE GOVERNOR MOTOR
1 Accel actuator
2 Push-pull cable for manual control
1
2
1) ENGINE THROTTLE LEVER
Throttle lever
SL : Stopper, low idle
SH : Stopper, high idle
SL SH
Accel actuator
2) EMERGENCY CABLE (Push-pull cable)

It controls engine speed by connecting onto the lever of the injection pump when the malfunction of
the CPU controller or the accel actuator happen.
5 - 20
2) ACCEL ACTUATOR
2 4
5
1 DC motor
2 Cable
3 Nut
4 Ball joint
5 Connector
6 1
Connector 5 2
4 3
Type 6P, female

1 White(Potentiometer 5V)
2 Blue(Potentiometer SIG)
Line color 3 Black(Potentiometer GND)
& description 4 -
5 Green(Motor+)
6 Yellow(Motor -)
Check resistance
Inspection Spec : 1~2‫(װ‬Between No.5-6)
0.8~1.2k‫(װ‬Between No.1-3)
5 - 21
4. ENGINE SPEED SENSOR
1) DETECT ACTUAL ENGINE RPM AND SEND SIGNAL TO TACHOMETER
3 2
2 Gear teeth, flywheel

3 Lock nut, speed sensor
Flywheel housing A Clearance
2) INSTALLATION
(1) Clean contacting point of sensor.
(2) Loosen lock nut.
(3) Screw speed sensor into flywheel housing.
(4) Turn it back 135Şwhen it contacts with gear teeth.
(5) Tight lock nut and connect wiring.
3) INSPECTION
(1) Check resistance
şSPEC : 300‫װ‬
(2) Check voltage while engine run.
şSPEC : 2~28Vac, dependent on the engine speed(rpm)
5 - 22
GROUP 12 EPPR VALVE
1. COMPOSITION OF EPPR VALVE

EPPR(Electro Proportional Pressure Reducing) valve consists of electro magnet and spool valve
installed at main hydraulic pump.
1) ELECTRO MAGNET VALVE
Receive electric current from CPU controller and move the spool proportionally according to the
specific amount of electric current value.
2) SPOOL VALVE
Is the two way direction control valve for pilot pressure to reduce hydraulic pump flow.
When the electro magnet valve is activated, pilot pressure enters into flow regulator of hydraulic pump.
So, pump flow decreases to prevent engine stall.
3) PRESSURE AND ELECTRIC CURRENT VALUE FOR EACH MODE
Pressure
Mode Electric current(mA) Engine rpm
kg/cm2 psi
H 0Ź3 0 Ź 40 160 Ź 30 2450 Ź 50
S 6Ź3 87 Ź 40 260 Ź 30 2250 Ź 50
L 18 Ź 3 261 Ź 40 430 Ź 30 2250 Ź 50
F 19 Ź 3 275 Ź 40 440 Ź 30 1750 Ź 50
ƕ 16 Ź 3 228 Ź 40 410 Ź 30 -
ƕ Manually operated condition when prolix switch is selected emergency position.
5 - 23
2. OPERATING PRINCIPLE
1) STRUCTURE
6 7
2 3 4 5
1 Sleeve 4 O-ring 6 Solenoid valve

2 Spring 5 O-ring 7 Connector
3 Spool
P Pilot oil supply line(Pilot pressure)

P A
T Return to tank
T
A Secondary pressure to flow regulator at hydraulic pump
2) AT H MODE
Pressure line is blocked and A oil returns to tank.
P A
T P T
3) AT S, L, F MODE
Secondary pressure enters into A.
P A
T P T
5 - 24
3. EPPR VALVE CHECK PROCEDURE Spec : 200~400mA
1) CHECK ELECTRIC VALUE AT EPPR VALVE
(1) Start engine.
(2) Set S-mode and cancel auto decel mode.
(3) If tachometer show approx 2250Ź50rpm,
CN-75
disconnect one wire harness from EPPR
valve.
(4) Install multimeter as figure.
(5) Check electric current at bucket circuit EPPR VALVE
relief position. Multimeter
2) CHECK PRESSURE AT EPPR VALVE Spec : 2~10kgf/cm2(30~140psi)

(1) Remove plug and connect pressure
gauge as figure.
Gauge capacity : 0 to 40-50kgf/cm2
(0 to 570-710psi)
(2) Start engine.
(3) Set S-mode and cancel auto decel mode. Supply line, pilot press
(4) If tachometer show approx 2250Ź50rpm. CN-75

Pressure adjusting
(5) Check pressure at relief position of bucket screw
locknut
circuit by operating bucket control lever.
(6) If pressure is not correct, adjust it.
(7) After adjust, test the machine.
5 - 25
GROUP 13 PROLIX SWITCH
Is the conversion switch to manual control temporarily when the electronic control system is out of
order, until repair work be done.
Emergency
Electric box
Normal
Never place this switch in EMERGENCY

position when the CPU is in normal operation.
1. OPERATING PRINCIPLE WIRING DIAGRAM

RESISTOR Ɠ Normal :
2 Emergency :
1
CN-47 PROLIX SWITCH
1
CPU CONTROLLER 3
2
2
3 1
5 4 6
5
5 4
6
CS-7
CN-53
EPPR VALVE
1
2
7 1
CN-52 CN-75
1) NORMAL POSITION
- EPPR valve supply specified amount of pilot pressure to the flow regulator of hydraulic pump and
regulate hydraulic pump delivery amount depending upon the signal of CPU controller by selected
mode.
2) EMERGENCY POSITION
- If prolix switch is set at the emergency position when any abnormality occurs in CAPO system,
constant electric current from battery flows to EPPR valve so that EPPR valve can be fixed at the
predetermined position.
- In this case excavator can be operated at an equivalent performance to S mode.
5 - 26
GROUP 14 MONITORING SYSTEM
1. OUTLINE
Monitoring system consists of the monitor part and switch part.
The monitor part gives warnings when any abnormality occurs in the machine and informs the
condition of the machine.
Various select switches are built into the monitor panel, which act as the control portion of the machine
control system.
2. CLUSTER
1) MONITOR PANEL
Fuel gauge Monitoring display
Battery charging Engine coolant

lamp TIME bar temperature
rpm gauge
F
Overheat warning Engine oil
lamp pressure lamp
Coolant level
E C H
Warming up
warning lamp pilot lamp
Air cleaner Working light

warning lamp pilot lamp
POWER MODE
Hyd oil temp H S L F Fuel low

warning lamp level lamp
AUTO SELECT
DECEL
Power mode H M Select switch
switch
Automatic Buzzer stop
deceleration switch
switch
Travel speed Engine speed

switch control switch
5- 27
2) CLUSTER CHECK PROCEDURE
(1) Start key : ON
‫ ڸ‬Check monitor initial 2 seconds
a. All lamps light up.

b. Buzzer sound.
‫ ڹ‬Check monitor after 2 seconds : Indicate cluster version and machine condition
a. Cluster program version : CLS : 11 Indicates program version 1.1 for 2 seconds.
b. Tachometer : 0rpm
c. Fuel gauge : All light up below appropriate level
d. Engine coolant temperature gauge : All light up below appropriate level
e. Warning lamp
Ɠ During start key ON the engine oil pressure lamp and battery charging lamp go on, but it is not
abnormal.
Ɠ When engine coolant temperature below 30Ş C, the warming up lamp lights up.
‫ ں‬Switch portion
a. Mode selection : S mode

b. Auto decel LED : ON
c. Travel speed switch : Low(Turtle)
(2) Start of engine
‫ ڸ‬Check machine condition
a. Tachometer indicate at present rpm

b. Gauge and warning lamp : Indicate at present condition.
Ɠ When normal condition : All warning lamp OFF
c. Mode selection : S mode
d. Auto decel : ON(About 950rpm)
e. Travel speed : Low(Turtle)
‫ ڹ‬When warming up operation
a. Warming up lamp : ON
b. 10 seconds after engine started, engine speed increases to1200rpm(Auto decel LED : ON)
Others same as above ‫ڸ‬-
‫ ں‬When abnormal condition
a. The lamp lights up and the buzzer sounds.

b. If BUZZER STOP switch is pressed, buzzer sound is canceled but the lamp light up until normal
condition.
5- 28
3. CLUSTER CONNECTOR
1) CONNECTOR
No. Signal Input / Output
1 Power IG(24V) Input(20~32V)

Cluster
2 GND Input(0V)
3 Serial-(RX) Input(Vpp=12V)
4 Serial+(TX) Output(Vpp=4V)
1 4
2 3
CN-56
5- 29
4. CLUSTER FUNCTION
1) TACHOMETER
‫ ڸ‬Tachometer displays the number of engine revolutions.
‫ ڹ‬Refer select switch for the selection and adjustment.
rpm
2) CLOCK
‫ ڸ‬Clock displays the current time by electric digital timer.
‫ ڹ‬Refer select switch for the selection and adjustment.
TIME
3) FUEL GAUGE
‫ ڸ‬This gauge indicates the amount of fuel in the fuel tank.
şWarning lamp display : Approximately 40ֻ
D E
Green F şSegment A : Approximately 72ֻ
C F şSegment B : Approximately 107ֻ
B
şSegment C : Approximately 143ֻ
şSegment D : Approximately 178ֻ
A
Red şSegment E : Approximately 213ֻ
E
şSegment F : Approximately 250ֻ
şQuantity of fuel tank : Approximately 250ֻ
4) ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE

‫ ڸ‬This gauge indicates the temperature of coolant.
şSegment A : Approximately 40~60Ş C(White)
Green
D E
F şSegment B : Approximately 60~70Ş C(Green)
C G şSegment C : Approximately 70~85Ş C(Green)
şSegment D : Approximately 85~98Ş C(Green)
B H
şSegment E : Approximately 98~101Ş C(Green)
A
White C H I Red şSegment F : Approximately 101~103Ş C(Green)
şSegment G : Approximately 103~105Ş C(Green)
şSegment H : Approximately 105~110Ş C(Red)
şSegment I : Approximately 110Ş C over(Red)
5- 30
5) COOLANT LEVEL WARNING LAMP
‫ ڸ‬This lamp is turned ON when the coolant is below LOW in the
reservoir tank of radiator.
‫ ڹ‬Check if the coolant level is between FULL and LOW in the
reservoir tank located at the side of radiator after opening the
engine cover, and check if there is mixture of oil and coolant.
6) BATTERY CHARGING LAMP

‫ ڸ‬Check if the charging lamp is OFF during engine operation. If
the lamp is turned ON, it is not charged.
‫ ڹ‬This lamp is ON before starting the engine, but it is turned OFF
after starting the engine. Check the battery charging circuit
when this lamp comes ON while the engine runs.
7) WORK LAMP INDICATOR LAMP

‫ ڸ‬When the work lamp switch is turned ON, the work lamp
mounted on boom and the work lamp indicator lamp light ON.
8) HYDRAULIC OIL OVERHEAT WARNING LAMP

‫ ڸ‬This warning lamp operates and the buzzer sounds when the
temperature of hydraulic oil is over 100Ş
C(216Ş
F).
‫ ڹ‬Check the coolant when the lamp is turned ON.
9) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

‫ ڸ‬This lamp is turned ON before starting the engine but turned
OFF after starting the engine as the pressure caused from the
engine oil pump lubricates each part.
5- 31
10) AIR CLEANER WARNING LAMP
‫ ڸ‬This lamp is turned on when the filter in the air cleaner is clogged.
‫ ڹ‬Check the filter and wash or replace it when the lamp is ON.
11) OVERHEAT WARNING LAMP

‫ ڸ‬This lamp is turned ON when the temperature of coolant is over
the normal temperature(110ŞC) and lose the cooling function.
‫ ڹ‬Check the coolant when the lamp is ON.
12) WARMING UP LAMP

‫ ڸ‬This lamp is turned ON when the coolant temperature is below
30ŞC.
‫ ڹ‬The automatic warming up is canceled when the engine coolant
temperature is above 30ŞC, or when 10 minutes have passed
since starting.
13) MODE SELECTION SWITCH

‫ ڸ‬The lamp of selected mode is turned ON by pressing the right
switch( , ), when selecting the mode to use.
POWER MODE şH : This is used for heavy-duty work.
H S L F şS : This is used for ordinary work.
şL : This is used for light-duty work.
şF : This is used for light-duty work, especially for finishing work.
‫ ڹ‬At each pressing of the switch, a short term beep sounds.
14) AUTO DECELERATION SWITCH

‫ ڸ‬This switch is used to select the auto-deceleration function.
AUTO ‫ ڹ‬If the auto deceleration function is activated the engine speed is
DECEL lowered when temporary stop or stand-by for dump is required.
‫ ں‬At each pressing of the switch, a short term beep sounds.
H
5- 32
15) ENGINE SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
‫ ڸ‬This switch is to control the engine speed, which is increased by
pressing switch and decreased by pressing switch.
ENGINE SPEED
‫ ڹ‬At each pressing of the switches, a short term beep sounds.
16) SELECTION SWITCH(Tachometer and clock)

‫ ڸ‬This switch is used to select the tachometer or clock.
SELECT ‫ ڹ‬The switch is pressed, each function is selected by turns.
‫ ں‬The switch is pressed over 3 seconds, it is selected time
adjusting function.
şHour : Auto decel switch
şMinute : Buzzer stop switch
‫ ڻ‬After time set, if the switch is pressed, it is returned to clock.
‫ ڼ‬If any pump pressure sensor is installed pump pressure display
(P1, P2, P3) is also selected by this switch.
‫ ڽ‬At each pressing of the switch, a short term beep sounds.
17) BUZZER STOP SWITCH

‫ ڸ‬The buzzer sounds is stopped by touching this buzzer stop switch.
‫ ڹ‬Buzzer sound comes out when cluster lights up a warning
indicator lamp.
M
18) FUEL LOW LEVEL LAMP

‫ ڸ‬This lamp lights on when fuel level is below 40ֻ.
In that case, fill up fuel again.
19) TRAVEL SPEED SWITCH

‫ ڸ‬This switch controls the travel speed.
‫ ڹ‬When you press the switch once, travel speed is change over
TRAVEL SPEED
high speed( ), and press once more, travel speed is changed
over low speed( ).
5- 33
5.MONITORING DISPLAY
1) OUTLINE
Information of machine performance as monitored by the CPU controller can be displayed on the
cluster when the operator selects a display mode by touching SELECT switch alone or with BUZZER
STOP switch on the cluster as below.
How to select display mode

Display group Name Display on the cluster
Group selection Display mode selection
Way 1 Initial Engine rpm rpm

Key switch
ON or START Touch SELECT 1 time Time TIME
Group 0 Touch SELECT bar

Way 2 Option Front pump pressure
(Default) 2 times
Touch AUTO DECEL (Only when
switch while pressing Touch SELECT bar
a pressure Rear pump pressure
BUZZER STOP at 3 times
sensor is
group 1~4. Touch SELECT installed) bar
Pilot pressure
4 times
Default Battery voltage(V)
Group 1 Touch SELECT switch Touch SELECT 1 time Potentiometer voltage(V)

(Volt, temp, once while pressing Hydraulic oil
BUZZER STOP. Touch SELECT 2 times temperature(Ş C)
EPPR press,
version) In this group SELECT
Power shift pressure bar
LED ON Touch SELECT 3 times (EPPR valve)
Touch SELECT 4 times Model & Version
Default Current error

Touch SELECT switch
Recorded error TIME
twice while pressing Touch SELECT 1 time
Group 2 (Only key switch ON)
BUZZER STOP.
(Error code)
In this group BUZZER Press speed up( ) &
STOP LED blinks speed down( ) at the Recorded error deletion TIME
(Only key switch ON)
same time
Default Pump prolix switch or

Touch SELECT switch
3 times while pressing
Group 3 Touch SELECT 1 time Auto decel pressure switch or
BUZZER STOP.
(Switch input) In this group SELECT
LED blinks at 0.5sec Touch SELECT 2 times Power boost switch or
intervals
Touch SELECT 3 times Travel oil pressure switch or
Default Hourmeter or
Touch SELECT switch
4 times while pressing Neutral relay
Touch SELECT 1 time (Anti-restart relay) or
Group 4 BUZZER STOP.
(Output) In this group SELECT
LED blinks at 1sec Touch SELECT 2 times Travel solenoid or
intervals Power boost solenoid
Touch SELECT 3 times (2-stage relief solenoid) or
ƓBy touching SELECT switch once while pressing BUZZER STOP, display group shifts.
Example : Group 0 1 2 3 4 0
5- 34
2) DESCRIPTION OF MONITORING DISPLAY
Group Display Name Description
It displays current engine speed detected by engine speed

2450 rpm Engine speed sensor from 500 to 3000rpm.
Range : 500~3000rpm by 10rpm
It displays current time(12 is hour and 30 is minute)

TIME 12 : 30 Time
Range : Hour(1~12), minute(00~59)
It displays front pump pressure of 100bar which is detected by

P1 : 100bar Front pump
pressure sensor.
Group 0 (Option) pressure
Range : 000~ 500bar by 10bar
It displays rear pump pressure of 200bar which is detected by

P2 : 200bar Rear pump
pressure sensor.
(Option) pressure
Range : 000~ 500bar by 10bar
It displays pilot pump pressure of 30bar which is detected by

P3 : 30bar Pilot pump
pressure sensor.
(Option) pressure
Range : 00~50bar by 1bar
It shows that battery power of 24.8V is supplied into CPU controller.

b24 : 8 Battery voltage
Range : 00.0~48.0V by 0.1V
Potentiometer It shows that potentiometer signal voltage is 2.5V.

Po : 2 : 5
voltage Range : 0.0~5.0V by 0.1V
It shows that hydraulic oil temperature detected by temperature

Hydraulic oil
Hd : 50 sensor is 50ŞC.
temperature
Group 1 Range : Lo(Below 20Ş C) ; 30~90ŞC by 10Ş C, Hi(Above 100ŞC).
Power shift It shows that pump power shift pressure of EPPR valve being
EPr : 10bar pressure of controlled by the CPU controller is 10bar.
EPPR valve Range : 00~50bar by 1bar
It shows that machine model(R160LC-3) and the program

Model and CPU
16C : 10 version of the CPU controller is 1.0.
program version
Version display range : 0.0~9.9 by 0.1
It shows that current error of 03(Short circuit in pump EPPR valve 2

lines) is diagnosed by self diagnosis system in the CPU controller.
Err : 03 Current error If more than 2 errors, each error code is displayed for 2
seconds and changes to other error codes continuously.
Range : 00~47
Group 2 It shows recorded error code of 03 which is diagnosed before.

If more than 2 error codes, each error code is displayed for 2
TIME Err : 03 Recorded error
seconds and changes to other error codes continuously.
Range : 00~47
Recorded error It shows all recorded error codes are removed in the CPU
TIME Err : 00
deletion controller memory.
5- 35
Group Display Name Description
PP : on Shows that pump prolix switch is turned on(At

Pump prolix emergency position).
PP : on or oFF
switch PP : oFF Shows that pump prolix switch is turned off(At normal
position).
dP : on Shows that auto decel pressure switch is pressed on

Auto decel (Operation of control lever).
dP : on or oFF
pressure switch dP : oFF Shows that auto decel pressure switch is released off
(No operation of control lever).
Group 3
Pb : on Shows that power boost switch is pressed on
Power (Activated).
Pb : on or oFF
boost switch Pb : oFF Shows that power boost switch is released off
(Canceled).
oP : on Shows that travel oil pressure switch is pressed on

Travel oil (Operation of travel control lever)
oP : on or oFF
pressure switch oP : oFF Shows that travel oil pressure switch is released off
(No operation of travel control lever)
Ho : on Shows that hourmeter is activated by CPU controller.

Ho : on or oFF Hourmeter
Ho : oFF Shows that hourmeter is turned off.
nr : on Shows that neutral relay for anti-restarting function is

Neutral relay
activated(Engine start is possible).
nr : on or oFF (Anti-restart
nr : oFF Shows that neutral relay is turned off to disable the
relay)
engine restart.
Group 4 SS : on Shows that travel speed solenoid is activated(Hi
Travel speed travel speed).
SS : on or oFF
solenoid SS : oFF Shows that travel speed solenoid is turned off(Lo
travel speed).
PS : on Shows that power boost solenoid is activated to

Power boost maximize the power(Power up).
PS : on or oFF
solenoid PS : oFF Shows that power boost solenoid is turned off(Cancel
the power boost function).
5- 36
SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING
GROUP 1 BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING
1. INTRODUCTION
When a trouble is occurred in the machine, this section will help an operator to maintain the machine
with easy.
The trouble of machine is parted Hydraulic & Mechanical system, Electrical system and Mechatronics
system. At each system part, an operator can check the machine according to the troubleshooting
process diagram.
Hydraulic &
GROUP 2
Mechanical part
Troubles occur Electrical part GROUP 3
Mechatronics
GROUP 4
part
6-1
2. DIAGNOSING PROCEDURE
To carry out troubleshooting efficiently, the following steps must be observed.
STEP 1. Study the machine system

Study and know how the machine is operating,
how the system is composing, what kinds of
function are installed in the machine and what
are specifications of the system components by
the machine service manual.
Especially, deepen the knowledge for the
related parts of the trouble.
STEP 2. Ask the operator

Before inspecting, get the full story of
malfunctions from a witness --- the operator.
1) How the machine is used and when it is
serviced?
2) When the trouble was noticed and what
work the machine was doing at that time?
3) What is the phenomenon of the trouble?
Was the trouble getting worse, or did it
come out suddenly for the first time?
4) Did the machine have any troubles
previously? If so, which parts were repaired
before.
STEP 3. Inspect the machine

Before starting troubleshooting, check the
machine for the daily maintenance points as
shown in the operator's manual.
And also check the electrical system including
batteries, as the troubles in the electrical system ON THE
such as low battery voltage, loose connections INSPECTION
and blown out fuses will result in malfunction of

the controllers causing total operational failures
of the machine.
6-2
STEP 4. Inspect the trouble actually on the
machine
In case that some trouble cannot be confirmed,
obtain the details of the malfunction from the
operator.
Also, check if there are any in complete
connections of the wire harnesses are or not.
STEP 5. Perform troubleshooting

According to where the trouble parts are
located, hydraulic & mechanical system part or
electrical system part or mechatronics system
part, perform troubleshooting the machine refer
to the each system part's troubleshooting
process diagram.
STEP 6. Trace a cause

Before reaching a conclusion, check the most
suspectible causes again. Try to trace what
the real cause of the trouble is.
Make a plan of the appropriate repairing

procedure to avoid consequential malfunctions.
6-3
GROUP 2 HYDRAULIC AND MECHANICAL SYSTEM
1. INTRODUCTION
1) MACHINE IN GENERAL
(1) If even a minor fault is left intact and operation is continued, a fatal failure may be caused,
entailing a large sum of expenses and long hours of restoration.
Therefore when even a small trouble occurs, do not rely on your intuition and experience, but look
for the cause based on the troubleshooting principle and perform maintenance and adjustment to
prevent major failure from occurring. Keep in mind that a fault results from a combination of
different causes.
(2) The following lists up commonly occurring faults and possible causes with this machine. For the
troubleshooting of the engine, refer to the coming troubleshooting and repair.
(3) When carrying out troubleshooting, do not hurry to disassemble the components.
It will become impossible to find the cause of the problem.
(4) Ask user or operator the following.
‫ ڸ‬Was there any strange thing about machine before failure occurred?
‫ ڹ‬Under what conditions did the failure occur?
‫ ں‬Have any repairs been carried out before the failure?
(5) Check before troubleshooting.
‫ ڸ‬Check oil and fuel level.
‫ ڹ‬Check for any external leakage of oil from components.
‫ ں‬Check for loose or damage of wiring and connections.
6-4
2. DRIVE SYSTEM
1) UNUSUAL NOISE COMES OUT OF PUMP CONNECTION
Cause Remedy
YES
Coupling element Disassemble and
is broken. repair.
Remove dust plug
under engine
flywheel and YES
check if rubber Replace hub or
pieces or particles retighten
are not present. Coupling hub setscrew.
spline is worn or
NO hub fastening
setscrew is slack.
If hydraulic pump or engine is suspected
as a culprit refer to service manual
NO
"Structure and function".
6-5
2) ENGINE STARTS BUT MACHINE DOES NOT OPERATE AT ALL
Cause Remedy
NO
Replenish
specified oil to the
standard level.
Is oil level in
YES
Abnormal noise YES
hydraulic oil Hydraulic pump is Disassemble and
tank within comes out of
standard level? hydraulic pump broken. repair.
Do not hydraulic
pump and pump YES Abnormal noise
YES
connections comes out of See item 1).
YES
make abnormal pump connection
noise?
Is primary pilot
pressure within ‫ڞ‬
NO standard level?
YES
Clean pilot piping
Is not pilot piping interior or repair
YES clogged or is not
piping.
oil leakage present
on pilot piping?
Pilot valve is faulty. Disassemble and
NO
‫ڞ‬ repair.
YES
Pilot relief valve is Repair of replace.
Is gear pump faulty.
NO delivering oil?
Gear pump is Disassemble and
NO
broken. repair.
6-6
3. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
1) HYDRAULIC OIL IS CLOUDY
Cause Remedy
YES
Water is mixed. Put hydraulic oil
still, separate
Drop hydraulic water and dispose
oil sample on hot it or replace
plate and check hydraulic oil.
if foams come up.
Air is intruded. Check suction

NO
line and return
line and eliminate
the air intruding
source.
2) HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HAS RISEN ABNORMALLY
Cause Remedy
NO
Replenish
standard level.
Is hydraulic oil
volume proper? YES
Clean oil cooler.
In not oil cooler Secure air
clogged and is circulation route.
YES anything blocking YES
‫ڞ‬
air circulation?
Is fan belt
NO tension proper?
Adjust belt
NO
tension or
replace belt.
Is not the set YES
pressure of main Readjust set
relief, port relief pressure.
‫ڞ‬
and travel relief Is main relief
valve lower than YES
valve used very Reduce load.
the standard level? NO
often?
6-7
3) CAVITATION OCCURS WITH PUMP
Cause Remedy
NO
Replenish
standard level.
Is hydraulic oil
YES
volume proper? Replace oil with
one of proper
Is not viscosity of viscosity.
hydraulic oil too
YES YES
high? Clean suction
Is not suction strainer.
NO strainer clogged? Is not air intruding
from pump suction Check for air
NO
line? intrusion in
suction line and
retighten or
replace parts.
4) HYDRAULIC OIL IS CONTAMINATED
Cause Remedy
YES
Replace
Has not hydraulic hydraulic oil to be
oil passed specified.
specified replace-
ment hours? Has return filter
NO
been replaced at Flush with
NO
proper intervals? hydraulic oil and
replace return
filter.
6-8
4. SWING SYSTEM
1) BOTH LH AND RH SWING ACTIONS ARE IMPOSSIBLE
Cause Remedy
NO
Replenish
YES
Is safety valve ‫ڞ‬ specified oil to the
YES
pressure within standard level.
Is gear pump pilot standard? Safety valve faulty
NO
pressure within or not operated. Repair or replace.
YES
Is oil in hydraulic standard level?
YES
tank within Gear pump faulty. Repair or replace.
standard level? NO
YES
Are broken pieces Pump connection Disassemble and
of coupling present coupling is broken. repair.
‫ڞ‬ when dust plug
under engine fly
Is not main relief NO Hydraulic pump is Disassemble and
Are attachment wheel is removed?
NO valve faulty?
and travel motions out of order. repair.
impossible at all?
NO
Does swing control Swing control valve Disassemble and
YES
valve spool move spool is stuck. repair.
Is MCV pilot lightly by hand? ‫ڟ‬
YES YES
pressure within
standard level?
Does RH travel NO
‫ڠ‬
NO function? Does not symptom
change when front
YES
and rear pump Hydraulic pump is Disassemble and
NO
discharge hoses broken. repair.
are exchanged?
YES
Swing brake Disassemble and
release valve is repair.
Is swing brake broken.
‫ڟ‬ release valve
faulty? YES Swing reduction Disassemble and
Does swing motor unit is broken. repair.
NO rotate?
Swing motor is Disassemble and
NO
broken. repair.
YES
Pilot relief valve is Disassemble and
NO Is gear pump faulty. repair or replace.
delivering oil?
Gear pump is out Disassemble and
Is gear pump pilot NO
of order. repair.
‫ڠ‬ pressure within
standard level? YES
Is not there oil Clean pilot piping
leakage from pilot interior or repair
YES piping or is not it piping.
clogged?
Pilot valve is Disassemble and
NO
broken. repair.
6-9
2) SWING SPEED IS LOW
Cause Remedy
YES
Does swing control Swing port relief Disassemble and
YES valve is faulty. repair or replace.
valve spool move
smoothly by hand?
NO
Swing control valve Disassemble and
Is MCV pilot spool is stuck. repair.
pressure same on YES
LH and RH sides? Clogged or oil leak. Clean pilot piping
Is not pilot piping interior or repair
Single direction clogged or is not it piping.
NO
leaking oil?
Is the trouble in Pilot valve or shuttle Disassemble and
one direction or in NO
valve is faulty. repair.
both direction? YES
‫ڞ‬
Does swing control
YES
Both directions valve spool move
Is MCV pilot lightly by hand?
YES Swing control valve Disassemble and
pressure within NO
Is Arm speed spool is stuck. repair.
standard level?
within standard ‫ڟ‬
value? NO
‫ڠ‬
NO
Is swing motor's
NO
‫ڞ‬ drain rate within Swing motor is Disassemble and
standard value? broken. repair.
Check that pilot
YES piping is not NO
clogged or oil is not Pilot valve or shuttle Disassemble and
leaking from it? valve is faulty. repair.
Clogged or oil leak. Clean pilot piping

Is gear pump pilot
‫ڟ‬ interior or repair
pressure within
piping.
standard level?
YES
Is gear pump defective. repair or replace.
NO delivering oil?
NO
broken. repair.
NO
Main relief valve Main relief valve
faulty. pressure
resetting or repair.
Is main relief valve Does the symptom YES Hydraulic pump is
‫ڠ‬ setting pressure Disassemble and
YES change when front broken. repair.
normal? and rear pump
discharge hoses
are exchanged? Shuttle valve is Repair or replace.
Is safety valve pilot
faulty.
pressure within
YES
standard level? YES
Is gear pump Pilot relief valve is Repair or replace.
output pressure faulty.
NO within standard
level? Gear pump is Repair or replace.
NO
faulty.
6 - 10
3) SWING MOTION IS IMPOSSIBLE IN ONE DIRECTION
Cause Remedy
YES
Does symptom Swing port relief Disassemble and
change when LH
YES valve is faulty. repair.
and RH port relief
valves are
Does swing exchanged shuttle valve is Disassemble and
NO
YES control valve spool faulty. repair.
move smoothly by
hand?
Is MCV pilot Swing control valve Disassemble and

NO
pressure same for spool is stuck. repair.
LH and RH?
YES
Check if pilot piping Pilot valve is faulty. Disassemble and
is not clogged or repair.
NO does not have oil
leakage. Clogged or oil
leak. Clean pilot piping
interior or repair
piping.
4) MACHINE SWINGS BUT DOES NOT STOP
Cause Remedy
YES
faulty. repair or replace.
YES Is MCV pilot YES Is gear pump pilot
pressure within pressure within
standard value? standard level?
Does swing NO
broken. repair.
YES control valve spool
move smoothly by
hand? Pilot valve is faulty. Disassemble and
NO
repair.
Is swing control
valve's return
spring normal? Swing control valve Disassemble and
NO
spool is stuck. repair.
Return spring is Disassemble and

NO
faulty. replace.
6 - 11
5) THE SWING UNIT DRIFTS WHEN THE MACHINE IS AT REST ON A SLOPE
Cause Remedy
YES
‫ڞ‬
YES Is swing shuttle
valve normal?
Shuttle valve is Disassemble and
NO
faulty. replace.
YES Is brake spring
normal?
Is return spring of
swing control Brake spring is Disassemble and
valve normal? NO
faulty. replace.
Return spring of Disassemble and

NO
swing control valve replace.
is faulty.
YES
Swing relief valve Disassemble and
Is drain rate of
YES is faulty. repair or replace.
swing motor within
standard value?
Is swing relief Swing motor is Disassemble and
‫ڞ‬ pressure within NO
broken. repair.
standard level?
Adjust swing
NO
relief valve
pressure or
replace swing
relief valve.
6 - 12
5. TRAVEL SYSTEM
1) TRAVEL DOES NOT FUNCTION AT ALL ON ONE SIDE
Cause Remedy
YES
‫ڞ‬
Does counterbalance
YES spool in travel brake
valve move lightly by
hand? Counter spool in Disassemble and
Is travel brake NO
YES valve pressure travel brake valve repair or replace.
within standard is stuck.
level? Does the symptom
change when relief
valves in travel YES
Relief valve built in Disassemble and
Has travel control NO motor are
travel motor is repair.
YES valve spool exchanged?
changed over faulty.
positively?
YES
Control system is Disassemble
Does spool move defective. inspect and
lightly when hand
repair.
NO is let free from
control cable?
Travel control Disassemble and
NO
valve spool is repair.
stuck.
Is bucket or arm
operation YES Travel reduction Disassemble and
possible? Do not metallic
unit is faulty. repair.
particles come out
‫ڞ‬ of drain port in
travel reduction
unit? Travel motor is out Disassemble and
NO
of order. repair.
Does the symptom
change when front
NO YES
and rear pump Hydraulic pump is Disassemble and
Does the symptom discharge hoses
change when broken. repair.
are exchanged?
LH/RH travel relief
NO
valves are
exchanged?
Travel relief valves Disassemble and
YES
are faulty. repair or replace.
6 - 13
2) SPEED ON ONE SIDE FALLS AND THE MACHINE CURVES
Cause Remedy
YES
Brake valve is Disassemble and
Do LH and RH travel defective. repair or replace.
speeds change
YES when LH and RH
YES
travel brake valves Relief valve built in Disassemble and
Does the symptom
are exchanged? change when relief travel motor is repair.
valves in LH and faulty.
NO
Has control valve RH travel motors
YES are exchanged?
spool changed ‫ڞ‬
NO
over positively?
YES
Control system is Disassemble,
Does spool move faulty . inspect and
lightly when it is
repair.
Is the lower speed NO cut off from control
(Bucket or arm) spool?
within standard Control valve spool Disassemble and
NO
level? is stuck. repair.
YES
Travel relief valve Disassemble and
Do LH and RH is faulty. repair or replace.
travel speeds Does the symptom
change over when YES
change when front YES
NO travel relief valves and rear pump Hydraulic pump is Disassemble and
are exchanged? Is external pilot discharge hoses broken. repair.
pressure within are exchanged?
NO
standard level?
NO
External pilot Disassemble and
piping is clogged or clean.
Does travel speed oil is leaking from it.
change when parking
YES
brake spring in the YES Travel motor's Disassemble and
slower travel motor parking brake is not clean pilot piping.
Is leak rate of is removed?
‫ڞ‬ travel motor within released properly.
standard level?
Travel motor is Disassemble and
NO
faulty. repair.
6 - 14
3) MACHINE DOES NOT STOP ON A SLOPE
Machine is pulled forward as sprocket rotates during digging operation.
Cause Remedy
None Is parking brake YES
friction plate worn? Friction plate is Disassemble and
Check if parking faulty. repair.
YES
brake pilot line is
not clogged.
Clogged Disassemble and
clean pilot piping.
Is travel brake Is drain rate of
pressure within NO
travel motor within Travel motor is Disassemble and
standard level? standard value? defective. repair.
Brake valve is Disassemble and

NO
4) LH AND RH TRAVEL MOTIONS ARE IMPOSSIBLE
Cause Remedy
YES
Inspect according
to the procedure
"Travel does not
function at all on
one side."
However, a case
where both LH
and RH travel
motions are
disabled is
extremely seldom
Is bucket or arm statistically.
operation
possible? OK
Hydraulic pump is Disassemble and
Disassemble both faulty. repair.
OK travel relief valves
Remove dust plug and inspect for
under engine any fault.
OK flywheel and Travel relief valve Disassemble and
Faulty
check that there is is faulty. repair or replace.
no coupling
element particles.
Check oil volume Particles present. Coupling at pump Disassemble and
in hydraulic oil connection is repair.
NO
tank. broken.
Short Replenish
hydraulic oil.
6 - 15
5) TRAVEL ACTION IS POWERLESS(Travel only)
Cause Remedy
YES
‫ڞ‬
YES Is travel motor's
drain rate within
standard level?
Is travel brake Travel motor is Disassemble and
YES NO
pressure within faulty. repair.
standard level?
Is travel relief valve
Travel brake valve Disassemble and
pressure within NO
standard level? is defective. repair or replace.
Travel relief valve Disassemble and

NO
is faulty. repair or replace.
YES
Hydraulic circuit Disassemble and
that releases travel clean.
Does parking
parking brake is
Increases brake piston move
Remove parking clogged with dirt.
lightly by hand?
brake spring in
travel motor, draw
out piston Parking brake Disassemble and
‫ڞ‬ NO
completely, refit piston in travel repair.
cover and check if motor is stuck.
travel power
changes. Remains
unchanged Travel reduction Disassemble and
unit is defective. repair.
6) MACHINE RUNS RECKLESSLY ON A SLOPE
Cause Remedy
Travel brake valve
(counterbalance Disassemble and
valve) is faulty. repair or replace.
6 - 16
7) MACHINE MAKES A CURVED TRAVEL OR DOES NOT TRAVEL AT ALL WHEN TRAVEL AND
ATTACHMENT OPERATIONS ARE EXECUTED AT THE SAME TIME
Cause Remedy
YES
Normal.
YES Is select valve

normal?
Is pilot pressure for Select valve is Repair or replace.

NO
travel select valve faulty.
within standard YES
level? Remove dirt on
Is filter in pilot pilot line filter.
piping between
gear pump and YES Is pilot relief valve NO
NO Pilot relief valve is Disassemble and
control valve not normal?
clogged? Is gear pump defective. repair or replace.
NO delivering oil?
NO
broken. repair.
6 - 17
6. ATTACHMENT SYSTEM
1) BOOM OR ARM ACTION IS IMPOSSIBLE AT ALL
Cause Remedy
YES
Does the symptom Port relief valve is Disassemble and
change when port faulty. repair or replace.
YES
relief valve is
replaced with other
Is MCV pilot valve? ‫ڞ‬
YES NO
pressure within
standard level? Inspect if pilot
piping is not
OK
clogged or oil is not Pilot valve is faulty. Disassemble and
Are other NO leaking from the
YES repair.
attachments piping.
operable?
YES
Is gear pump pilot NO
Is gear pump faulty. repair or replace.
pressure within
NO delivering oil?
standard level?
NO
broken. repair.
Are LH/RH
operations OK
possible? Hydraulic pump is Disassemble and
Disassemble main broken. repair.
YES relief valve and
check if it is not
Remove dust plug
irregular.
under engine
OK flywheel and check Main relief valve is Disassemble and
Faulty
if coupling element defective. repair or replace.
particles are not
Inspect oil volume present. Particles present Coupling at pump Disassemble and
NO
in hydraulic oil
tank. connection is repair.
broken.
Short Replenish
hydraulic oil.
YES
Cylinder interior is Disassemble and
Does control valve broken. repair.
‫ڞ‬ spool move lightly
by hand?
Control valve spool Disassemble and
NO
is stuck. repair.
6 - 18
2) BOOM, ARM OR BUCKET SPEED IS LOW
Cause Remedy
YES
Normal.
Are other YES
‫ڞ‬
YES attachment speeds
within standard
Is combination of ‫ڟ‬
Is speed low only levels? NO
oil streams normal
in composite YES
at boom hoisting YES
operation? and at arm Does spool of flow Flow summation Disassemble and
extrusion? summation check check valve spool repair.
Are LH/RH travel NO valve move lightly is stuck.
speeds within by hand?
NO NO
standard levels?
YES
Hydraulic pump is Disassemble and
Are both LH/RH faulty. repair.
NO travel speeds low? YES ‫ڠ‬
Is MCV pilot
pressure within
NO
standard? ‫ڡ‬
NO
OK
Does the symptom Port relief valve is Disassemble and
YES change when port faulty. repair or replace.
relief valve is
replaced with other
Does control valve valve? Cylinder is faulty. Disassemble and
YES spool move lightly NO
repair.
by hand?
Is MCV pilot NO
‫ڞ‬ is stuck. repair.
pressure within
standard level? YES
Clean pilot piping
Is not MCV pilot
pressure piping interior or repair
NO clogged or is not piping.
there oil leakage? Pilot valve is Disassemble and
NO
defective. repair.
YES
Is primary pilot faulty. repair or replace.
NO Is gear pump
‫ڟ‬ pressure within
delivering oil?
standard level?
NO
broken. repair.
Is engine
NO
‫ڠ‬ revolution within Adjust engine
standard level? revolution.
YES
Clean orifice in
control valve.
Is not orifice in
‫ڡ‬ control valve YES
clogged? Is pilot piping not Clean pilot piping
clogged or is oil interior or repair
NO not leaking from piping.
the piping? Is pilot valve
NO normal? Pilot valve is faulty. Disassemble and
NO
repair.
6 - 19
3) BOOM, ARM OR BUCKET CYLINDER EXTENDS OR CONTRACTS ITSELF AND ATTACHMENT FALLS
Cause Remedy
YES
Port relief valve is Disassemble and
Does the symptom
change when port
Normal
relief valve is
YES
replaced with ‫ڞ‬
normal valve? Is control valve
YES Is not hydraulic oil NO return spring
normal?
temperature high? Control valve's Disassemble and
NO
return spring is replace.
faulty.
Is genuine Abnormally high. Locate the cause
hydraulic oil or of hydraulic oil
equivalent being
temperature rise
used?
and lower it to
proper level.
Replace with
NO
genuine hydraulic
oil or equivalent.
OK
Pressure tightness Disassemble and
Disassemble and between control repair.
inspect check
YES valve casing and
valve in hydraulic
circuit and check spool is poor.
for any fault.
Is cylinder internal Abnormal Contact surface Disassemble and
‫ڞ‬ leakage within between poppet repair.
standard level?
and seat is poor.
NO
Cylinder is faulty. Disassemble and
repair.
6 - 20
4) BOOM, ARM OR BUCKET POWER IS WEAK
Cause Remedy
YES
Check according
to the procedure
Is cylinder internal
YES leakage within in Item "Speed is
standard level? low".
Is relief pressure in
YES port relief valve Cylinder is faulty. Disassemble and
within standard NO
level? repair.
Is relief pressure in
main relief valve Port relief valve is Adjust pressure,
within standard NO
level?
Main relief valve is Adjust pressure,

NO defective. repair or replace.
5) ONLY BUCKET OPERATION IS TOTALLY IMPOSSIBLE
Cause Remedy
YES
Port relief valve is Disassemble and
Does the symptom
change when port defective. repair or replace.
YES
relief valve is
replaced with YES
Cylinder interior is Disassemble and
other valve? Does control valve broken. repair.
Is MCV pilot NO
spool move
YES smoothly by hand?
pressure within
standard level? NO
is stuck. repair.
Is RH travel Pilot valve is faulty. Disassemble and

NO
possible? repair.
YES
Main relief valve is Adjust pressure,
Does the symptom
change when faulty. repair or replace.
Does the symptom
NO main relief valves change when
are exchanged? YES
hydraulic pump's Hydraulic pump is Disassemble and
NO
discharge hoses broken. repair.
are exchanged?
6 - 21
6) BOOM MAKES A SQUEAKING NOISE WHEN BOOM IS OPERATED
Cause Remedy
YES
Frictional noise
occurs between
the sliding faces
of boom
cylinder's oil seal
and boom
Is boom foot pin
greased proper.
sufficiently? Ɠ Frictional
noise will
disappear if
they are kept
used.
Boom foot pin has Supply grease

NO
run out of grease. to it.
Ɠ If seizure is in
an initial
stage, supply
sufficient
grease.
If seizure is in
a grown state,
correct it by
paper lapping
or with an oil
stone.
6 - 22
Ɠ HOW TO CHECK INTERNAL BOOM CYLINDER LEAKAGE
1. Lower the bucket teeth to the ground with
bucket cylinder fully retracted and arm
cylinder rod retracted almost in full.
2. Disconnect hose(A) from rod side of boom

cylinder and drain oil from cylinders and
hose.(Put cups on piping and hose ends) A
3. Raise bucket OFF the ground by retracting

the arm cylinder rod.
If oil leaks from piping side and boom

cylinder rod is retracted there is an internal
leak in the cylinder.
If no oil leaks from piping side and boom
cylinder rod is retracted, there is an internal
leak in the control valve.
6 - 23
GROUP 3 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1. WHEN STARTING SWITCH IS TURNED ON, MONITOR PANEL DISPLAY DOES NOT APPEAR
şBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
şBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and
short of fuse No.3.
şAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.
Cause Remedy
YES
Defective cluster Replace
Check voltage
YES
between CN-56(1)
and chassis
Disconnection in Repair or replace
NO
Check voltage wiring harness or (After clean)
YES poor contact
between CN-9(1)
and chassis between CN-9(1)-
CN-56(1)
Check voltage Disconnection in Repair or replace

NO
between CN-2(A) wiring harness or (After clean)
and chassis poor contact
Starting switch : ON
between CN-2(A)-
Voltage : 20~32V CN-9(1)

NO
wiring harness or (After clean)
poor contact
between CN-2(A)-
and fuse No.3
CLUSTER FUSE
POWER IG(24V) 1 1 A
NO.3
GND 2 2 B
RX
TX
CN-56 CN-9 CN-2
Check voltage
YES 20 ~ 32V
NO 0V
6 - 24
2. COMMUNICATION ERROR "Co : Err" FLASHES ON THE CLUSTER
şBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
Cause Remedy
YES
Check voltage Defective controller Replace
YES
between CN-56
(3,4) and chassis Disconnection in Repair or replace
Check voltage NO wiring harness or (After clean)
YES poor contact
between CN-9
between CN-56
(3,4) and chassis (3,4)-CN9(3,4)

NO wiring harness or (After clean)
between CN-2
poor contact
(C,D) and chassis between CN-9
KEY ON
(3,4)-CN2(C,D)
poor contact
between CN-2
(C,D)-CN51(2.13)
Check voltage
CONTROLLER
YES *4V *12V
NO 0V 0V 2
13
CN-51
CLUSTER
POWER IG(24V)
GND 2 2 B
*12V
RX 3 3 C
*4V 4 D
TX 4
CN-56 CN-9 CN-2
6 - 25
3. BATTERY CHARGING LAMP LIGHTS UP(Starting switch : ON)
Cause Remedy
YES
Check voltage Defective controller Replace
YES
between CN-50(5)
and chassis Disconnection in Repair or replace
YES Check voltage poor contact
between CN-3(K) between CN-50(5)
and chassis -CN3(K)

between alternator poor contact
terminal "I" and between
chassis CN-3(K)-alternator
Voltage : 20~32V terminal "I"
Engine : Running
Defective alternator Replace

NO
Check voltage
YES 20 ~ 32V
NO 0V
CONTROLLER
B+ G
5 K 3~
I
U
GRD
CN-3 ALTERNATOR
CN-50
6 - 26
4. WHEN COOLANT OVERHEAT LAMP LIGHTS UP(Engine is started)
Cause Remedy
YES
Resistance
Coolant overheat Check engine
YES (110Ş
CŹ2Ş
C) cooling system
between CD-8
(1,2) is in range of
Defective temp Replace
Disconnect CD-8 NO
Does display go sensor
off when
disconnect CD-8?
YES
Starting switch : ON Short circuit in Repair or replace
Engine : Start Resistance wiring harness (After clean)
between CN-50
NO (15,24) is 0~1‫?װ‬
Defective controller Replace
Disconnect CN-50 NO
KEY OFF
CONTROLLER WATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR

15 T 2 C
U 1
24
CD-8
CN-50 CN-3
6 - 27
5. WHEN AIR CLEANER LAMP LIGHTS UP(Engine is started)
Cause Remedy
YES
Clogged air filter Check filter or
or defective switch replace switch
Does display go off

when disconnect
CD-10? YES
Short circuit in Repair or replace
Engine : Start Check resistance wiring harness (After clean)
between CN-50
NO
(20) and chassis
Starting switch : OFF Defective controller Replace
NO
Disconnect CN-50
Check resistance
YES MAX 1‫װ‬
NO MIN 1M‫װ‬
CONTROLLER AIR CLEANER SWITCH
Pa
20
CD-10
CN-50
6 - 28
6. WHEN ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LAMP LIGHTS UP(Engine is started)
Cause Remedy
YES
Engine oil leakage, Check engine oil
or defective switch level or replace
Does display go off switch
when disconnect
YES
CD-18? Defective controller Replace
Check resistance
Engine : Start between CN-50
NO
(10) and chassis
Disconnection in wiring Repair or replace
Starting switch : OFF NO
Disconnect CN-50 harness or poor (After clean)
contact between
CN-50(10)-CD-18
Check resistance
YES MAX 1‫װ‬
NO MIN 1M‫װ‬
CONTROLLER ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
10 Pa
V
CD-18
CN-50 CN-3
6 - 29
7. WHEN HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE LAMP LIGHTS UP(Engine is started)
Cause Remedy
YES
High temperature Check hydraulic
Resistance oil temperature
YES between CD-1
(100Ş CŹ2ŞC) ,
(1,2) is in range of
Starting switch : ON Defective torque Replace

Does display go NO
Disconnect CD-1 sensor
off when
disconnect CD-1? YES
Short circuit Check and repair
Starting switch : ON Resistance
Engine : Start between CN-50
NO (4) - CN-51(10)
Starting switch : OFF Defective controller Replace

NO
Disconnect CN-50,
CN-51
HYDRAULIC OIL
CONTROLLER TEMPERATURE SENDER
4 2
C
CN-50 CD-1
10
CN-51
6 - 30
8. WHEN COOLANT LEVEL LAMP LIGHTS UP(Engine is started)
Cause Remedy
YES
Insufficient coolant Refill coolant or
or Defective switch replace switch
Does display go off

when disconnect
CD-16? YES
Short circuit Check and repair
Starting switch : ON Check resistance
Engine : Start
between CN-50
NO (18) and chassis

Starting switch : OFF NO
Disconnect CN-50
Check resistance
YES MAX 1‫װ‬
NO MIN 1M‫װ‬
COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR

CONTROLLER
18 2
CN-50 CD-16
6 - 31
9. WHEN COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE DOES NOT OPERATE
Cause Remedy
YES
harness or poor (After clean)
Is resistance contact between
YES between CN-50 CN-50-CD-8
(15) and (24) over
2k‫?װ‬ YES
Starting switch : OFF Check resistance
Disconnect CN-50
Does the gauge between CN-3(T)
NO and (U)
light up and down Defective temp Replace
at lamp check? See Table
NO
sensor

NO
Check Table
Temperature A B C D
B C Item (50Ş
C) (80Ş
C) (100ŞC) (120ŞC)
Unit Resistance(‫)װ‬ 800 310 180 100
Tolerance Ź70 Ź30 Ź10 Ź4
A C H D
CONTROLLER WATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR

15 T 2 C
U 1
24
CD-8
CN-50 CN-3
6 - 32
10. WHEN FUEL GAUGE DOES NOT OPERATE(Check warning lamp ON/OFF)
Cause Remedy
YES
Disconnection in wiring Check and repair
harness
Is resistance
YES between CN-51
(11)-CN-50(13)
over 1k‫?װ‬ YES
Starting switch : OFF Check resistance
Disconnect CN-50,
Does the gauge CN-51 between CD-2(1)
NO and (2)
light up and down Defective fuel Replace
at lamp check? Disconnect CD-2
NO
See Table
sensor

NO
Full
Check Table
A F
Level Empty A Full
Item
Unit Resistance(‫)װ‬ 700 400 100
E Tolerance Ź50 Ź50 Ź50
CONTROLLER
FUEL SENDER
13 1
2
CN-50 CD-2
11
CN-51
6 - 33
11. WHEN SAFETY SOLENOID DOES NOT OPERATE
short of fuse No.8.
Cause Remedy
YES
Hydraulic malfunction Check hydraulic
YES Check operation system
of solenoid
Defective solenoid Replace
Safety lever : ON-OFF NO
YES
Defective switch Check and
Check voltage
YES replace
between CS-4(3)
Check voltage and chassis
between CN-68(1) Disconnection in wiring Repair or replace
- CN-68(2) Start switch : ON NO
Check voltage harness or poor
YES between CN-2(X) Voltage : 20~30V
Starting switch : ON Disconnect CN-2 contact between
Voltage : 20~30V and chassis
Safety state CS-4(3)-CN-68(2)
Voltage : 20~30V
Check voltage Disconnect CN-2 Disconnect in wiring Repair or replace
NO
NO
between CN-68(2) harness or poor
with chassis contact between
Safety lever : OFF CN-2(X)-CN-68(2)
Voltage : 20~30V
Disconnection in Replace
NO
fuse
SAFETY SWITCH
2 3 1 A
2 H SAFETY SOLENOID
1 3 X 1
CS-4 CN-2
2
CN-68
FUSE
NO.8
6 - 34
12. WHEN TRAVEL SPEED 1, 2 DOES NOT OPERATE
short of fuse No.6.
Cause Remedy
YES
Defective Check hydraulic
hydraulic system system
Check voltage
YES YES Check operation
between CN-53 YES
of solenoid Defective controller Replace
(16) and chassis
Check resistance
Check if travel speed Starting switch : ON Starting switch : ON between CN-70(1)
lamps( , ) Volage : 20~30V : OFF NO
Disconnect CN-53 : ON
and (2)
change when Defective solenoid Replace
Starting switch : OFF
NO
pressing the travel
speed switch on SPEC : 15~25‫װ‬
Disconnect CN-70
the cluster YES
Starting switch : ON Check controller
Y R G
NO
NO
CONTROLLER
TRAVEL SOLENOID
16 1
CN-53
2
CN-70
FUSE
NO.6
6 - 35
13. WHEN ENGINE DOES NOT START
şCheck supply of the power at engine stop solenoid while starting switch is ON.
START SWITCH
II I O H
I,O
1
şAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified. K
2
L 4
H
3
4 1
ACCBR
B
N
Cause Remedy 2
3
5
YES M
Defective battery Check engine 6
C ST
5
system charge 6
CN-1
or replace (After
CS-2
checking specific
gravity of battery)
Check operation Check voltage YES
Defective magnet Replace
of start motor YES between starter of start motor
magnet coil and
Starting switch : START chassis Defective start relay Replace
NO
BATTERY RY
Starting switch : START YES
SPEC : 20~30V Check voltage ‫ڞ‬+‫ڟ‬
Check operation
CR-1
YES
NO of starter relay between CR-5(4)
CN-60
and chassis MASTER SWITCH
2
1
Disconnection in Replace
NO DO-2
Starting switch : START Starting switch : START wiring harness or
Check operation poor contact
of start safety between CR-5(2)
2
1
NO
relay and CN-1(K)
Starting switch : ON YES
Check voltage Defective relay Replace
between CR-5(3)
NO FUSE
and chassis ‫ڠ‬
NO NO.2
YES FUSE
Check voltage Defective fuel cut Replace
‫ڞ‬ off solenoid NO.11
between CN-79
(2) and chassis CPU CONTROLLER
Disconnection in Repair or replace CN-8
NO wiring harness or
Voltage : 20~30V 1
Starting switch : START poor contact CN-7
between CN-3(A)- CN-51
CN-79(2)
YES
Defective relay Replace START RY STARTER
Check voltage START SAFETY RY
‫ڟ‬ between CR-23 B+
3 4 4 A 1 M
(1) and chassis Disconnection in Repair or replace
NO 3 B 2
Starting switch : ON wiring harness or 2
poor contact F CR-23 M
between CR-5(4)- 1 2 1
CN-3 CN-45
CR-23(1) CR-5
FUEL CUT -OFF
YES
Check voltage Defective fuel cut- Replace 3 E
off solenoid
‫ڠ‬ between CN-79 2 S
(1) and chassis Disconnection in Repair or replace 1 I
NO
Starting switch : ON wiring harness or CN-79
poor contact
between CN-3(B)
and Fuse No.2
6 - 36
14. WHEN STARTING SWITCH ON DOES NOT OPERATE
şBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF. START SWITCH
II I O H
I,O
1
şAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified. K
2
4
H
3
4 1
ACCBR
N
B
2
Cause Remedy 5 3
M
YES 6
C ST
5
harness or poor (After clean) CN-1 6
contact between CS-2

YES Check voltage
between DO-2(1) DO-2(1)-CR-1 or
and chassis defective battery relay
Voltage : 20~30V TO STARTER
Disconnection in wiring Replace
Check voltage NO
YES harness or poor
between CS-2(2)
BATTERY RY
and chassis contact between
CS-2(2)-CN-1(M)-
CR-1
Voltage : 20~30V DO-2(1)
CN-60
YES Check voltage MASTER SWITCH
2
1
between CS-2(1)
and chassis Defective start Replace
NO DO-2
switch
Voltage : 20~30V
Disconnection in wiring Replace
2
1
Check voltage NO
and specific harness or poor
gravity of battery contact between
Specific gravity : MIN 1.28 CS-2(1)-CN-1(N)-CN-
Voltage : MIN 24V 60(1)- CR-1-Battery
FUSE
Battery capacity Charge or replace NO.11

NO
too low (After clean)
CPU CONTROLLER
CN-51
FUEL CUT -OFF

START SAFETY RY
4 3 E
3 4 A
3 B 2 S
2 I
F 1
1 2 1
CN-3 CN-79
CR-5
6 - 37
15. WHEN STARTING SWITCH IS TURNED ON, WIPER MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE
şBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and the
fuse No.5 is not blown out.
şAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified. WIPER MOTOR
3B
3 4 4 S1
Cause Remedy 4
2 3 3
YES
‫ڞ‬ 2 2
YES Check voltage 1 1

1 1 S2 M 2 E
between CN-13 CN-21
(3) and chassis CN-6 CN-13
Starting switch : ON NO
Check voltage harness or poor (After clean)
YES Wiper switch : ON
between CN-6(2) Voltage : 20~30V contact between
and chassis CN-13(3)-CN-6(2)
Wiper switch : ON Disconnection in wiring Repair or replace
Voltage : 20~30V NO
YES contact between
between CS-3(1) WIPER & WASHER SW
and chassis CN-6(2)-CS-3(1) 1
0 I II
2
YES 3
Wiper switch : ON Defective wiper motor Replace
0,I
Voltage : 20~30V 4
Check voltage YES 5
Disconnection in wiring Repair or replace 1
6 6
NO between CS-3(6) harness or poor (After clean)
8
and chassis 7
Check voltage 3
contact between 8
Check operation Starting switch : ON between CN-1(V)
Wiper switch : OFF NO and chassis CS-3(1)-CN-1(V) 9
of wiper and 9
Voltage : 20~30V 10 10
washer switch CS-3
Starting switch : ON Recheck fuse Replace
Starting switch : ON Voltage : 20~30V NO
Washer switch : ON-OFF
YES
Defective wiper Replace WASHER TANK
YES Check voltage motor
between CN-21(1) 1 M
and chassis
NO U 2
Check voltage Wiper switch : OFF harness or poor (After clean)
V
between CS-3(6) contact between CN-22
NO
and chassis CN-1
CN-21(1)-CS-3(6)
Voltage : 20~30V
Recheck fuse Replace
NO J
FUSE
YES
Defective wiper Replace CN-2
NO.5
Check voltage motor
‫ڞ‬ between CN-21(3)
and chassis
NO
Starting switch : ON harness or poor (After clean)
Wiper switch : ON-OFF
contact between
CN-21(3)-CN-13(3)
6 - 38
16. WHEN STARTING SWITCH IS TURNED ON, HEAD LAMP DOES NOT LIGHTS UP
short of fuse No.16.
HEAD LAMP
Cause Remedy 1
NO
Defective lamp Replace switch 2
switch CL-3
YES
Check voltage
between CS-21 YES CPU CONTROLLER
Defective bulb Replace
(5,9) and chassis Check voltage
YES 4
Starting switch : ON between CL-3(2)
Head lamp switch : ON and chassis CN-52
Voltage : 20~30V Disconnection in wiring Repair or replace
Check voltage Starting switch : ON NO
Head lamp switch : ON
between CN-1(O) Voltage : 20~30V contact between
YES
and chassis CN-1(O)-CL-3(2)
O MAIN LIGHT SWITCH
R 1
0 I II
Voltage : 20~30V
NO 2
Check voltage harness or poor (After clean) CN-1 3
0,I
between CS-21(1) contact between 4
and chassis CS-21(5,9)-CN-1(O) 5 5
6 1 7
Head lamp switch : 7 2
ON-OFF 8 4
9
J 10 10 9
CS-21
CN-2
YES
Check voltage contact between FUSE
between CN-1(R)
NO CS-21(1)-CN-1(R)
and chassis NO.16

NO
6 - 39
17. WHEN STARTING SWITCH IS TURNED ON, WORK LAMP DOES NOT LIGHTS UP
short of fuse No.17.
Cause Remedy
YES WORK LAMP
harness or poor (After clean) 1
Check voltage contact between 2
YES
between CN-10 CN10(2)-CL-6(2)
CL-5
(2) and chassis and CL-5(2)
Voltage : 20~30V WORK LAMP
Work lamp switch : ON NO
1 1
YES 2 2
between CR-3(4) contact between
and chassis CN-10(2)-CR-3(2) CN-10 CL-6
Voltage : 20~30V YES

Starting switch : ON Defective relay Replace
Work lamp switch : ON
Check voltage YES CPU CONTROLLER
between CR-3(2) Disconnection in wiring Repair or replace
NO harness or poor (After clean) 8
and chassis
Check voltage contact between
Voltage : 20~30V between fuse CN-52
Starting switch : ON NO fuse No.17-CR-3(2)
Check operation No,17 and chassis
of work lamp relay Voltage : 20~30V
WORK LAMP RY
Recheck fuse Replace MAIN LIGHT SWITCH
Starting switch : ON NO 3 4 4 1
0 I II
Starting switch : ON 3 Q 2
YES
Work lamp switch : Disconnection in wiring Repair or replace 2 3
0,I
ON-OFF harness or poor (After clean) 1 2 1 CN-1 4
Check voltage 5 5
YES contact between CR-3
between CS-21(2) 6 1 7
and chassis CS-21(2)-CR-3(1)
H 7 2
8 4
Work lamp switch :
ON-OFF Defective lamp Replace switch J
9
Check voltage NO
switch 10 9
CN-2 10
between CR-3
NO CS-21
(2,3) and chassis YES
Voltage : 20~30V
Check voltage FUSE
contact between
between fuse NO.17
NO CR-3(2,3)-fuse No.17
No.17 and chassis

NO
6 - 40
GROUP 4 MECHATRONICS SYSTEM
1. ALL ACTUATORS SPEED ARE SLOW

Ɠ Boom, Arm, Bucket, Swing and travel speed are slow, but engine speed is good.
Ɠ Spec : H-mode 2450 Ź 50rpm S-mode 2250 Ź 50rpm
L-mode 2250 Ź 50rpm F-mode 1750 Ź 50rpm
Ɠ Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Cause Remedy
YES
Defective
YES Check pressure hydraulic system
at EPPR valve
NO Check electric Defective Replace
SPEC : 2~10kgf/cm2 NO
YES current at EPPR See TEST 4 EPPR valve
valve
Check if Err : 03
on the cluster SPEC : 200~400mA Defective CPU Replace
See TEST 3 NO
controller
Check resistance
between
YES CN-52(1) - (7)
YES
Short circuit or Check & repair
SPEC : 17.5Ź1‫(װ‬20Ş
C)
See TEST 1 poor connection wire harness or
Check resistance between CN-52 - between CN-52 -
NO at EPPR valve CN-75 CN-75
SPEC : 17.5Ź1‫(װ‬20Ş
C)
See TEST 2
Defective EPPR Replace
NO
valve
Wiring diagram
RESISTOR
2 Ɠ Normal :
1
Emergency :
CN-47 PROLIX SWITCH
1 3
CONTROLLER 2
2
1
5 3
4 6
5
5 4
6
CN-53
CS-7
1
EPPR VALVE
7
2
CN-52
1
12 CN-75
CN-51
6 - 41
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : 17.5Ź1‫(װ‬20Ş
C)
(1) Test 1 : Check resistance at connector
CN-52(1)-(7).
CN-52
‫ ڸ‬Starting key OFF.
CPU
‫ ڹ‬Disconnect connector CN-52. CONTROLLER
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
‫ ں‬Check resistance between pin and at 8 9 10
CN-50 CN-51 CN-52 CN-53
connector CN-52(1)-(7).
Multimeter
(2) Test 2 : Check resistance at connector SPEC : 17.5Ź1‫(װ‬20Ş

C)
CN-75.
‫ ڹ‬Disconnect connector CN-75 from
EPPR valve at main hydraulic pump. CN-75
‫ ں‬Check resistance between 2 lines as
figure.
Multimeter
(3) Test 3 : Check electric current at EPPR SPEC : 200~400mA(S mode)

valve.
‫ ڸ‬Install multimeter as figure.
‫ ڹ‬Start engine.
‫ ں‬Set S-mode and cancel auto decel
mode. CN-75
‫ ڻ‬If tachometer show approx 2250Ź50rpm,
check electric current.
EPPR VALVE
Multimeter
6 - 42
(2) Test 4 : Check pressure at EPPR valve. SPEC : 2~10kgf/cm2(30~140psi)
‫ ڸ‬Remove plug and connect pressure
gauge as figure.
Gauge capacity : 0 to 40~50kgf/cm2
(0 to 570~710psi)
‫ ں‬Set S-mode and cancel auto decel mode. Supply line, pilot press
‫ ڻ‬If tachometer show approx 2250Ź50rpm,
CN-75
check pressure.
Pressure adjusting
‫ ڼ‬If pressure is not correct, adjust it. screw locknut
‫ ڽ‬After adjust, test the machine.
6 - 43
2. ENGINE SPEED IS SLOW AT ALL MODE
Cause Remedy
Good
If test 7 is good,
Check tachometer check TEST 1~4
YES work properly or
YES
not by changing Misalignment Clean speed
the mode. between speed sensor and adjust
Is resistance
Is resistance See TEST 6 sensor and fly wheel See : 5-20page
YES between CN-50
between CN-53 No good
(16) - (23)
(1) - (13)
‫ڞ‬
SPEC : 0.2~0.4k‫װ‬ NO
SPEC : 1~2‫װ‬ See TEST 7
Check cable See TEST 5 Defective governor Replace governor
between governor NO
motor or short circuit motor or harness
motor - injection or poor connection assembly
pump.
between CN-53-
CS-64- CN-76
Improper operation Adjust or repair

NO
by loosening or
interference of cable
YES
Short circuit or poor Check and repair
Is resistance connection between
‫ڞ‬ between CD-17 CN-50-CN-3-CD-17
(1) - (2)
Defective Replace
SPEC : 0.2~0.4k‫װ‬ NO
See TEST 8 speed sensor
Wiring diagram
DC MOTOR
CPU CONTROLLER
1 P+
2
2 SIG
1 1 3
3 P-
4 NC
5 5 6
M+ M
13 6 M-
CN-53 CN-76
6
14 TACHO SENSOR
16 W 1 rp
m
22 X 2
23
CN-3 CD-17
CN-50
6 - 44
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : 1~2‫װ‬
(1) Test 5 : Check resistance between CN-53
CPU
(1)-(13). CONTROLLER
CN-50 CN-51 CN-52 CN-53
‫ ڹ‬Disconnect connector CN-53 from CPU
controller.
‫ ں‬Check resistance as figure.
CN-53
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
Multimeter
Unit : rpm
(2) Test 6 : Check tachometer(Work properly
Spec Remark
or not)
‫ ڸ‬Start engine. H-mode 2450Ź50rpm
S-mode 2250Ź50rpm Check rpm after
‫ ڹ‬Check tachometer reading.
cancel the Auto
L-mode 2250Ź50rpm
decel mode.
F-mode 1750Ź50rpm
(3) Test 7 : Check resistance between CN-50 SPEC : 0.2~0.4k‫װ‬

(16) and CN-50(23).
‫ ڸ‬Starting key OFF. CPU
CONTROLLER
‫ ڹ‬Disconnect connector CN-50 from CPU
CN-50 CN-51 CN-52 CN-53
controller.
CN-50
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Multimeter
6 - 45
(4) Test 8 : Check resistance at speed sensor. SPEC : 0.2~0.4k‫װ‬
‫ ڹ‬Disconnect connector CD-17 of speed
sensor at engine flywheel housing. Speed sensor
CD-17 CD-17
1 2
Engine flywheel
Multimeter
6 - 46
3. ENGINE STALL
Cause Remedy
YES
Not enough engine Contact cummins
YES Check pressure power engine dealer
at EPPR Valve
SPEC:10~20kgf/cm2 NO
Check electric See TEST 10
valve
current at EPPR
YES
valve Defective CPU Replace
SPEC : 350~450mA controller
See TEST 9 Check resistance
between CN-52 YES
NO (1) - (7) Short circuit or poor Check and repair
connection between
SPEC:17.5Ź1‫(װ‬20Ş
C) CN-52 - CN-75
See TEST 1
Check resistance
NO at EPPR valve
SPEC:17.5Ź1‫(װ‬20Ş
C)
See TEST 2
NO
valve
Wiring diagram
RESISTOR Ɠ Normal :
2 Emergency :
1
CN-47 PROLIX SWITCH

1 3
CONTROLLER 2
2
1
5 3
4 6
5
5 4
6
CN-53
CS-7
1
EPPR VALVE
7
2
CN-52
1
12 CN-75
CN-51
6 - 47
2) TEST PROCEDURE
SPEC : 400~500mA
(1) Test 9 : Check electric current at EPPR
valve at F-mode
‫ ڸ‬Install multimeter as figure. CN-75
‫ ں‬Set F-mode with 1750Ź50rpm.
‫ ڻ‬Check electric current.
EPPR VALVE
Multimeter
(2) Test 10 : Check pressure at EPPR valve

SPEC : 15~25kgf/cm2(218~363psi)
at F-mode
‫ ڸ‬Connect pressure gauge at EPPR valve.
‫ ں‬Set F-mode with 1750Ź50rpm.
Supply line, pilot press
‫ ڻ‬Operate bucket lever completely push or
pull. CN-75
‫ ڼ‬Hold arm lever at the end of stroke. Pressure adjusting
‫ ڽ‬Check pressure at relief position. screw locknut
6 - 48
4. MALFUNCTION OF CLUSTER OR MODE SELECTION SYSTEM
Cause Remedy
YES
No power supply to Check fuse
See if all lamps off the CPU controller
YES in the CPU
controller case YES
Y R G CPU failure Replace
Y R G
See if Co : Err on
NO
the cluster
NO Y R G
‫ڞ‬
NO
OK
Cluster failure Replace
Check connection
‫ڞ‬ between CN-51(2)
- CN-56(3) or CN-
51(13) - CN-56(4) No connection Check and repair
KEY OFF NO
Wiring diagram
CPU CONTROLLER
CLUSTER
2
POWER IG(24V)
GND
3 3 C
RX
4 4 D 13
TX
CN-56 CN-9 CN-2
CN-51
FUSE 4
5
NO.1
CN-53
6 - 49
5. SLOW ACTION OF ENGINE SPEED CHANGE WHEN CHANGE THE MODE
Cause Remedy
YES
Slow action of Check and repair
engine speed
control due to
interference
Check interference
between YES
Check voltage Defective CPU Replace
connecting rod and
governor motor between CN-50 controller
YES
(6)-(22) and check
resistance between
CN-50(14)-(22) Defective governor Replace
Check resistance
between CN-53 SPEC : (6)-(22) : 5Ź1V NO motor
NO (14)-(22) : 0.1~0.9k‫װ‬
(1)-(13) See TEST 12
SPEC : 1~2‫װ‬
See TEST 11 Defective governor Replace
NO
motor
Wiring diagram
DC MOTOR
CPU CONTROLLER
1 P+
2
2 SIG
1 1 3
3 P-
4 NC
5 5 6
M+ M
13 6 M-
CN-53 CN-76
6
14 TACHO SENSOR
16 W 1 rp
m
22 X 2
23
CN-3 CD-17
CN-50
6 - 50
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : 1~2‫װ‬
(1) Test 11 : Check resistance.
CPU
‫ ڹ‬Disconnect connector CN-53 from CPU CONTROLLER
controller. CN-50 CN-51 CN-52 CN-53
‫ ں‬Check resistance between CN-53(1)-(13)
as figure.
CN-53
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
Multimeter
6 - 51
(2) Test 12 : Check voltage and resistance.
SPEC : 0.1~0.9k‫װ‬
‫ ڸ‬Check resistance between CN-50(14)-
(22). CPU
CONTROLLER
, Starting key OFF.
, Disconnect connector CN-50 from CPU CN-50 CN-51 CN-52 CN-53
controller.
, Check resistance value with multimeter
as figure.
CN-50
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Multimeter
‫ ڹ‬Check voltage between CN-50(6) and

SPEC : 5Ź1V
CN-50(22).
, Prepare 2 pieces of thin sharp pin, steel
CPU
or copper. CONTROLLER
PIN
, Starting key ON.
CN-50 CN-51 CN-52 CN-53
, Insert prepared pins to rear side of
connectors : One pin to CN-50(6)
Other pin to CN-50(22)
, Check voltage.
CN-50
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Multimeter
6 - 52
6. AUTO DECEL SYSTEM DOES NOT WORK
Cause Remedy
YES
Check voltage Defective CPU Replace
YES between controller
CN-50(3) - GND,
CN-50(11)-GND
Defective pressure Replace
SPEC : NO
Check resistance switch
Actuator operating :
between 0~2V
CN-50(3) - CD- Actuator stop :4.5-5.5V
6(2), CN-50(11)-
CD-15(2)
SPEC :
Actuator operating :
0~2V Open circuit or poor Repair
Actuator stop :4.5-5.5V NO connection
See TEST 13
between pressure
switches and CN-
50(3), (11)
Wiring diagram
CPU CONTROLLER AUTO DECEL PRESSURE SWITCH

1
Pa
3 2
CD-6
TRAVEL PRESSURE SWITCH

11
1
Pa
CN-50 2
CD-15
6 - 53
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : Actuator stop : 4.5~5.5V
(1) Test 13 : Check voltage at CN-51(3) and Actuator operating : 0~2V
ground.
‫ ڸ‬Prepare 1 piece of thin sharp pin, steel or CPU
CONTROLLER
copper.
PIN
‫ ڹ‬Starting key ON. CN-50
‫ ں‬Insert prepared pin to rear side of
connectors : One pin to (3) of CN-50.
‫ ڻ‬Check voltage as figure.
CN-50
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Ground
Multimeter
6 - 54
7. MALFUNCTION OF WARMING UP
Cause Remedy
YES
Defective cluster or Repair or Replace
CPU controller or
YES Check resistance
between CN- CD8(Sensor)
50(15) - (24)
YES
Check resistance See TABLE Defective Replace
NO
between CN- temperature sensor
50(24) - CD-8(1)
SPEC : 0‫װ‬
Check resistance KEY OFF
between CN -50 Poor connection Repair
NO
(15) - CD-8(2) between CN-50(24)
- CD-8(1)
SPEC : 0‫װ‬
KEY OFF
Poor connection Repair
NO
between CN-50(15)
- CD-8(2)
Wiring diagram
CONTROLLER
WATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR
15 T 2 C
24 U 1
CD-8
CN-50 CN-3
Table
Temp(Ş
C) -20ŞC -10ŞC 0ŞC 15ŞC 30ŞC
Resistance 15k‫װ‬ 9k‫װ‬ 5.7k‫װ‬ 3k‫װ‬ 1.6k‫װ‬

Tolerance Ź1.5k‫װ‬ Ź0.9k‫װ‬ Ź0.57k‫װ‬ Ź0.3k‫װ‬ Ź0.16k‫װ‬
6 - 55
8. MALFUNCTION OF POWER MAX
Check resistance Cause Remedy

YES
between CN-88 Defective power Repair or replace
(1) - (2) max. solenoid valve
YES Resistance
between CN-50 SPEC: 15-30‫װ‬
(21) -GND normal? See TEST 14
Short circuit or poor Repair or replace
NO
SPEC : Power max button pressed ON : 0‫װ‬ connection between
Is voltage between Power max button released OFF : ſ‫װ‬
See TEST 15 CN-50(21) - CS-
CN-88(1) -GND
normal? 29 and CN-53(10) -
CN-88(1)
SPEC
KEY ON : 24Ź1V
KEY OFF : 0V
See TEST 14
Short circuit or poor Repair or replace
NO
connection between
CN-88(1)-battery
relay(+)
Wiring diagram
CPU CONTROLLER
10
POWER MAX SOLENOID
CN-53 1
2
21
CN-88
CN-50
U
FUSE
POWER MAX SWITCH CN-2
NO.6
CS-29
6 - 56
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : Key ON : 24Ź1V
(1) Test 14 : Check voltage between connector Key OFF : 0V
Resistance : 15~30‫װ‬
CN-88 - GND.
‫ ڸ‬Start key ON.
‫ ڹ‬Disconnect connector CN-88 from power Power max. switch
max solenoid valve.
‫ ں‬Check voltage as figure.
LH lever
CN-88
CN-88
Power max.
solenoid valve
Multimeter
(2) Test 15 : Check resistance between

connector CN-50(21)-GND. SPEC : Power max button pressed ON : 0‫װ‬
Power max button released OFF : ſ‫װ‬
‫ ڹ‬Remove CPU controller and disconnect
CPU
connector CN-50 from CPU controller. CONTROLLER
CN-50 CN-51 CN-52 CN-53
CN-50
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Ground
Multimeter
6 - 57
SECTION 7 MAINTENANCE STANDARD
GROUP 1 OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST
1. PURPOSE
Performance tests are used to check.
1) OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE OF A NEW
MACHINE
Whenever a new machine is delivered in Working
parts and reassembled at a customer's site, condition
it must be tested to confirm that the
operational performance of the machine Maintenance
meets Hyundai spec. record
2) OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE OF A
WORKING MACHINE
With the passage of time, the machine's
operational performance deteriorates, so
that the machine needs to be serviced
periodically to restore it to its original Operating
time
performance level.
Before servicing the machine, conduct
performance tests to check the extent of
deterioration, and to decide what kind of
service needs to be done(By referring to the
"Service Limits" in this manual).
3) OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE OF A
REPAIRED MACHINE
After the machine is repaired or serviced, it
must be tested to confirm that its
operational performance was restored by
the repair and/or service work done.
7-1
2. TERMINOLOGY
1) STANDARD
Specifications applied to the brand-new
machine, components and parts.
2) SERVICE LIMIT
The lowest acceptable performance level.
When the performance level of the machine
falls below this level, the machine must be
removed from work and repaired.
Necessary parts and components must be
replaced.
7-2
3. OPERATION FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS
1) Observe the following rules in order to carry
out performance tests accurately and
safely.
(1) The machine
Repair any defects and damage found,
such as oil or water leaks, loose bolts,
cracks and so on, before starting to test.
(2) Test area
‫ ڸ‬Select a hard, flat surface.
‫ ڹ‬Secure enough space to allow the
machine to run straight more than 20m,
and to make a full swing with the front
attachment extended.
‫ ں‬If required, rope off the test area and
provide signboards to keep unauthorized
personnel away.
(3) Precautions
‫ ڸ‬Before starting to test, agree upon the
signals to be employed for communication
among coworkers. Once the test is
started, be sure to communicate with
each other using these signals, and to
follow them without fail.
‫ ڹ‬Operate the machine carefully and
always give first priority to safety.
‫ ں‬While testing, always take care to avoid
accidents due to landslides or contact
with high voltage power lines. Always
confirm that there is sufficient space for
full swings.
‫ ڻ‬Avoid polluting the machine and the
ground with leaking oil. Use oil pans to
catch escaping oil. Pay special attention
to this when removing hydraulic pipings.
(4) Make precise measurements
‫ ڸ‬Accurately calibrate test instruments in
advance to obtain correct data.
‫ ڹ‬Carry out tests under the exact test
conditions prescribed for each test item.
‫ ں‬Repeat the same test and confirm that
the test data obtained can be procured
repeatedly. Use mean values of
measurements if necessary.
7-3
2) ENGINE SPEED
(1) Measure the engine speed at each power
mode.
Ɠ The engine speed at each power mode
must meet standard RPM ; If not, all other
operational performance data will be
unreliable. It is essential to perform this
test first.
(2) Preparation
‫ ڸ‬Warm up the machine, until the engine
coolant temperature reaches 50Ş C or
more, and the hydraulic oil is 50Ź5Ş
C.
‫ ڹ‬Push the H-mode switch and confirm that
the fuel injection pump governor lever
comes into contact with the high-idle
stopper.
‫ ں‬To measure engine RPM.
(3) Measurement
‫ ڸ‬Start the engine. The engine will run at
start idle speed. Measure engine speed
with a tachometer.
‫ ڹ‬Measure and record the engine speed at
each mode(H.S.L.F).
‫ ں‬Select the H-mode.
‫ ڻ‬Lightly operate the bucket control lever a
few times, then return the control lever to
neutral; The engine will automatically
enter the auto-idle speed after 4
seconds.
‫ ڼ‬Measure and record the auto deceleration
speed.
(4) Evaluation
The measured speeds should meet the following specifications.
Unit : rpm
Model Engine speed Standard Remarks
Start idle 950Ź100

H mode 2450Ź50
S mode 2250Ź50
R160LC-3
L mode 2250Ź50
F mode 1750Ź50
Auto decel 1200Ź100
7-4
3) TRAVEL SPEED
(1) Measure the time required for the
excavator to travel a 20m test track.
(2) Preparation
‫ ڸ‬Adjust the tension of both tracks to be
equal.
‫ ڹ‬Prepare a flat and solid test track 20m in
length, with extra length of 3 to 5m on
both ends for machine acceleration and 0.3~0.5m
deceleration.
‫ ں‬Hold the bucket 0.3 to 0.5m above the
ground with the arm and bucket rolled in.
‫ ڻ‬Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ź5Ş C.
(3) Measurement
‫ ڸ‬Measure both the low and high speeds of
the machine.
‫ ڹ‬Before starting either the low or high
speed tests, adjust the travel mode
switch to the speed to be tested, then
select the following switch positions. 20m 3~5m
3~5m
ş Mode selector : H mode
‫ ں‬Start traveling the machine in the
acceleration zone with the travel levers at
full stroke.
‫ ڻ‬Measure the time required to travel 20m.
‫ ڼ‬After measuring the forward travel speed,
turn the upperstructure 180Ş and
measure the reverse travel speed.
‫ ڽ‬Repeat steps ‫ ڻ‬and ‫ ڼ‬three times in
each direction and calculate the average
values.
(4) Evaluation
The average measured time should meet the following specifications.
Unit : Seconds / 20m
Model Travel speed Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
1 Speed 22.6Ź2.0 30.2

R160LC-3
2 Speed 13.3Ź1.0 17.3
7-5
4) TRACK REVOLUTION SPEED
(1) Measure the track revolution cycle time
with the track raised off ground.
(2) Preparation
‫ ڸ‬Adjust the tension of both side tracks to
be equal.
‫ ڹ‬On the track to be measured, mark one
90~110Ş
shoe with chalk.
‫ ں‬Swing the upperstructure 90Şand lower
the bucket to raise the track off ground. Mark
Keep the boom-arm angle between 90 to
110Şas shown. Place blocks under
machine frame.
50Ź5Ş C.
(3) Measurement
‫ ڸ‬Select the following switch positions.
ş Travel mode switch : 1 or 2 speed
ş Auto decel switch : OFF
‫ ڹ‬Operate the travel control lever of the
raised track in full forward and reverse.
‫ ں‬Rotate 1 turn, then measure time taken
for next 3 revolutions.
‫ ڻ‬Raise the other side of machine and
repeat the procedure.
‫ ڼ‬Repeat steps ‫ ں‬and ‫ ڻ‬three times and
calculate the average values.
(4) Evaluation
The revolution cycle time of each track should meet the following specifications.
Unit : Seconds / 3 revolutions
Model Travel speed Standard Maximum allowable
1 Speed 25.0Ź2.0 32
R160LC-3
2 Speed 16.0Ź2.0 22
7-6
5) TRAVEL DEVIATION
(1) Measure the deviation by the tracks from
a 20m straight line.
(2) Preparation
‫ ڸ‬Adjust the tension of both tracks to be
equal.
‫ ڹ‬Provide a flat, solid test yard 20m in
0.3~0.5m
length, with extra length of 3 to 5m on
both ends for machine acceleration and
deceleration.
‫ ں‬Hold the bucket 0.3 to 0.5m above the
ground with the arm and bucket rolled in.
50Ź5Ş C.
(3) Measurement
‫ ڸ‬Measure the amount of mistracking at
high and low travel speeds.
‫ ڹ‬Before beginning each test, select the
following switch positions. 3~5m extra length
ş Mode selector : H mode a
M
20
‫ ں‬Start traveling the machine in the
acceleration zone with the travel levers at
full stroke. 3~5m extra length
‫ ڻ‬Measure the distance between a straight
20m line and the track made by the
machine.(Dimension a)
‫ ڼ‬After measuring the tracking in forward
travel, turn the upperstructure 180Şand
measure that in reverse travel.
‫ ڽ‬Repeat steps ‫ ڻ‬and ‫ ڼ‬three times and
(4) Evaluation
Mistrack should be within the following specifications.
Unit : mm / 20m
Model Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
R160LC-3 200 below 240
7-7
6) SWING SPEED
(1) Measure the time required to swing three
complete turns.
(2) Preparation
‫ ڸ‬Check the lubrication of the swing gear
and swing bearing.
‫ ڹ‬Place the machine on flat, solid ground
with ample space for swinging. Do not
conduct this test on slopes.
‫ ں‬With the arm rolled out and bucket rolled
in, hold the bucket so that the height of
the bucket pin is the same as the boom
foot pin. The bucket must be empty.
50Ź5Ş C.
(3) Measurement
ş Mode selector : Each mode
‫ ڹ‬Operate swing control lever fully.
‫ ں‬Swing 1 turn and measure time taken to
swing next 3 revolutions.
‫ ڻ‬Repeat steps ‫ ڹ‬and ‫ ں‬three time and
(4) Evaluation
The time required for 3 swings should meet the following specifications.
Unit : Seconds / 3 revolutions
Model Power selector switch Standard Maximum allowable
R160LC-3 H mode 15.0Ź1.5 17.5Ź1.5
7-8
7) SWING FUNCTION DRIFT CHECK
(1) Measure the swing drift on the bearing
outer circumference when stopping after a
360Şfull speed swing.
(2) Preparation
‫ ڸ‬Check the lubrication of the swing gear
and swing bearing.
‫ ڹ‬Place the machine on flat, solid ground
with ample space for swinging. Do not
conduct this test on slopes.
‫ ں‬With the arm rolled out and bucket rolled
foot pin. The bucket must be empty.
‫ ڻ‬Make two chalk marks: one on the swing
bearing and one directly below it on the
track frame.
‫ ڼ‬Swing the upperstructure 360Ş .
‫ ڽ‬Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ź5Ş C.
(3) Measurement
‫ ڸ‬Conduct this test in the H mode.
‫ ڹ‬Select the following switch positions.
‫ ں‬Operate the swing control lever fully and
return it to the neutral position when the
mark on the upperstructure aligns with
that on track frame after swinging 360Ş -
‫ ڻ‬Measure the distance between the two 360Ş
swing
marks.
‫ ڼ‬Align the marks again, swing 360Ş , then Drift angle Swing start and stop
test the opposite direction.
‫ ڽ‬Repeat steps ‫ ں‬and ‫ ڼ‬three times each
and calculate the average values.
(4) Evaluation
The measured drift angle should be within the following specifications.
Unit : Degree
Model Mode select switch Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
R160LC-3 H mode 90 below 120
7-9
8) SWING BEARING PLAY
(1) Measure the swing bearing play using a
dial gauge to check the wear of bearing
races and balls.
(2) Preparation
‫ ڸ‬Check swing bearing mounting cap
screws for loosening.
‫ ڹ‬Check the lubrication of the swing
bearing. Confirm that bearing rotation is
smooth and without noise.
‫ ں‬Install a dial gauge on the track frame as
shown, using a magnetic base.
‫ ڻ‬Position the upperstructure so that the
boom aligns with the tracks facing
towards the front idlers.
‫ ڼ‬Position the dial gauge so that its needle
point comes into contact with the bottom
face of the bearing outer race.
‫ ڽ‬Bucket should be empty.
(3) Measurement Measurement : (h1)

‫ ڸ‬With the arm rolled out and bucket rolled
in, hold the bottom face of the bucket to
the same height of the boom foot pin.
Record the dial gauge reading(h1).
‫ ڹ‬Lower the bucket to the ground and use
it to raise the front idler 50cm. Measurement : (h2)
Record the dial gauge reading(h2).
‫ ں‬Calculate bearing play(H) from this
data(h1 and h2) as follows.
H = h2-h1
(4) Evaluation
The measured drift should be within the following specifications.
Unit : mm
Model Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
R160LC-3 1.5 below 3.0
7 - 10
9) HYDRAULIC CYLINDER CYCLE TIME
(1) Measure the cycle time of the boom,
standard arm, and standard bucket
cylinders.
(2) Preparation şBoom cylinder
Raise
‫ ڸ‬To measure the cycle time of the boom
cylinders.
With the arm rolled out and the empty
bucket rolled out, lower the bucket to the Lower
ground, as shown.
‫ ڹ‬To measure the cycle time of the arm
cylinder.
şArm cylinder
With the empty bucket rolled in, position
the arm so that it is vertical to the ground. Roll in Roll out
Lower the boom until the bucket is 0.5m
Ş
above the ground.
90
‫ ں‬To measure the cycle time of the bucket 0.5m
cylinder.
The empty bucket should be positioned
at midstroke between roll-in and roll-out, şBucket cylinder
so that the sideplate edges are vertical to
the ground.
50Ź5Ş C. Roll in Roll out
(3) Measurement 0.5m
‫ ڹ‬To measure cylinder cycle times.
-Boom cylinders.
Measure the time it takes to raise the
boom, and the time it takes to lower the
boom. To do so, position the boom at
one stroke end then move the control
lever to the other stroke end as quickly as
possible.
-Arm cylinder.
Measure the time it takes to roll in the
arm, and the time it takes to roll out the
arm. To do so, position the bucket at
one stroke end, then move the control
lever to the other stroke end as quickly as
possible.
7 - 11
- Bucket cylinders.
Measure the time it takes to roll in the
bucket, and the time it takes to roll out
the bucket. To do so, position the
bucket at one stroke end, then move the
control lever to the other stroke end as
quickly as possible.
- Repeat each measurement 3 times and
(4) Evaluation
The average measured time should meet the following specifications.
Unit : Seconds
Model Function Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
Boom raise 3.2Ź0.3 3.8

Boom lower 2.7Ź0.3 3.0
Arm in 3.5Ź0.4 4.6
R160LC-3
Arm out 2.7Ź0.3 3.8
Bucket load 2.2Ź0.4 3.9
Bucket dump 2.1Ź0.3 2.6
7 - 12
10) DIG FUNCTION DRIFT CHECK
(1) Measure dig function drift, which can be
caused by oil leakage in the control valve
and boom, standard arm, and standard
bucket cylinders, with the loaded bucket.
When testing the dig function drift just
after cylinder replacement, slowly operate
each cylinder to its stroke end to purge air.
(2) Preparation
‫ ڸ‬Load bucket fully. Instead of loading the
bucket, weight(W) of the following
specification can be used.
şW=M3ź1.5
Where :
M3 = Bucket heaped capacity(m3)
1.5= Soil specific gravity
‫ ڹ‬Position the arm cylinder with the rod 20
to 30mm extended from the fully retracted
position.
‫ ں‬Position the bucket cylinder with the rod
20 to 30mm retracted from the fully
extended position.
‫ ڻ‬With the arm rolled out and bucket rolled
foot pin.
‫ ڼ‬Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ź5Ş C.
(3) Measurement
‫ ڸ‬Stop the engine.
‫ ڹ‬Five minutes after the engine has been
stopped, measure the changes in the
positions of the boom, arm and bucket
cylinders.
‫ ں‬Repeat step ‫ ڹ‬three times and calculate
the average values.
(4) Evaluation
Unit : mm / 5min
Model Drift to be measured Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
Boom cylinder 40 below 55

R160LC-3 Arm cylinder 60 below 75
Bucket cylinder 40 below 60
7 - 13
11) CONTROL LEVER OPERATING FORCE
(1) Use a spring scale to measure the
maximum resistance of each control lever
at the middle of the grip.
(2) Preparation
‫ ڸ‬Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ź5ŞC.
(3) Measurement
‫ ڸ‬Start the engine.
‫ ڹ‬Select the following switch positions.
‫ ں‬Operate each boom, arm, bucket and
swing lever at full stroke and measure
the maximum operating force for each.
‫ ڻ‬Lower the bucket to the ground to raise
one track off the ground. Operate the
travel lever at full stroke and measure the
maximum operating force required.
When finished, lower the track and then
jack-up the other track.
‫ ڼ‬Repeat steps ‫ ں‬and ‫ ڻ‬three times and
(4) Evaluation
The measured operating force should be within the following specifications.
Unit : kgf
Model Kind of lever Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
Boom lever 1.6 or below 1.9

Arm lever 1.6 or below 1.9
R160LC-3 Bucket lever 1.6 or below 1.9
Swing lever 1.6 or below 1.9
Travel lever 2.1 or below 2.9
7 - 14
12) CONTROL LEVER STROKE
(1) Measure each lever stroke at the lever top
using a ruler.
Ɠ When the lever has play, take a half of this
value and add it to the measured stroke.
(2) Preparation
Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ź5Ş C.
(3) Measurement
‫ ڹ‬Measure each lever stroke at the lever
top from neutral to the stroke end using a
ruler.
‫ ں‬Repeat step ‫ ڹ‬three times and calculate
the average values.
(4) Evaluation
Unit : mm
Model Kind of lever Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
Boom lever 83Ź10 103

Arm lever 83Ź10 103
R160LC-3 Bucket lever 83Ź10 103
Swing lever 83Ź10 103
Travel lever 150Ź10 195
7 - 15
13) PILOT PRIMARY PRESSURE
(1) Preparation
‫ ڹ‬Remove the top cover of the hydraulic
tank oil supply port with a wrench.
‫ ں‬Loosen and remove plug on the pilot
pump delivery port and connect pressure
gauge.
‫ ڻ‬Start the engine and check for oil
leakage from the port.
50Ź5Ş C.
(2) Measurement
‫ ڹ‬Measure the primary pilot pressure in the
H mode.
(3) Evaluation
The average measured pressure should meet the following specifications.
Unit : kgf / cm2
Model Engine speed Standard Allowable limits Remarks
R160LC-3 H mode 40Ź5 -
7 - 16
14) FOR TRAVEL SPEED SELECTING PRESSURE
(1) Preparation
‫ ڹ‬Push the pressure release button to
bleed air.
‫ ں‬To measure the speed selecting pressure.
Install a connector and pressure gauge
assembly to turning joint E port as shown.
‫ ڻ‬Start the engine and check for on
leakage from the adapter.
50Ź5Ş C.
(2) Measurement
Travel mode switch : 1 speed
2 speed
şMode selector : H mode
‫ ڹ‬Measure the travel speed selecting
pressure in the Hi or Lo mode.
‫ ں‬Lower the bucket to the ground to raise
the track off the ground. Operate the
travel lever at full stroke and measure the
fast speed pressure.
‫ ڻ‬Repeat steps ‫ ڹ‬and ‫ ں‬three times and
(3) Evaluation
The average measured pressure should be within the following specifications.
Unit : kgf / cm2
Model Travel speed mode Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
1 Speed 0 -
R160LC-3
2 Speed 40Ź5 -
7 - 17
15) Power boost pressure
(1) Preparation
tank oil supply port with wrench.
‫ ں‬Turn the pressure release L wrench to
bleed air.
‫ ڻ‬To measure the power boost pressure.
assembly to main relief valve, as shown.
‫ ڼ‬Start the engine and check for oil
leakage from the adapter.
50Ź5Ş C.
(2) Measurement
ş Power boost switch : ON
‫ ڹ‬Measure the power boost pressure in the
normal and power boost.
(3) Evaluation
Unit : kgf / cm2
Model Power boost switch Standard Allowable limits Remarks
Normal 0 -
R160LC-3
Poost boost 40Ź5 -
7 - 18
16) SWING PARKING BRAKE RELEASING PRESSURE
(1) Preparation
‫ ڹ‬The pressure release L wrench to bleed
air.
‫ ں‬Install a connector and pressure gauge
assembly to swing motor SH port, as
shown.
‫ ڻ‬Start the engine and check for oil leakage
from the adapter.
50Ź5Ş C.
(2) Measurement
‫ ڹ‬Operate the swing function or arm roll in
function and measure the swing brake
control pressure with the brake
disengaged. Release the control lever to
return to neutral and measure the control
pressure when the brake is applied.
Repeat step ‫ ڹ‬three times and calculate
the average values.
(3) Evaluation
Unit : kgf / cm2
Model Description Standard Allowable limits Remarks
Brake disengaged 40 22~50
R160LC-3
Brake applied 0 -
7 - 19
17) MAIN PUMP DELIVERY PRESSURE
(1) Preparation
‫ ں‬Push the pressure release button to
bleed air.
‫ ڻ‬To measure the main pump pressure.
assembly main pump gauge port as
shown.
‫ ڼ‬Start the engine and check for oil
leakage from the port.
50Ź5Ş C.
(2) Measurement
‫ ڹ‬Measure the main pump delivery
pressure in the H mode(High idle).
(3) Evaluation
Unit : kgf / cm2
Model Engine speed Standard Allowable limits Remarks
R160LC-3 High idle 30*5 -
7 - 20
18) SYSTEM PRESSURE REGULATOR RELIEF SETTING
(1) Preparation
‫ ں‬Push the pressure release button to
bleed air.
‫ ڻ‬To measure the system relief pressure.
assembly main pump gauge port, as
shown.
‫ ڼ‬Start the engine and check for oil leakage
from the port.
50Ź5Ş C.
(2) Measurement
şAuto decel switch : OFF
‫ ڹ‬Slowly operate each control lever of
boom, arm and bucket functions at full
stroke over relief and measure the
pressure.
‫ ں‬In the swing function, place bucket
against an immovable object and
measure the relief pressure.
‫ ڻ‬In the travel function, lock undercarriage
with an immovable object and measure
the relief pressure.
‫ ڼ‬In the power boost function, pushing the
power boost switch at the top of right
control lever an immovable object and
measure the relief pressure.
(3) Evaluation
Unit : kgf / cm2
Model Function to be tested Normal Power boost Overload
Boom, Arm, Bucket 320Ź10 350Ź10 380
R160LC-3 Travel 350Ź10 350Ź10 -
Swing 260 260 -
7 - 21
GROUP 2 MAJOR COMPONENT
1. MAIN PUMP
3 1 2
9 6 5 4 7
Standard Recommended
Part name & inspection item replacement Counter measures
dimension value
Clearance
between piston(1) & d D Replace piston
cylinder bore(2) 0.028 0.056
or cylinder
(D-d)
Play between
piston(1) & shoe caulking
0-0.1 0.3
section(3)
(҇) Replace
assembly of
Thickness of shoe piston & shoe
҇
(t) t 3.9 3.7
Free height of cylinder

spring(t) Replace
31.3 30.5
(L) cylinder spring
L
Combined height of set

h H Replace
plate(H) & spherical
bushing(h) 10.5 9.8 retainer or set
(H-h) plate
Surface roughness for Surface roughness

3z
valve plate(Sliding face) necessary to be corrected
(7,8), swash plate(Shoe Lapping
plate area)(9), & cylinder(2) Standard surface roughness
0.4z or lower
(Sliding face) (Corrected value)
7 - 22
2. MAIN CONTROL VALVE
Part name Inspection item Criteria & measure
Casing ş Existence of scratch, rusting or corrosion ş In case of damage in following section,

replace part
- Sliding sections of casing fore and spool,
especially land sections applied with
holded pressure
- Seal pocket section where spool is
inserted
- Seal section of port where O-ring
contacts
- Seal section of each relief valve for main,
travel, and port
- Other damages that may damage normal
functions
Spool ş Existence of scratch, gnawing, rusting or ş Replacement when its outside sliding
corrosion section has scratch(Especially on seals-
contacting section)
ş O-ring seal sections at both ends ş Replacement when its sliding section has
scratch
ş Insert spool in casing hole, rotate and ş Correction or replacement when O-ring is
reciprocate it damaged or when spool does not move
smoothly
Poppet ş Damage of poppet or spring ş Correction or replacement when sealing is

incomplete
ş Insert poppet into casing and function it ş Normal when it can function lightly without
being caught
Around spring ş Rusting, corrosion, deformation or breaking ş Replacement for significant damage
of spring, spring seat, plug or cover
Around seal for spool ş External oil leakage ş Correction or replacement

ş Rusting, corrosion or deformation of seal ş Correction or replacement
plate
Main relief valve, port ş External rusting or damage ş Replacement

relief valve & negative ş ş Replacement when damaged
Contacting face of valve seat
control relief valve
ş Contacting face of poppet ş Replacement when damaged
ş Abnormal spring ş Replacement
ş O-rings, back up rings and seals ş 100$ replacement in general
7 - 23
3. SWING DEVICE
3 1 2
5 6 4
Part name & inspection item replacement Counter measures
dimension value
Clearance
between piston(1) & d D Replace piston
0.028 0.058
cylinder bore(2) or cylinder
(D-d)
Play between
piston(1) & shoe caulking
0 3
section(3)
(҇) Replace
assembly of
Thickness of shoe piston & shoe
҇
(t) t 5.5 5.3
Thickness of friction
Replace
plate(4)
- 4.0 3.6 cylinder friction
plate
Combined height of set

plate(5) & spherical Replace
bushing(6) h H 6.5 12.5 retainer or set
(H-h) plate
7 - 24
4. TRAVEL DEVICE
1) MOTOR
Part name General view Remedy
dimension replacement value
Piston ňSliding surface has a deep Replace cylinder
- -
subassembly(159) score or is roughened. block kit
ňThe clearance between the
piston and the cylinder block 0.035 0.050
bore is large.
ňShoe ball has a large gap. 0.15 0.4
Cylinder block(157) ňSliding surface has a deep Replace cylinder
- -
score or is roughened. block kit
ňBore is worn very much. - -
ňWear or breakage occurred
- -
during meshing of gear teeth.
Valve plate(158) ňSliding surface has a deep Replace cylinder
cut, seizure, uneven wear or - - block kit
is roughened.
Retainer plate(160) ňSliding surface has a deep cut, Replace cylinder
Retainer holder(161) seizure, uneven wear or is - - plate kit
roughened.
Swash plate(162) ňSliding surface has a deep cut, Replace swash
seizure, uneven wear or is - - plate steel ball
roughened.
ňThe swash plate has deep
Depth of sphere Depth of sphere
score and seizure in the face
14.3 14.5
in contact with steel ball(174).
Shaft(156) ňSliding surface of oil seal(163) Replace shaft
- -
is deeply scored or roughened.
ňMeshing gear teeth have been
- -
abnormally worn or broken.
Valve(145) ňSliding surface is deeply Replace base plate
- -
scored or roughened. subassembly
valve and base plate(103) is 0.025 0.050
large.
Collar(142) ňSliding surface is deeply Replace base plate
- -
0.030 0.060
collar and valve(145) is large.
Spring guide(144) ňSliding surface is deeply Replace base plate
- -
spring guide and valve(145) is 0.030 0.060
large.
7 - 25
Part name General view Standard Recommended Remedy
Free piston(136) ňThe clearance between the Replace valve
piston and base plate(103) is - - subassembly
large.
ňSliding surface is deeply scored
- -
or roughened.
Relief housing ňSliding surface of free piston is Replace valve
- -
subassembly(122) deeply scored or roughened. subassembly
Spring(107) ňSpring is deformed or broken Replace spring
Spring(111) excessively.
Spring(118)
Spring(126)
- -
Spring(150)
Spring(169)
Spring(183)
Spring(194)
Brake piston(178) ňSliding surface is deeply scored Replace brake piston
- -
Friction plate(180) or roughened. Replace friction plate
Disc plate(181) ňDisc(Abrasive agent)is deeply Replace disc plate
- -
scored or peeled off.
Roller bearing(165) ňRolling surface has developed Replace roller bearing
- -
flaking or peeling.
ňRolling surface has blow marks. - -
ňRotation is abnormal.
(Abnormal sound and unsmooth - -
rotation)
Piston subassembly ňSliding surface is deeply scored Replace piston
- -
(164) or roughened. case subassembly
0.020 0.040
piston and the casing is large.
ňThe shoe ball has a large gap. 0.5 1.0
Steel ball(163) ňThe contact surface of the steel Replace swash
ball with swash plate(162) is - - plate steel ball
seized.
Plunger(105) ňSliding surface is deeply scored Replace base plate
- -
or roughened. subassembly
plunger and base plate(103) is 0.020 0.060
large.
Base plate(103) ňSliding surface is deeply scored Replace base plate
- -
or roughened. subassembly
ňSurface is so roughened that oil
- -
leak may occur.
7 - 26
2) REDUCTION GEAR
Replace parts according to the standards of the below table : Handle parts with care so that too face
and the sliding surface of bearings may not be scored. Do not reuse seals once used after
disassembly, but replace all of them with new ones.
Part Name Parts replacement standard
Holder A ňWhen gear teeth develop pitting or peeling.

subassembly(301) ňWhen flaking occurs on the rolling surface of
Holder B needle bearings, gear shafts and planetary
subassembly(308) - - gears.
Holder C ňRotation of bearings is abnormal(Abnormal
subassembly(315) sound, unsmooth rotation, etc).
ňWhen gears have gap in their axial direction.
Drive gear(323) ňWhen gear tooth face develops pitting or
Sun gear B(325) peeling.
- -
Sun gear C(327)
Link gear(342)
Planetary gear A(303) ňWhen gear tooth develop pitting or peeling.
Planetary gear B(310) - - ňWhen the rolling surface of needle bearings
Planetary gear C(317) develops pitting or peeling(Bore of gears).
Needle bearing(304) ňWhen the needle and the rolling surface
Bar-shape roller(311) develop flaking and peeling.
Bar-shape roller(318) ňWhen the needle and the rolling surface
Bar-shape roller(305) - - develop blow marks.
Bar-shape roller(312) ňThe rotation of bearings is unusual.
Bar-shape roller(319) (Abnormal sound, unsmooth rotation, etc.)
Floating bush(320)
Holder A(302) ňLarge gap is present between holder and
Holder B(309) - - gear shaft.
Holder C(316)
Thrust plate(324) 2.0 1.9
Thrust plate(346) 3.2 3.1
3.0 2.9
2.8 2.7
2.3 2.2
1.8 1.7
Angular bearing(12) ňWhen rotation is abnormal.(Abnormal
- -
sound, unsmooth rotation, etc)
Floating seal(11) ňWhen the sliding surface has such faults
- -
that may cause oil leakage.
7 - 27
5. RCV LEVER
Maintenance
Criteria Remark
check item
Leakage The valve is to be replaced when the leakage becomes Conditions :
more than 1000cc/m at neutral handle position, or more Primary pressure : 30kgf/cm2
than 2000cc/m during operation. Oil viscosity : 23cSt
Spool This is to be replaced when the sliding surface has The leakage at the left condition is
worn more than 10ҏm, compared with the non-sliding estimated to be nearly equal to the
surface. above leakage.
Push rod
‫ٻ‬7
1mm
This is to be replaced when the top end has worn more

than 1mm.
Play at operating The pin, shaft, and joint of the operating section are to When a play is due to looseness of
section be replaced when their plays become more than 2mm a tightened section, adjust it.
due to wears or so on.
Operation stability When abnormal noises, hunting, primary pressure

drop, etc. are generated during operation, and these
cannot be remedied, referring to section 6
troubleshooting, replace the related parts.
Notes 1. It is desirable to replace seal materials, such as O-rings, every disassembling. However, they may be
reused, after being confirmed to be free of damage.
2. When loosening the hexagon socket head cap screw(125), replace the seal washers(121) without fail.
7 - 28
6. RCV PEDAL
Maintenance
Criteria Remark
check item
Leakage The valve is to be replaced when the leakage effect to Conditions :
the system. For example, the primary pressure drop. Primary pressure : 30kgf/cm 2
Oil viscosity : 23cSt
Spool This is to be replaced when the sliding surface has The leakage at the left condition is
worn more than 10ҏm, compared with the non-sliding estimated to be nearly equal to the
surface. above leakage.
Push rod
‫ٻ‬7
1mm
This is to be replaced when th top end has worn more

than 1mm.
Play at operating The pin, shaft, and joint of the operating section are to When a play is due to looseness of
section be replaced when their plays become more than 2mm a tightened section, adjust it.
due to wears or so on.
Operation stability When abnormal noises, hunting, primary pressure

drop, etc. are generated during operation, and these
cannot be remedied, referring to section 6
troubleshooting, replace the related parts.
Notes 1. It is desirable to replace seal materials, such as O-rings, every disassembling. However, they may be
reused, after being confirmed to be free of damage.
7 - 29
7. TURNING JOINT
Part name Maintenance standards Remedy
Sliding surface with Plating worn or peeled due to seizure or contamination Replace
sealing sections
Sliding surface ş Worn abnormality or damaged more than 0.1mm Replace

between body and (0.0039in) in depth due to seizure contamination
Body, stem other than
sealing section ş Damaged more than 0.1mm(0.0039in) in depth Smooth with oilstone
Stem
Sliding surface ş Worn more than 0.5mm(0.02in) or abnormality Replace
with thrust plate ş Worn less than 0.5mm(0.02in) Smooth
ş Damage due to seizure or contamination remediable Smooth
within wear limit (0.5mm((0.02in)
Sliding surface ş Worn more than 0.5mm(0.02in) or abnormality Replace

with thrust plate ş Worn less than 0.5mm (0.02in) Smooth
Cover
ş Damage due to seizure or contamination remediable
within wear limit (0.5mm((0.02in)
ş Extruded excessively from seal groove square ring Replace
- Extrusion
Square ring
ş Slipper ring 1.5mm(0.059in) narrower than seal Replace

groove, or narrower than back ring
Seal set -
1.5mm(max)
(0.059in)
ş Worn more than 0.5mm(0.02in) ~ 1.5mm(MAX) Replace

(0.059in)
7 - 30
8. CYLINDER
Part name Inspecting section Inspection item Remedy
Piston rod ş Neck of rod pin ş Presence of crack ş Replace
ş Weld on rod hub ş Presence of crack ş Replace
ş Stepped part to which piston ş Presence of crack ş Replace

is attached
ş Threads ş Presence of crack ş Recondition or replace
ş Plated surface ş Plating is not worn off to ş Replace or replate

base metal
ş Rust is not present on plating ş Replace or replate
ş Scratches are not present ş Recondition, replate or replace
ş Rod ş Wear of O.D. ş Recondition, replate or replace
Cylinder tube ş Bushing at mounting part ş Wear of I.D. ş Replace

ş Weld on bottom ş Presence of crack ş Replace
ş Weld on head ş Presence of crack ş Replace

ş Weld on hub ş Presence of crack ş Replace
ş Tube interior ş Presence of faults ş Replace if oil leak is seen
ş Bushing at mounting part ş Wear on inner surface ş Replace
Gland ş Bushing ş Flaw on inner surface ş Replace if flaw is deeper than

coating
7 - 31
GROUP 3 TRACK AND WORK EQUIPMENT
1. TRACK
1) TRACK ROLLER
2
6
1
3 4
Unit : mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
1 Outside diameter of flange
‫ٻ‬193 ,
Rebuild or
2 Outside diameter of tread ‫ٻ‬160 ‫ٻ‬148
replace
3 Width of tread 46.5 51.5
4 Width of flange 32 -
Tolerance Standard Clearance
Standard size clearance limit
Clearance between shaft Shaft Hole
5 and bushing
‫ٻ‬60 0 +0.40 0.35
-0.055 +0.35 to 0.455 1.5
Replace
Standard Tolerance Standard Interference bushing
Interference between roller size Interference limit
6 Shaft Hole
and bushing
‫ٻ‬68 +0.132 +0.046 0.056 -
+0.102 0 to 0.132
Standard clearance Clearance limit
7 Side clearance of roller Replace
0.35 to 1.3 1.5
7 - 32
2) CARRIER ROLLER
4 3
5
1
Unit : mm

1 Outside diameter of flange
‫ٻ‬169 ,
Rebuild or
2 Outside diameter of tread ‫ٻ‬144 ‫ٻ‬134
replace
3 Width of tread 45.7 50.7
4 Width of flange 17 -
Standard size &Tolerance
Standard Interference
Clearance between shaft Shaft Bearing Replace
5
and bearing +0.033 0
‫ٻ‬50 ‫ٻ‬50 0.017 to 0.045
+0.017 - 0.012
Bearing Hole
Interference between bearing
6 0.018 to 0.073 Replace
and roller ‫ٻ‬82 0 ‫ٻ‬82 - 0.038
- 0.020 - 0.073
7 - 33
3) IDLER
7
1
2
3 5
4
Unit : mm

1 Outside diameter of protrusion
‫ٻ‬560 ,
2 Outside diameter of tread ‫ٻ‬520 ‫ٻ‬510 Rebuild or
3 Width of protrusion 84 - replace
4 Total width 160 -

5 Width of tread 38 45
Standard size & Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between shaft and Shaft Hole clearance limit Replace
6
bushing bushing
0
‫ٻ‬65.3
+0.08 0.27
‫ٻ‬65 1.5
-0.03 - 0.03 to 0.41
Clearance between shaft and 0 +0.07 0.03
7 ‫ٻ‬65 ‫ٻ‬65 - Replace
support -0.03 +0.03 to 0.1
Side clearance of idler Standard clearance Clearance limit Replace
8
(Both side) 0.65 to 1.2 2.0 bushing
7 - 34
4) TRACK
2 1 6
5
4
3
Unit : mm
1 Link pitch Turn or
190 201.2 replace
2 Outside diameter of bushing ‫ٻ‬60 ‫ٻ‬54.4
3 Height of grouser 26 16
Replace
4 Height of link 105Ź0.2 101
Standard size & Tolerance Standard Interference
Interference between bushing Shaft Hole interference limit
5
and link +0.38
‫ٻ‬54.96
+0.1 0.16 Replace
‫ٻ‬55 0.0424
+0.22 0 to 0.42
Interference between regular +0.18 +0.1 0.20
6 ‫ٻ‬38 ‫ٻ‬37.78 0.1
pin and link +0.08 0 to 0.40
7 Tightening torque Initial tightening torque : 81Ź4kgşm Check
7 - 35
5) TRACK FRAME AND RECOIL SPRING
2
3
1
Unit : mm
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit

+2
1 Vertical width of idler guide Track frame 108 0 112
- 0.5
Idler support 105 101 Rebuild or
- 1.0
replace
+3
Track frame 249 -1 254
2 Horizontal width of idler guide
Idler support 247 - 244

3 Recoil spring Free Installation Installation Free Installation
Replace
length length load length load
‫ٻ‬238ź558 437 11132kg , 8900kg
7 - 36
2. WORK EQUIPMENT
A C D E F
B K J I H G
Unit : mm
Pin Bushing
Remedy
Measuring point Normal Recomm. Recomm.
Mark Limit Limit &
(Pin and bushing) value service service
of use of use Remark
limit limit
A Boom rear 75 74 73.5 75.5 76 Replace

B Boom cylinder head 70 69 68.5 70.5 71 ţ
C Boom cylinder rod 75 74 73.5 75.5 76 ţ
D Arm cylinder head 70 69 68.5 70.5 71 ţ
E Boom front 75 74 73.5 75.5 76 ţ
F Arm cylinder rod 70 69 68.5 70.5 71 ţ
G Bucket cylinder head 70 69 68.5 70.5 71 ţ
H Arm link 70 69 68.5 70.5 71 ţ
I Bucket and arm link 70 69 68.5 70.5 71 ţ
J Bucket cylinder rod 70 69 68.5 70.5 71 ţ
K Bucket link 70 69 68.5 70.5 71 ţ
7 - 37
SECTION 8 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
GROUP 1 PRECAUTIONS
1. REMOVAL WORK
1) Lower the work equipment completely to the ground.
If the coolant contains antifreeze, dispose of it correctly.
2) After disconnecting hoses or tubes, cover them or fit blind plugs to prevent dirt or dust from entering.
3) When draining oil, prepare a container of adequate size to catch the oil.
4) Confirm the match marks showing the installation position, and make match marks in the necessary
places before removal to prevent any mistake when assembling.
5) To prevent any excessive force from being applied to the wiring, always hold the connectors when
disconnecting the connectors.
6) Fit wires and hoses with tags to show their installation position to prevent any mistake when
installing.
7) Check the number and thickness of the shims, and keep in a safe place.
8) When raising components, be sure to use lifting equipment of ample strength.
9) When using forcing screws to remove any components, tighten the forcing screws alternately.
10) Before removing any unit, clean the surrounding area and fit a cover to prevent any dust or dirt from
entering after removal.
11) When removing hydraulic equipment, first release the remaining pressure inside the hydraulic tank
and the hydraulic piping.
12) If the part is not under hydraulic pressure, the following corks can be used.
Nominal Dimensions
number D d L
06 6 5 8
08 8 6.5 11
10 10 8.5 12
12 12 10 15
14 14 11.5 18 Taper 1/8
ܵD ܵd
16 16 13.5 20
18 18 15 22
20 20 17 25
L
22 22 18.5 28
24 24 20 30
27 27 22.5 34
8-1
2. INSTALL WORK
1) Tighten all bolts and nuts(Sleeve nuts) to the specified torque.
2) Install the hoses without twisting or interference.
3) Replace all gaskets, O-rings, cotter pins, and lock plates with new parts.
4) Bend the cotter pin or lock plate securely.
5) When coating with adhesive, clean the part and remove all oil and grease, then coat the threaded
portion with 2-3 drops of adhesive.
6) When coating with gasket sealant, clean the surface and remove all oil and grease, check that there
is no dirt or damage, then coat uniformly with gasket sealant.
7) Clean all parts, and correct any damage, dents, burrs, or rust.
8) Coat rotating parts and sliding parts with engine oil.
9) When press fitting parts, coat the surface with antifriction compound(LM-P).
10) After installing snap rings, check that the snap ring is fitted securely in the ring groove(Check that
the snap ring moves in the direction of rotation).
11) When connecting wiring connectors, clean the connector to remove all oil, dirt, or water, then
connect securely.
12) When using eyebolts, check that there is no deformation or deterioration, and screw them in fully.
13) When tightening split flanges, tighten uniformly in turn to prevent excessive tightening on one side.
14) When operating the hydraulic cylinders for the first time after repairing and reassembling the
hydraulic cylinders, pumps, or other hydraulic equipment or piping, always bleed the air from the
hydraulic cylinders as follows.
(1) Start the engine and run at low idling.
(2) Operate the control lever and actuate the hydraulic cylinder 4-5 times, stopping 100mm before the
end of the stroke.
(3) Next, operate the piston rod to the end of its stroke to relieve the circuit. (The air bleed valve is
actuated to bleed the air.)
(4) After completing this operation, raise the engine speed to the normal operating condition.
Ɠ If the hydraulic cylinder has been replaced, carry out this procedure before assembling the rod to
the work equipment.
Ɠ Carry out the same operation on machines that have been in storage for a long time after
completion of repairs.
8-2
3. COMPLETING WORK
1) If the coolant has been drained, tighten the drain valve, and add water to the specified level. Run
the engine to circulate the water through the system. Then check the water level again.
2) If the hydraulic equipment has been removed and installed again, add engine oil to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through the system. Then check the oil level again.
3) If the piping or hydraulic equipment, such as hydraulic cylinders, pumps, or motors, have been
removed for repair, always bleed the air from the system after reassembling the parts.
4) Add the specified amount of grease(Molybdenum disulphied grease) to the work equipment related
parts.
8-3
GROUP 2 TIGHTENING TORQUE
1. MAJOR COMPONENTS
Torque
No. Descriptions Bolt size
kgfşm lbfşft
1 Engine mounting bolt, nut M22 ź 2.5 48 Ź 2.0 347 Ź 14.4
2 Radiator mounting bolt M12 ź 1.75 12.8 Ź 3.0 92.6 Ź 21.7
Engine
3 Coupling mounting socket bolt M16 ź 2.0 22 Ź 1.0 159 Ź 7.2
4 Main pump housing mounting bolt M10 ź 1.5 6.9 49.9
5 Main pump mounting socket bolt M16 ź 2.0 22.1Ź 2.4 160 Ź 17.4
6 Main control valve mounting nut M12 ź 1.75 12.2 Ź 1.3 88.2 Ź 9.4
Hydraulic
7 Fuel tank mounting bolt M20 ź 2.5 46 Ź 5.1 333 Ź 37
system
8 Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt M20 ź 2.5 46 Ź 5.1 333 Ź 37
9 Turning joint mounting bolt, nut M12 ź 1.75 12.2 Ź 1.3 88.2 Ź 9.4
10 Swing motor mounting bolt M20 ź 2.5 57.9 Ź 8.7 419 Ź 62.9
11 Swing bearing upper mounting bolt M20 ź 2.5 57.8 Ź 6.4 418 Ź 46.3
Power
12 train Swing bearing lower mounting bolt M20 ź 2.5 57.8 Ź 6.4 418 Ź 46.3
system
13 Travel motor mounting bolt M16 ź 2.0 23 Ź 2.5 166 Ź 18.1
14 Sprocket mounting bolt M16 ź 2.0 23 Ź 2.5 166 Ź 18.1
15 Carrier roller mounting bolt, nut M16 ź 2.0 29.6 Ź 3.2 214 Ź 23
16 Track roller mounting bolt M18 ź 2.5 41.3 Ź 5.0 299 Ź 36.2
Under
17 Track tension cylinder mounting bolt M16 ź 2.0 29.7 Ź 4.5 215 Ź 32.5
carriage
18 Track shoe mounting bolt, nut M20 ź 1.5 81 Ź 4.0 586 Ź 28.9
19 Track guard mounting bolt M18 ź 2.5 41.3 Ź 5.0 299 Ź 36.2
20 Counter weight mounting bolt M30 ź 3.5 199 Ź 30 1439 Ź 217
21 Others Cab mounting bolt, nut M12 ź 1.75 12.2 Ź 1.3 88.2 Ź 9.4
22 Operator's seat mounting bolt M 8 ź 1.25 2.5 Ź 0.5 18.1 Ź 3.6
Ɠ For tightening torque of engine and hydraulic components, see each components disassembly and
assembly.
8-4
2. TORQUE CHART
The torques given are standard figures. Any figures specifically described in this manual has priority.
1) METRIC BOLT - Coarse thread
8T 10T
Bolt size
kgfşm lbfşft kgfşm lbfşft
M 6 ź 1.0 0.85 ~ 1.25 6.15 ~ 9.04 1.14 ~ 1.74 8.2 ~ 12.6
M 8 ź 1.25 2.0 ~ 3.0 14.5 ~ 21.7 2.73 ~ 4.12 19.7 ~ 29.8
M10 ź 1.5 4.0 ~ 6.0 28.9 ~ 43.4 5.5 ~ 8.3 39.8 ~ 60
M12 ź 1.75 7.4 ~ 11.2 53.5 ~ 79.5 9.8 ~ 15.8 71 ~ 114
M14 ź 2.0 12.2 ~ 16.6 88.2 ~ 120 16.7 ~ 22.5 121 ~ 167
M16 ź 2.0 18.6 ~ 25.2 135 ~ 182 25.2 ~ 34.2 182 ~ 247
M18 ź 2.5 25.8 ~ 35.0 187 ~ 253 35.1 ~ 47.5 254 ~ 343
M20 ź 2.5 36.2 ~ 49.0 262 ~ 354 49.2 ~ 66.6 356 ~ 482
M22 ź 2.5 48.3 ~ 63.3 350 ~ 457 65.8 ~ 98.0 476 ~ 709
M24 ź 3.0 62.5 ~ 84.5 452 ~ 611 85.0 ~ 115 615 ~ 832
M30 ź 3.5 124 ~ 168 898 ~ 1214 169 ~ 229 1223 ~ 1655
M36 ź 4.0 174 ~ 236 1261 ~ 1703 250 ~ 310 1808 ~ 2242
2) METRIC BOLT - Fine thread

8T 10T
Bolt size
kgfşm lbfşft kgfşm lbfşft
M 8 ź 1.0 2.17 ~ 3.37 15.7 ~ 24.3 3.04 ~ 4.44 22.0 ~ 32.0
M10 ź 1.25 4.46 ~ 6.66 32.3 ~ 48.2 5.93 ~ 8.93 42.9 ~ 64.6
M12 ź 1.25 7.78 ~ 11.58 76.3 ~ 83.7 10.6 ~ 16.0 76.6 ~ 115
M14 ź 1.5 13.3 ~ 18.1 96.2 ~ 130 17.9 ~ 24.1 130 ~ 174
M16 ź 1.5 19.9 ~ 26.9 144 ~ 194 26.6 ~ 36.0 193 ~ 260
M18 ź 1.5 28.6 ~ 43.6 207 ~ 315 38.4 ~ 52.0 278 ~ 376
M20 ź 1.5 40.0 ~ 54.0 289 ~ 390 53.4 ~ 72.2 386 ~ 522
M22 ź 1.5 52.7 ~ 71.3 381 ~ 515 70.7 ~ 95.7 512 ~ 692
M24 ź 2.0 68 ~ 92 491 ~ 664 90.9 ~ 123 658 ~ 890
M30 ź 2.0 137 ~ 185 990 ~ 1338 182 ~ 248 1314 ~ 1795
M36 ź 3.0 192 ~ 260 1389 ~ 1879 262 ~ 354 1893 ~ 2561
8-5
3) PIPE AND HOSE
Thread size Width across flat'mm( kgfşm lbfşft

1/4" 19 3 21.7
3/8" 22 4 28.9
1/2" 27 5 36.2
3/4" 36 12 86.8
1" 41 14 101
4) FITTING
Thread size Width across flat'mm( kgfşm lbfşft

1/4" 19 4 28.9
3/8" 22 5 36.2
1/2" 27 6 43.4
3/4" 36 13 94.0
1" 41 15 109
8-6
GROUP 3 PUMP DEVICE
1. REMOVAL AND INSTALL

1) REMOVAL
(1) Lower the work equipment to the ground
and stop the engine.
(2) Operate the control levers and pedals
several times to release the remaining
pressure in the hydraulic piping.
(3) Loosen the breather slowly to release the
pressure inside the hydraulic tank.
Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious in 10
injury.
1
(4) Loosen the drain plug under the hydraulic
tank and drain the oil from the hydraulic 2
tank.
ş Hydraulic oil quantity : 210ֻ
3
(5) Remove socket bolts(10) and disconnect
11
pipe(1, 2).
(6) Disconnect pilot line hoses(4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9).
(7) Remove socket bolts(11) and disconnect
pump suction tube (3).
Ɠ When pump suction tube is disconnected, 4
6
the oil inside the piping will flow out, so
5
catch it in oil pan. 7
(8) Sling the pump assembly and remove the

pump mounting bolts.
ş Weight : 125kg(276lb) 8
9
Ɠ Pull out the pump assembly from housing.
When removing the pump assembly,
check that all the hoses have been
disconnected.
8-7
2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
(2) Remove the suction strainer and clean it.
(3) Replace return filter with new one.
(4) Remove breather and clean it.
(5) After adding oil to the hydraulic tank to the
specified level.
(6) Bleed the air from the hydraulic pump.
‫ ڸ‬Remove the air vent plug(2EA).
‫ ڹ‬Tighten plug lightly.
‫ ں‬Start the engine, run at low idling, and
check oil come out from plug.
‫ ڻ‬Tighten plug.
(7) Start the engine, run at low idling(3~5

minutes) to circulate the oil through the
system.
(8) Confirm the hydraulic oil level and check
the hydraulic oil leak or not.
8-8
2. MAIN PUMP
1) STRUCTURE
789 702
732 532 214 548 531 724 792 534 901 808 954 717 151 152 211 113 04
535
808
953
886
717
406
261
774
111
824
127
710
123
251
212
490 153 156 158 157 467 313 312 124 114 466 885 314 141 271 401 435
728 725
04 Gear pump 261 Seal cover(F) 717 O-ring

111 Drive shaft(F) 271 Pump casing 719 O-ring
113 Drive shaft(R) 312 Valve block 724 O-ring
114 Spline 313 Valve plate(R) 725 O-ring
123 Roller bearing 314 Valve plate(L) 728 O-ring
124 Needle bearing 401 Hexagon socket bolt 732 O-ring
127 Bearing spacer 406 Hexagon socket bolt 774 Oil seal
141 Cylinder block 435 Flange socket bolt 789 Back up ring
151 Piston 466 VP plug 792 Back up ring
152 Shoe 468 VP plug 808 Hexagon head nut
153 Push plate 490 VP plug 824 Snap ring
156 Bushing 531 Tilting pin 885 Pin
157 Cylinder spring 532 Servo piston 886 Spring pin
158 Spacer 534 Stopper(L) 901 Eye bolt
211 Shoe plate 535 Stopper(S) 953 Set screw
212 Swash plate 548 Pin 954 Set screw
214 Bushing 702 O-ring
251 Swash plate support 710 O-ring
8-9
2) TOOLS AND TIGHTENING TORQUE
(1) Tools
The tools necessary to disassemble/reassemble the pump are shown in the follow list.
Tool name & size Part name
Hexagon socket PT plug PO plug Hexagon socket

Name B
head bolt (PT thread) (PF thread) head setscrew
Allen wrench 4 M 5 BP-1/16 - M 8
5 M 6 BP-1/8 - M10
6 M 8 BP-1/4 PO-1/4 M12, M14
B
8 M10 BP-3/8 PO-3/8 M16, M18
17 M20, M22 BP-1 PO-1, 1 1/4, 1 1/2 -
Double ring spanner, Hexagon headed VP plug
socket wrench, - Hexagon nut
bolt (PF thread)
double(Single) open
end spanner 19 M12 M12 VP-1/4
B 24 M16 M16 -
27 M18 M18 VP-1/2
30 M20 M20 -
36 - - VP-3/4
Adjustable angle wrench Medium size, 1 set
Screw driver Minus type screw driver, Medium size, 2 sets
Hammer Plastic hammer, 1 set
Pliers For snap ring, TSR-160
Steel bar Steel bar of key material approx. 10ź8ź200
Torque wrench Capable of tightening with the specified torques
8 - 10
(2) Tightening torque
Torque Wrench size
Part name Bolt size
kgfşm lbfşft in mm
Hexagon socket head bolt M 5 0.7 5.1 0.16 4
(Material : SCM435) M 6 1.2 8.7 0.20 5
M 8 3.0 21.7 0.24 6
M10 5.8 42.0 0.31 8
M12 10.0 72.3 0.39 10
M14 16.0 115.7 0.47 12
M16 24.0 173.6 0.55 14
M18 34.0 245.9 0.55 14
M20 44.0 318.3 0.67 17
PT plug(Material : S45C) PT 1/16 0.7 5.1 0.16 4
ƓWind a seal tape 1 1/2 to 2 PT 1/8 1.05 7.59 0.20 5
turns round the plug
PT 1/4 1.75 12.66 0.24 6
PT 3/8 3.5 25.3 0.31 8
PT 1/2 5.0 36.2 0.39 10
PF Plug(Material : S45C) PF 1/4 3.0 21.7 0.24 6
PF 1/2 10.0 72.3 0.39 10
PF 3/4 15.0 108.5 0.55 14
PF 1 19.0 137.4 0.67 17
PF 1 1/4 27.0 195.3 0.67 17
PF 1 1/2 28.0 202.5 0.67 17
8 - 11
3) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Select place suitable to disassembling.
Ɠ Select clean place.
Ɠ Spread rubber sheet, cloth or so on on
overhaul workbench top to prevent parts
from being damaged.
(2) Remove dust, rust, etc. from pump
surfaces with cleaning oil or so on.
(3) Remove drain port plug(467) and let oil
out of pump casing.(Front and rear pump)
(4) Remove hexagon socket head bolts(412,

413) and remove regulator.
Remove hexagon socket head bolts(416)
and remove gear pump.
(5) Loosen hexagon socket head bolts(401)

which tighten swash plate support(251),
pump casing(271) and valve block(312).
(6) Place pump horizontally on workbench

with its regulator-fitting surface down and
separate pump casing(271) from valve
block(312).
Ɠ Before bringing this surface down, spread
rubber sheet on workbench without fail to
prevent this surface from being damaged.
8 - 12
(7) Pull cylinder block(141) out of pump
casing(271) straightly over drive
shaft(111). Pull out also pistons(151),
set plate(153), spherical bush(156) and
cylinder springs(157) simultaneously.
Ɠ Take care not to damage sliding surfaces
of cylinder, spherical bushing, shoes,
swash plate, etc.
(8) Remove hexagon socket head bolts(406)

and then seal cover(F, 261).
Ɠ Fit bolt into pulling out tapped hole of seal
cover(F), and cover can be removed
easily.
Ɠ Since oil seal is fitted on seal cover(F),
take care not to damage it in removing
cover.
(9) Remove flange socket bolts(435) and then
gear pump(04).
(10) Tapping lightly fitting flange section of

swash plate support(251) on its pump
casing side, separate swash plate support
from pump casing.
(11) Remove shoe plate(211) and swash

plate(212) from pump casing(271).
8 - 13
(12) Tapping lightly shaft ends of drive shafts
(111, 113) with plastic hammer, take out
drive shafts from swash plate supports.
(13) Remove valve plates(313, 314) from valve

block(312).
Ɠ These may be removed in work(6).
(14) If necessary, remove stopper(L, 534),

stopper(S, 535), servo piston(532) and
tilting pin(531) from pump casing(271),
and needle bearing(124) and spline
coupling(114) from valve block(312).
Ɠ In removing tilting pin, use a protector to
prevent pin head from being damaged.
Ɠ Since loctite is applied to fitting areas of
tilting pin and servo piston, take care not
to damage servo piston.
Ɠ Do not remove needle bearing as far as
possible, except when it is considered to
be out of its life span.
Ɠ Do not loosen hexagon nuts of valve
block and swash plate support.
If loosened, flow setting will be changed.
8 - 14
4) ASSEMBLY
(1) For reassembling reverse the
disassembling procedures, pay attention
to the following items.
‫ ڸ‬Do not fail to repair the parts damaged
during disassembling, and prepare
replacement parts in advance.
‫ ڹ‬Clean each part fully with cleaning oil and
dry it with compressed air.
‫ ں‬Do not fail to apply clean working oil to
sliding sections, bearings, etc. before
assembling them.
‫ ڻ‬In principle, replace seal parts, such as
O-rings, oil seals, etc.
‫ ڼ‬For fitting bolts, plug, etc., prepare a
torque wrench or so on, and tighten them
with torques shown in page 8-10, 11.
‫ ڽ‬For the double-pump, take care not to
mix up parts of the front pump with those
of the rear pump.
(2) Fit swash plate support(251) to pump

casing(271), tapping the former lightly
with a hammer.
Ɠ After servo piston, tilting pin, stopper(L)
and stopper(S) are removed, fit them
soon to pump casing in advance for
reassembling.
Ɠ In tightening servo piston and tilting pin,
use a protector to prevent tilting pin head
and feedback pin from being damaged.
In addition, apply loctite(Medium strength)
to their threaded sections.
8 - 15
(3) Place pump casing with its regulator fitting
surface down, fit tilting bush of swash
plate to tilting pin(531) and fit swash plate
(212) to swash plate support(251)
correctly.
Ɠ Confirm with fingers of both hands that
swash plate can be removed smoothly.
Ɠ Apply grease to sliding sections of swash
plate and swash plate support, and drive
shaft can be fitted easily.
(4) To swash plate support(251), fit drive

shaft(111) set with bearing(123), bearing
spacer(127) and snap ring(824).
Ɠ Do not tap drive shaft with hammer or so
on.
Ɠ Assemble them into support, tapping
outer race of bearing lightly with plastic
hammer.
Fit them fully, using steel bar or so on.
(5) Assemble seal cover(F, 261) to pump

casing(271) and fix it with hexagon socket
head bolts(406).
Ɠ Assemble gear pump(04) to pump
casing(271) and fix it with flange socket
bolts(435).
Ɠ Apply grease lightly to oil seal in seal
cover(F).
Ɠ Assemble oil seal, taking full care not to
damage it.
(6) Assemble piston cylinder subassembly

ŭcylinder (141), piston subassembly (151,
152), set plate(153), spherical bush (156),
spacer(158) and cylinder spring (157)Ů .
Fit spline phases of retainer and cylinder.
Then, insert piston cylinder subassembly
into pump casing.
8 - 16
(7) Fit valve plate(313) to valve block(312),
entering pin into pin hole.
Ɠ Take care not to mistake suction / delivery
directions of valve plate.
(8) Fit valve block(312) to pump casing(271)

and tighten hexagon socket head bolts
(401).
Ɠ At first assemble this at rear pump side,
and this work will be easy.
Ɠ Take care not to mistake direction of valve
block.
Ɠ Clockwise rotation(Viewed from input
shaft side).
Ɠ Fit block with regulator up and with
delivery flange left, viewed from front side.
(9) Putting feedback pin of tilting pin into

feedback lever of regulator, fit regulator
and tighten hexagon socket head bolts
(412, 413).
Ɠ Take care not to mistake regulator of front
pump for that of rear pump.
(10) Fit drain port plug(467).

This is the end of reassembling procedures.
8 - 17
3. REGULATOR
1) STRUCTURE(1/2)
412 875 874 079 735 722 755 466

755
A
897 858
B
612 614
Pf
615
613
a
A 611
B
753 496
SECTION D-D
438
801
641 730 643 708 644 645 646 728 924
SECTION B-B
405 699 413 496 438
Pf
724 725 436
VIEW C
8 - 18
REGULATOR(2/2)
734 653 654 836 651 652 601 624 629 630 628
655
641 801
C
814 925
898
631 627
732
733
732
622
621 623 625 626 887 763 756

SECTION A-A
079 Proportional reducing valve 628 Adjust screw(C) 733 O-ring

405 Hexagon socket screw 629 Cover(C) 734 O-ring
412 Hexagon socket screw 630 Nut 735 O-ring
413 Hexagon socket screw 631 Sleeve 753 O-ring
436 Hexagon socket screw 641 Pilot cover 755 O-ring
438 Hexagon socket screw 643 Pilot piston 756 O-ring
466 Plug 644 Spring seat(Q) 763 O-ring
496 Plug 645 Adjust stem(Q) 801 Nut
601 Casing 646 Pilot spring 814 Snap ring
611 Feed back lever 651 Sleeve 836 Snap ring
612 Lever(1) 652 Spool 858 Snap ring
613 Lever(2) 653 Spring seat 874 Pin
614 Fulcrum plug 654 Return spring 875 Pin
615 Adjust plug 655 Set spring 887 Pin
621 Piston 708 O-ring 897 Pin
622 Piston case 722 O-ring 898 Pin
623 Compensator rod 724 O-ring 924 Set screw
624 Spring seat(C) 725 O-ring 925 Adjust screw(QI)
625 Outer spring 728 O-ring
626 Inner spring 730 O-ring
627 Adjust stem(C) 732 O-ring
8 - 19
(1) Tools
The tools necessary to disassemble/reassemble the pump are shown in the follow list.
Tool name & size Part name

Hexagon socket PT plug PO plug Hexagon socket
Name B
head bolt (PT thread) (PF thread) head setscrew
Allen wrench 4 M 5 BP-1/16 - M 8
B 5 M 6 BP-1/8 - M10
6 M 8 BP-1/4 PO-1/4 M12, M14
Socket wrench, double(Single)
open end spanner Hexagon headed VP plug
- Hexagon nut
B bolt (PF thread)
6 M 8 M 8 -
Adjustable angle wrench Small size, Max 36mm
Screw driver Minus type screw driver, Medium size, 2 sets
Hammer Plastic hammer, 1 set
Pliers For snap ring, TSR-160
Steel bar 4ź100mm
Pincers -
Bolt M4, Length : 50mm
8 - 20
Torque Wrench size
Part name Bolt size
Hexagon socket head bolt M 5 0.7 5.1 0.16 4
(Material : SCM435) M 6 1.2 8.7 0.20 5
M 8 3.0 21.7 0.24 6
M10 5.8 42.0 0.31 8
M12 10.0 72.3 0.39 10
M14 16.0 115.7 0.47 12
M16 24.0 173.6 0.55 14
M18 34.0 245.9 0.55 14
M20 44.0 318.3 0.67 17
PT Plug(Material : S45C) PT 1/16 0.7 5.1 0.16 4
ƓWind a seal tape 1 1/2 to 2 PT 1/8 1.05 7.59 0.20 5
turns round the plug
PT 1/4 1.75 12.66 0.24 6
PT 3/8 3.5 25.3 0.31 8
PT 1/2 5.0 36.2 0.39 10
PF Plug(Material : S35C) PF 1/4 3.0 21.7 0.24 6
PF 1/2 3.0 21.7 0.39 10
PF 3/4 10.0 72.3 0.55 14
PF 1 15.0 108.5 0.67 17
PF 1 1/4 27.0 195.3 0.67 17
PF 1 1/2 28.0 202.5 0.67 17
8 - 21
3) DISASSEMBLY
Since the regulator consists of small
precision finished parts, disassembly and
assembly are rather complicated.
For this reason, replacement of a regulator
assembly is recommended, unless there is
a special reason, but in case disassembly is
necessary for an unavoidable reason, read
through this manual to the end before
starting disassembly.
(1) Choose a place for disassembly.
Ɠ Choose a clean place.
Ɠ Spread rubber sheet, cloth, or so on on
top of work-bench to prevent parts from
being damaged.
(2) Remove dust, rust, etc. from surfaces of
regulator with clean oil.
(3) Remove hexagon socket head screw

(412, 413) and remove regulator main
body from pump main body.
Ɠ Take care not to lose O-ring.
(4) Remove hexagon socket head screw

(438) and remove cover(C,629)
Ɠ Cover(C) is fitted with adjusting screw
(C,QI) (628, 925), adjusting ring(C, 627),
lock nut(630), hexagon nut(801) and
adjusting screw(924).
Do not loosen these screws and nuts.
If they are loosened, adjusted pressure-
flow setting will vary.
8 - 22
(5) After removing cover(C, 629) subassembly,
take out outer spring(625), inner spring
(626) and spring seat(C, 624) from
compensating section.
Then draw out adjusting ring(Q, 645), pilot
spring(646) and spring seat(644) from
pilot section.
Ɠ Adjusting ring(Q,645) can easily be drawn
out with M4 bolt.
(6) Remove hexagon socket head screws

(436, 438) and remove pilot cover(641).
After removing pilot cover, take out set
spring(655) from pilot section.
(7) Remove snap ring(814) and take out

spring seat(653), return spring(654) and
sleeve(651).
Ɠ Sleeve(651) is fitted with snap ring(836).
Ɠ When removing snap ring(814), return
spring(654) may pop out.
Take care not to lose it.
(8) Remove snap ring(858) and take out

fulcrum plug(614) and adjusting plug
(615).
Ɠ Fulcrum plug(614) and adjusting plug
(615) can easily be taken out with M6 bolt.
8 - 23
(9) Remove lever(2, 613). Do not draw out
pin(875).
Ɠ Work will be promoted by using pincers or
so on.
(10) Draw out pin(874) and remove feedback

lever(611).
Push out pin(874, 4mm in dia.) from above
with slender steel bar so that it may not
interfere with lever(1, 612).
8 - 24
(11) Remove lever(1, 612). Do not draw out
pin(875).
(12) Draw out pilot piston(643) and spool(652).
(13) Draw out piston case(622), compensating
piston(621) and compensating rod(623).
Ɠ Piston case(622) can be taken out by
pushing compensating rod(623) at
opposite side of piston case.
This completes disassembly.
8 - 25
4) ASSEMBLY
(1) For assembly, reverse disassembly
procedures, but pay attention to the
following items.
‫ ڸ‬Always repair parts that were scored at
disassembly.
Get replacement parts ready beforehand.
‫ ڹ‬Mixing of foreign matter will cause
malfunction.
Therefore, wash parts well with cleaning
oil, let them dry with jet air and handle
them in clean place.
‫ ں‬Always tighten bolts, plugs, etc. to their
specified torques.
‫ ڻ‬Do not fail to coat sliding surfaces with
clean hydraulic oil before assembly.
‫ ڼ‬Replace seals such as O-ring with new
ones as a rule.
(2) Put compensating rod(623) into

compensating hole of casing(601).
(3) Put pin force-fitted in lever(1, 612) into
groove of compensating rod and fit lever
(1) to pin force-fitted in casing.
(4) Fit spool(652) and sleeve(651) into hole in

spool of casing.
Ɠ Confirm that spool and sleeve slide
smoothly in casing without binding.
Ɠ Pay attention to orientation of spool.
Spool
Feedback lever
8 - 26
(5) Fit feedback lever(611), matching its pin
hole with pin hole in spool.
Then insert pin(874).
Ɠ Insert pin in feedback lever a little to ease
Lever (1) side Lever (2) side
operation.
Ɠ Take care not to mistake direction of (Fulcrum plug of
adjusting plug side)
feedback lever.
(6) Put pilot piston(643) into pilot hole of

casing.
Ɠ Confirm that pilot piston slides smoothly
without binding.
(7) Put pin force-fitted in lever(2, 613) into
groove of pilot piston.
Then fix lever(2).
(8) Fit fulcrum plug(614) so that pin force-

fitted in fulcrum plug(614) can be put into
pin hole of lever(2).
Then fix locking ring(858).
(9) Insert adjusting plug(615) and fit locking
ring.
Ɠ Take care not to mistake inserting holes
for fulcrum plug and adjusting plug.
At this point in time move feedback lever
to confirm that it has no large play and is
free from binding.
(10) Fit return spring(654) and spring seat

(653) into spool hole and attach snap ring
(814).
8 - 27
(11) Fit set spring(655) to spool hole and put
compensating piston(621) and piston
case(622) into compensating hole.
Fit pilot cover(641) and tighten it with
hexagonal socket head screws(436, 438).
(12) Put spring seat(644), pilot spring(646) and

adjusting ring(Q, 645) into pilot hole.
Then fix spring seat(624), inner spring
(626) and outer spring(625) into
compensating hole.
Ɠ When fitting spring seat, take care not to
mistake direction of spring seat.
(13) Install cover(C, 629) fitted with adjusting

screws(628, 925), adjusting ring(C, 627),
lock nut(630), hexagon nut(801) and
adjusting screw(924).
Then tighten them with hexagonal socket
head screws(438).
This completes assembly.
8 - 28
GROUP 4 MAIN CONTROL VALVE

1) REMOVAL
penetrate the skin causing serious injury. 2
Ɠ When pipes and hoses are disconnected,
catch it in oil pan.
1
(4) Remove bolts(2) and disconnect pipe.
(5) Disconnect pilot line hoses.
(6) Disconnect pilot piping.
3
(7) Sling the control valve assembly(1) and
remove the control valve mounting bolt(3).
ňWeight : 135kg(298lb)
(8) Remove the control valve assembly(1).
Ɠ When removing the control valve
assembly, check that all the piping have
been disconnected.
2) INSTALL

to removal.
(2) Bleed the air from below items.
‫ ڸ‬Cylinder(Boom, arm, bucket).
‫ ڹ‬Swing motor.
‫ ں‬Travel motor.
Ɠ See each item removal and install.
(3) Confirm the hydraulic oil level and

check the hydraulic oil leak or not.
8-29
2. STRUCTURE(1/2)
40
8
9
42
31 32
16
33
15
34
76
58 64
77
36 78
15
35 6
25
27
28
26
15 25
83
82
9
4 8
15 3
57 67
6 66
25 56 57
74 6
56
57 65
2 6
39 1 56
38 80
37 26
79
66 81
67
6 57 21
25 89 6
56
24
23
75 73
86 44
12 45
24 2 43
13 23 29
19 30
87 15
6
9
85 68 8
14 58 31
70 29
17
18 30
69
15 31
16
1 Cap 14 Cap 27 O-ring

2 O-ring 15 O-ring 28 Housing
3 Socket bolt 16 Cap 29 O-ring
4 Spring washer 17 Spring 30 Retainer
5 Overload assy 18 Spring guide 31 Socket bolt
6 O-ring 19 Spring guide 32 Plunger assy(TS)
7 Orifice 20 Cap 33 Plunger assy(TL, TR)
8 Cap 21 Spring 34 Plunger assy(SW)
9 O-ring 22 Check 35 Plunger assy(BM2)
10 Cover 23 Cap 36 Plunger assy(AM1)
11 Socket bolt 24 O-ring 37 Cover assy
12 Sleeve 25 O-ring
13 Check 26 O-ring
8-30
STRUCTURE(2/2)
8 31
9
42
40 33 16
51 15
42 76
52 77 63
58 78
55 54 15
56 62
6 57 53 61
66 60
67 7
59
73
71 56 6 8
56 57 9
6 69
57 66 1
72
66 2
67
A
75 50
49
6
48 3
47 4
46
11 24
23
92
10 89
91
88
89
90
26 2
41 15
1
A
15 58 29
94
93 30 29
95 22 84 31 30
21 8
5 29
6 9
20 30 31
31
38 Spring 53 Plunger assy(BM1) 68 Spacer 83 Spool

39 Poppet 54 Plunger assy(AM2) 69 Cover 84 Stopper
40 Cover 55 Cap 70 Piston 85 Selector assy
41 Manifold 56 Back up ring 71 Cap 86 O-ring
42 O-ring 57 Nylon chip 72 Check 87 O-ring
43 Cap 58 Overload assy 73 Cap 88 Spring guide
44 Spring 59 Spring 74 Cap 89 Spring
45 Spool 60 Check 75 Foot relief assy 90 Poppet
46 Plug 61 O-ring 76 Plug 91 O-ring
47 O-ring 62 Back up ring 77 Back up ring 92 Back up ring
48 Retainer 63 Cap 78 O-ring 93 O-ring
49 Socket bolt 64 Main relief assy 79 Cap 94 Back up ring
50 Housing 65 Cap 80 Spacer 95 O-ring
51 Plunger assy(OPT) 66 Spring 81 Check
52 Plunger assy(BKT) 67 Check 82 Spring
8-31
3. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
1) PRECAUTION
(1) Disassembly
‫ ڸ‬Handle the components carefully not to
drop them or bump them with each other
as they are made with precision.
‫ ڹ‬Do not force the work by hitting or
twisting as burred or damaged
component may not be assembled or
result in oil leakaged or low performance.
‫ ں‬When disassembled, tag the
components for identification so that they
can be reassembled correctly.
‫ ڻ‬Once disassembled, O-rings and backup
rings are usually not to be used
again.(Remove them using a wire with its
end made like a shoehorn. Be careful
not to damaged the slot.)
‫ ڼ‬If the components are left disassembled
or half-disassembled, they may get rust
from moisture or dust. If the work has to
be interrupted, take measures to prevent
rust and dust.
(2) Assembly
‫ ڸ‬Take the same precautions as for
disassembly.
‫ ڹ‬When assembling the components,
remove any metal chips or foreign
objects and check them for any burrs or
dents. Remove burrs and dents with oil-
stone, if any.
‫ ں‬O-rings and backup rings are to be
replaced with new ones, as a rule.
‫ ڻ‬When installing O-rings and backup
rings, be careful not to damage
then.(Apply a little amount of grease for
smoothness.)
‫ ڼ‬Tighten the bolts and caps with specified
torque.(See Disassembly/Assembly.)
8-32
2) MOUNTING AND DISMOUNTING VALVES
(1) Disassembly
‫ ڸ‬Remove socket bolts and separate 4
spool valve and 5 spool valve.
(2) Assembly
Ɠ Valves should be mounted after making
sure that all O-rings and caps are placed
on the assembling faces of 4 plunger
valve.
‫ ڸ‬Carry out assembly in the reverse
manner of disassembly.
‫ ڹ‬Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.
ϦTightening torque : 10kgfϦm
(72.3lbfϦft)
Socket bolt
Tools
ϦHexagon socket : 10mm
ϦTorque wrench
8-33
3) PLUNGER
3 2 1
(1) Loosen socket bolt(1) and remove cover
(2).
ϦTightening torque : 3kgfϦm(21.7lbfϦft)
Ɠ Install cover (2) after making sure that O-
ring is placed on the edge of the valve
hole.
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
(2) Pull the plunger out while holding the

spring.
Ɠ Do not pull it out violently, but draw it out
gently while making sure of its contact
with housing hole.
(3) Place the plunger between holders and

loosen plunger cap(3) by using a vise. Holder
ş Plunger cap
Hexagon socket : 8mm Spring guide
Tightening torque : 6kgfşm(43.4lbfşft)
(4) Remove plunger cap(3), spring guide(4)

and spring(5) in this order.
3 4 5 4
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
8-34
(5) Arm plunger only (Remove check).
Remove cap(6) and disassemble spring
(7) and check(8).
şTightening torque : 3kgfşm(21.7lbfşft)
8 7 6
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
4) MAIN RELIEF ASSEMBLY

Relief assy is assembled into a single block
1 2 3 4
as a cartridge. Do not disassemble the
relief assembly as a rule.
(1) Loosen the hexagon nut(2) with a holding
adjust screw(1).
(2) Loosen the hexagon nut(3) with a holding
cap(4)
(3) Loosen the cap(4) and remove the
cartridge.
(4) Pull out the sleeve(6) and take off the

main poppet(7), spring(8) and orifice(9). 4 5
Ɠ Can't remove the pilot seat(5) from the
cap(4), because it was locked at the cap.
(5) Loosen each screw and remove.
Item No. Name Socket

1 Adjust screw 22mm
2 Hexagon nut 30mm
3 Hexagon nut 30mm
4 Cap 30mm
9 8 7 6
8-35
5) OVERLOAD RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY
Relief assembly is assembled into a single 1
block as a cartridge. Do not disassemble
the relief assembly as a rule.
(1) Loosen the relief sleeve (1) and remove
the cartridge.
ϦTightening torque : 4kgfşm(29lbfşft)
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
(2) Loosen the relief seat (2) and remove the

subassembly.
ϦTightening torque : 6kgfşm(43.4lbfşft)
6 5 4 3 1 2
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
(3) Pull out the poppet(3) and take off the

spring(4), piston(5) and main poppet(6).
3 6 2
5 4
8-36
6) FOOT RELIEF ASSEMBLY
(1) Loosen cap(1) and remove poppet (2).
ϦTightening torque : 6kgfşm(43.4lbfşft) 1
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
(2) Remove cap (3) and take off shim (4) and
spring (5).
Ɠ Make sure adjust shim quantity.
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
8-37
7) BOOM HOLDING VALVE ASSEMBLY
(1) Loosen the socket bolt(1) and remove the
cover assy(2).
ϦTightening torque : 5kgfşm(36.2lbfşft) 2 1
Ɠ Install cover assy(2) after making sure
that O-ring is placed on the edge of the Overload
relief valve
valve hole.
(2) Remove the spring guide(3), spring(4)
and poppet(5).
3 4 5
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
(3) Remove the cap(6), spring(7) and

spool(8).
8 7 6
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
8-38
8) CENTER BYPASS VALVE ASSEMBLY
(1) Remove cap (1). 1
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
(2) Remove spool (2) and spring (3).
8-39
9) ARM REGENERATION VALVE
1
(1) Remove cap(1) and take off spring(2),
spring guide(3), check(4) and sleeve(5).
5 4 3 2
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
(2) Remove cap(6) and spring guide(7).

1 7 6
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
8-40
10) ARM STROKE LIMIT ASSEMBLY
1 2
(1) Loosen the socket bolt(1) and remove
cover(2).
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
(2) Remove piston(3) and take off O-ring(4),

spacer(5) from the valve hole.
Ɠ Make sure inserting direction of the
spacer.
5 4 3
11) ARM LOAD HOLDING VALVE

(1) Basic unit
‫ ڸ‬Loosen socket bolt (1) and remove cover 2
assembly (2).
Ɠ Install cover assembly (2) after making
sure that O-ring is placed on the edge of
1
the valve hole. Tools
ϦTorque wrench
‫ ڹ‬Take off spring(3) and check valve(4).
8-41
(2) Selector unit
5
‫ ڸ‬Remove cap (5).
Take off piston(6) and spring(7). 6
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
(3) Cover assembly

8 9 10 11 12 13
‫ ڸ‬Remove cap(14).
Take off spring(15) and check valve(16).
16
Tools 15
ϦHexagon socket : 8mm 14
ϦTorque wrench
‫ ڹ‬Remove cap (13) and take off piston (12).

ϦTightening torque : 6 kgfşm(43.4lbfşft)
‫ ں‬Push sleeve (11) out with a rod or the like
through the hole of cap (13).
Ɠ Be careful not to damage the guideway
(‫ٻ‬5) of the sleeve. 12 13
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
‫ ڻ‬Remove cap (8).

Take off spring (9) and poppet (10).
8 9 10
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
8-42
12) BOOM FLOW SUMMATION CHECK
(1) Remove the cap(1) and take off spring(2)
and check(3).
ϦTightening torque : 10kgfϦm(72.3lbfϦft) BM1
Boom flow summation check
1 2 3
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
13) BUCKET FLOW SUMMATION CHECK

(1) Remove the cap(1) and take off check(2)
and spring(3). BKT
Bucket flow summation check
3 2 1
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
8-43
14) CHECK ASSEMBLY(BOOM1, 2, BUCKET,
OPT, SWING, ARM-1)
(1) Remove cap(1).
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
(2) Remove spring(2) and check(3).

2 3
15) CHECK ASSEMBLY(ARM 2)

1 4 2 3
(1) Remove cap(1).
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
(2) Remove spring(2) and check(3, 4).

4 2 3
8-44
16) CHECK ASSEMBLY(TR)
(1) Remove cap(1).
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
(2) Take off spring(2) and check(3).
2 3
17) CHECK ASSEMBLY(P1)

(1) Remove cap(1).
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
(2) Remove spring(2) and check(3).
2 3
8-45
18) CHECK ASSEMBLY(TL)
1 2
(1) Remove cap(1) and spacer(2).
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
(2) Remove cap(3) and take off spring(4) and

check(5). 3 4 5
ϦTightening torque : 4kgfϦm(29lbfϦft)
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
19) SELECTOR VALVE ASSEMBLY

(1) Remove cap(1) and take off spring(2) and
1 2
spool(3).
Tools
ϦTorque wrench
8-46
GROUP 5 SWING DEVICE
1. REMOVAL AND INSTALL OF MOTOR

1) REMOVAL
penetrate the skin causing serious in
injury.
(3) Disconnect pipe assy(2, 3) 5
(4) Disconnect pilot line hoses(4, 5, 6, 7, 8) 4
(5) Sling the swing motor assembly(1)and 3

remove the swing motor mounting bolts(9) 6
ş Motor device weight : 218kg(481lb)
ş Tightening torque : 57.9kgfşm 1 2
(418.8lbfşft)
(6) Remove the swing motor assembly.
Ɠ When removing the swing motor
assembly, check that all the piping have
been disconnected.
2) INSTALL
to removal 7
(2) Bleed the air from the swing motor.
‫ ڸ‬Remove the air vent plug.
‫ ڹ‬Pour in hydraulic oil until it over flows from
8
the port. 9
‫ ں‬Tighten plug lightly.
‫ ڻ‬Start the engine, run at low idling, and
‫ ڼ‬Tighten plug fully.
(3) Confirmed the hydraulic oil level and

check the hydraulic oil leak or not.
8-47
2. SWING MOTOR
1) STRUCTURE
116 118 114 031 031-1 706 707 702 712 472 981 438 303 052 469 488 355 351 401
117
A 171
443
151
437 161
162
305
163
A
981
101 444
984
491
131
124 451
301
123 994 122 113 121 742 743 111 464 485 400 400-2 400-1 100 051 051-1 993
SECTION A-A
031 Time delay valve 161 O-ring 464 Plug
031-1 Plug 162 O-ring 469 Plug
051 Relief valve assembly 163 O-ring 472 O-ring
051-1 O-ring 171 Hexagon socket bolt 485 O-ring
100 Casing 301 Casing 488 O-ring
101 Drive shaft 303 Valve casing 491 Seal
111 Cylinder 305 Seal cover 702 Brake piston
113 Retainer ring 351 Plunger 706 O-ring
114 Spring 355 Spring 707 O-ring
116 Push rod 400 Reactionless valve 712 Brake spring
117 Spacer 400-1 O-ring 742 Friction plate
118 Spacer 400-2 Back up ring 743 Separate plate
121 Piston 401 Hexagon socket bolt 981 Plug
122 Shoe 437 Snap ring 984 Plug
123 Plate 438 Snap ring 993 Plug
124 Shoe plate 443 Roller bearing 994 Plug
131 Valve plate 444 Roller bearing
151 Plug 451 Pin
8-48
2) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Lift the motor out. Clean the motor in
kerosene and dry with compressed air.
Ɠ To avoid dust inside the motor, mask all
the ports of the motor with tapes.
(2) Loosen the drain plug to discharge oil in

the casing(301).
(3) Fix the output drive shaft(101) on the

workbench with the end of output shaft
down. Put matching marks on
casing(301) and valve casing(303) for
easy reassembly.
(4) Remove the time delay valve(031).
8-49
(5) Remove the relief valve(051) from valve
casing(303).
(6) Remove the anti rotation valve(052) from

valve casing(303).
(7) Remove RO plug(469) from valve

casing(303) and take off spring(355) and
plunger(351).
Ɠ Be careful not to damage the plunger seat
assembly.
(8) Loosen the socket bolt(401) and remove

valve casing(303) from casing(301).
Then, remove the valve plate(131) from
valve casing(303) with care.
8-50
(9) Remove the brake spring(712) from brake
piston(702).
(10) Remove brake piston(702) from

casing(301).
(11) Remove the cylinder(111) from the drive

shaft (101) with the motor positioned
horizontally. Remove piston(121),
pushing plate(123), spherical bush(113)
and spacer(117).
Ɠ If shoe plate would not removed easily,
try again after procedure(15).
(12) Remove friction plate(742) and separate

plate(743) from casing(301).
8-51
(13) Remove snap ring(437) with plier and
remove the seal cover(305) from
casing(301).
Ɠ Seal cover could be removed with sliding
shaft if necessary.
(14) Remove drive shaft(101) from

casing(301).
(15) Remove the shoe plate(124) from

casing(301).
(16) Proceed with following job only when

necessary.
‫ ڸ‬Remove the cone of roller bearing(443)
from output drive shaft(101) by press.
Ɠ Do not reuse bearings.
Press
Drive shaft
Roller bearing
8-52
‫ ڹ‬Remove oil seal(491) from seal
cover(305).
‫ ں‬Remove the roller bearing(444) from the

valve casing(303) by using slide hammer
bearing puller.
‫ ڻ‬When disassembling the relief valve,

release the plug(201) and remove the
bush(343), spring(322), and spring
seat(333) from the rod(303) of the
body(101). Remove the piston(302),
rod(303), spring(321), spring seat(331)
and plunger(301) with the body(101)
downward.
Ɠ Do not release the adjust bolt(471) and
lock nut(472).
8-53
3) ASSEMBLY
Do the reassembly in the reverse procedure
of the disassembly.
(1) Place the casing(301) on the workbench
with the valve casing(303) downward.
(2) Install the cone of roller bearing(443) to

the output drive shaft(101).
Ɠ Pay attention to roller bearing(443)
direction.
Output side
(3) Insert the drive shaft(101) into the

casing(301) with the end of output shaft
upward and tap the outer race of roller
bearing the hammer.
8-54
(4) Insert the output drive shaft(101) in the
casing.
(5) Tack oil seal(491) to the casing(301).
(6) Reassemble the seal cover(305) to the

casing(301).
Ɠ Apply grease to the rib of oil seal to avoid
damage to the rib.
(7) Install the snap ring(437) to the

casing(301).
8-55
(8) Insert the shoe plate(124) with the
casing(301) position horizontally.
(9) Insert the push rod(116) into the

cylinder(111). Place the spherical
bush(113) assembled with spacer(117)
onto the cylinder.
Ɠ Insert two push rods in each hole.
(10) Install the piston sub-assembly(121, 122)

to the push plate(123).
(11) Reassemble the piston assembly(121,

122) to the cylinder(111).
Then, insert the cylinder assembly into the
casing(301).
8-56
(12) Place the casing(301) under the seal
cover(305) and reassemble 3 sheets of
separate plate(743) and then 2 sheets of
friction plate(742) to the casing(301).
(13) Insert O-ring(706, 707) in the casing (301).
(14) Reassemble brake piston(702) to the

casing (301).
(15) Reassemble brake spring(712) to the

brake piston(702).
8-57
(16) When the roller bearing(444) is removed.
Insert the roller bearing(444) into valve
casing(303) with hammering.
(17) Reassemble valve plate(131) to the valve

casing(303) and reassemble O-ring(472).
(18) Connect the valve casing(303) with the

casing(301) and tighten the hex socket
bolt(401).
(19) Insert plunger(351) and spring(355) in the

valve casing and install O-ring(488).
Tighten RO plug(469) to the valve casing.
8-58
(20) Connect the anti-rotation valve(052) with
the casing(303) and tighten the hex socket
bolt(171).
(21) Insert back-up ring(162) and O-ring(161)

to the relief valve(051), and reassemble
them to valve casing(303).
(22) Connect the time delay valve(031) with

the casing(301) and tighten the hex bolt.
(23) Connect the valve casing(303) with the

casing(301).
8-59
3. REMOVAL AND INSTALL OF REDUCTION GEAR
1) REMOVAL
(1) Remove the swing motor assembly.
For details, see removal of swing motor
assembly.
(2) Slide reduction gear assembly(1) and
remove mounting bolts(2).
(3) Remove the reduction gear assembly.
ş Reduction gear device weight :
150kg(330lb)
2) INSTALL
to removal.
şTightening torque : 57.9kgfşm
(418.8lbfşft) 1
8-60
4. REDUCTION GEAR
1) STRUCTURE
201 915 401 102 902 901 402 913 230 202 312 311
602
231
204
287
211
912
283
911
285
403
210
801 910 286 203 282 288
102 Casing 283 Pin 602 Hexagon socket bolt

201 Drive shaft 285 Side plate 801 Seal
202 Ring gear 286 Side plate 901 Plug
203 Planetary gear 2 287 Side plate 902 Plug
204 Sun gear 2 288 Side plate 910 Spring pin
210 Planetary gear 1 311 Level bar 911 Snap ring
211 Sun gear 1 312 Pipe 912 Snap ring
230 Carrier 2 401 Roller bearing 913 Snap ring
231 Carrier 1 402 Roller bearing 915 Bearing seal
282 Pin 403 Needle cage
8-61
2) INSPECTIONS
(1) Precautions
This assembly is designed to balance the life time of each part. Therefore, when replacing the
parts, some parts could require another part's replacement at the same time because of their
structural or functional correlations.
(2) Inspections replacement
‫ ڸ‬When the pitting happens on a tooth of sun gear, planetary gear or ring gear, replace the
gear.(When a pit size is bigger than ܵ1mm(0.04") or the pits are more than 5 percent of the
tooth.)
‫ ڹ‬Replace the lock pin when loosely installed in the pin groove because of the wearing.
‫ ں‬Replace the oil seal when damaged or weared. Replace the oil seal when reassembling the
reduction gear assembly.
‫ ڻ‬Replace the No.1 carrier assembly when flaking happens on the sliding surfaces of the No.1
planetary gear.
‫ ڼ‬Replace the No.2 planetary gear assembly when radial clearance of bearing is more than
0.6mm(0.02").
Replace the No.2 planetary gear assembly when removing the output shaft.
‫ ڽ‬Replace the thrust button when the sliding surface of the sun gear is badly damaged.
‫ ھ‬Replace the thrust washer only when it was damaged.
‫ ڿ‬Replace the shaft support bearing when it was damaged. Do not reuse the disassemble shaft
support bearing.
Ɠ Inspect the No.2 planetary gear, thrust button, thrust washer, and shaft support bearing as
in assembly.
3) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Remove the level bar(311) and pipe(312) installed in the swing motor.
(2) Loosen the drain plug in the swing gear box to discharge the gear oil.
Ɠ Check the gear oil for contamination.
(3) Release the bolt(602) and remove the swing motor from reduction gear assembly.
(4) Release the No.1 sun gear(211).
(5) Release the No.1 carrier assembly(231) including No.1 planetary gear(210).
(6) Disassemble the No.1 carrier assembly, if necessary.
‫ ڸ‬Release the snap ring(911) and remove the side plate(285).
‫ ڹ‬Remove the No.1 planetary gear(210) and needle cage(403).
‫ ں‬Remove the side plate(288).
‫ ڻ‬Remove the side plate(287) in the center of No.1 carrier.
(7) Release the No.2 sun gear(204).
(8) Remove the No.2 carrier assembly(230) including No.2 planetary gear 2.
(9) Disassemble the No.2 carrier assembly, if necessary.
(10) Remove the ring gear(202).
(11) Remove the snap ring(913) from drive shaft(201) assembly.
(12) Remove the bearing seal(915) and roller bearing(401) from the casing(102), if necessary.
(13) Remove oil seal(801) from casing(102).
Ɠ Remove that the above articles(6,9,12) are applied for only special inspections or
maintenance.
8-62
4) ASSEMBLY
(1) Reassemble the drive shaft assembly.
‫ ڸ‬Insert the bearing seal(915) in the drive shaft(201).
‫ ڹ‬Install the roller bearing(401) in the drive shaft(201) after warming it up for about 10 minutes in
the oil can at 80~100Ş C(176~ 212Ş F).
(2) Insert the oil seal(801) in the casing(102).
(3) Insert the roller bearing(402) with snap ring(913).
(4) Reassemble the drive shaft assembly in the casing(102).
(5) Reassemble the ring gear(202) after applying grease to the casing(102).
(6) Reassemble the No.2 carrier assembly(230).
(7) Reassemble No.2 sun gear(204) with the side plate(287).
(8) Reassemble the No.1 carrier assembly(231).
‫ ڸ‬Insert the No.1 pin(285)with the spring pin(910) in the No.1 carrier(231).
‫ ڹ‬Insert the spring pin(910) in the No.1 carrier.
‫ ں‬Insert the side plate(287) in the center of No.1 carrier.
‫ ڻ‬Insert the side plate(288).
‫ ڼ‬Insert the side plate(285) with snap ring(911).
Ɠ See the Table for the sizes of side plates.
Inner dia. Outer dia. Thickness

Item no.
mm in mm in mm in
285 45 1.77 59 2.32 2 0.08
286 50 1.97 64 2.52 1 0.04
287 42 1.65 95 3.74 2 0.08
288 45 1.77 59 2.32 1 0.04
(9) Install the No.1 carrier assembly in the No.2 sun gear.
(10) Install the No.1 sun gear(211) with snap ring(912).
(11) Install the swing motor with bolts(602) in the ring gear(202) with grease.
(12) Insert the drain plug(901) of the gear.
(13) Reassemble the level bar(311) and pipe(312).
(14) Give gear oil.
8-63
GROUP 6 TRAVEL DEVICE

1) REMOVAL
(1) Swing the work equipment 90Ş
and lower it
completely to the ground.
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate
the skin causing serious in injury.
(3) Remove the track shoe assembly.
2
For details, see removal of track shoe
assembly. 1
(4) Remove the cover.
6
(5) Remove the hose(3, 4, 5, 6). 3
4
Ɠ Fit blind plugs to the disconnected hoses. 5
(6) Remove the bolts and the sprocket.
(7) Sling travel device assembly(1).
(8) Remove the mounting bolts(2), then
remove the travel device assembly.
şWeight : 210kg(463lb)
2) INSTALL
to removal.
(2) Bleed the air from the travel motor.
‫ ڸ‬Remove the air vent plug.
‫ ڹ‬Pour in hydraulic oil until it overflows from
the port.
‫ ں‬Tighten plug lightly.
‫ ڻ‬Start the engine, run at low idling, and
‫ ڼ‬Tighten plug fully.

8 - 64
1) TRAVEL MOTOR(1/2)
31 18 17 20 21 24 25 26 23 27 28 22
32 30
19 29
RELIEF VALVE DETAIL

38 33
43
37
34
35
36
1
16
2
8 3
14 7
6
15
44 5
10 4
9
11
39
12
40
13
41
42
VIEW A
1 Base plate 17 Relief housing 33 Plug
2 Plunger 18 Poppet 34 Spool
3 Check valve 19 Poppet seat 35 Spring
4 Spring 20 Spring seat 36 Plug
5 Plug 21 Spring 37 O-ring
6 O-ring 22 Plug 38 Orifice
7 Cap 23 O-ring 39 Orifice
8 O-ring 24 Free piston 40 O-ring
9 Socket head bolt 25 O-ring 41 Plug
10 Steel ball 26 Back up ring 42 Plug
11 Spring 27 Spring guide 43 Orifice
12 O-ring 28 O-ring 44 Flange
13 Plug 29 Set screw
14 Spring seat 30 Nut
15 Spring 31 O-ring
16 Relief valve assembly 32 Back up ring
8 - 65
TRAVEL MOTOR(2/2)
82 64 73 65 79 72 71 69 70 79 56 57 58 80
54
55 61
81
75
63 62
47 49
48
A
81
66
60
59
76 83 74 78 77 68 67 51 50 52 53
47 Casing 60 Steel ball 73 Spring

48 Shaft 61 Piston assembly 74 Pin
49 Spring pin 62 Roller bearing 75 Spring
50 Cylinder block 63 Roller bearing 76 Valve plate
51 Piston assembly 64 Spring pin 77 Orifice
52 Retainer plate 65 Socket head bolt 78 O-ring
53 Retainer holder 66 Oil seal 79 O-ring
54 Snap ring 67 Disc plate 80 Plug
55 Collar 68 Brake piston 81 Plug
56 Spring 69 O-ring 82 Plug
57 Collar 70 Back up ring 83 Socket head bolt
58 Pin 71 O-ring
59 Swash plate 72 Back up ring
8 - 66
(1) Tools
Tool name Remark

2.5
Allen wrench
4
B
6
8
14
Socket for socket wrench 27
Spanner 27
Pliers -
(-) Driver 6ź100
Hammer Steel and plastic
Eye bolt M10, M16

Torque Wrench size
Part name Item Size
Plug 5 M20ź1.5 10~12 72.3~86.8 0.75 19
Socket head bolt 9 M10ź1.5 5.5~6.5 39.8~47.0 0.31 8
Relief valve 16 1 5/16 36~40 260~289 1.06 27
Plug 33, 80 NPT 1/16 0.9~1.1 6.5~8.0 0.16 4
Plug 36 PF 3/8 6.7~7.3 48.5~52.8 0.31 8
Orifice 38, 39, 43 M5ź0.8 0.2~0.3 1.4~2.2 0.10 2.5
Socket head bolt 66 M16ź2.0 28~32 203~232 0.55 14
Plug 81 PT 1/4 1.5~2.0 10.8~14.4 0.24 6
8 - 67
3) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Fixed the motor

Direct the output shaft up and fix the base plate (3) in a vise.
(2) Disassembling the base plate

assembly
Disassembling the relief valve assembly.
Loosen plug(21) and remove the relief
assembly(15).
The plug(21) is lightly pressed into the
relief housing(16), but in case it comes
off, hold and turn the outer periphery of
the relief housing(16) to separate them.
If nut(30) and setscrew(29) are loosened
to remove the relief valve assembly
(15), the set relief pressure will vary.
Therefore, do not loosen them.
Do not disassemble the relief valve
assembly except when necessary.
When holding the periphery of the relief
valve housing with pincers, protect it
with rag or something to protect the
outer.
Disassembling the Double Counterbalance

valve.
Loosen socket bolts(13) and remove the
flange(12).
Since the flange(12) is held down by
spring(11), loosen the socket bolts(13)
halfway and hold the flange(12) down till
the socket bolts(13) come off.
8-68
Remove spring seat(10) and spring(11).
Draw out the plunger assembly(4).

Draw it out, turning it slowly.
Disassembling the 2-speed control valve.

Loosen plugs(36) and remove spring (35)
and spool(34).
Draw out it, by turning is slowly.
(3) Disassembling the base plate

Loosen socket bolts(66).
Loosen the bolts evenly as the base
plate(3) is pushed up by spring(74).
8-69
Remove socket bolts(66) and take off
base plate assembly(3), using a
screwdriver.
Do not pry the base plate assembly
gerkily with a screwdriver.
Remove O-ring(79, 80) from casing(1).
8-70
Separate valve plate(77), pins(75), O-
ring(79, 80) and spring(74) from base
plate(3).
(4) Disassembling the brake piston

Separate brake piston(69) from casing
(1), using jet air and utilizing the pilot port
hole of the casing(1).
Remove disc plate(68).
Brake piston(69) may pop up by air
pressure. Therefore, use care to avoid
danger by utilizing a pop-out preventing
jig or something.
(5) Disassembling the cylinder block

assembly
With casing(1) placed on the side on the
work bench, draw out the cylinder block
assembly(50) from casing(1).
Be cautious not to damage on sliding
face of cylinder.
Draw out piston assembly(52) from

cylinder block(51), separate retainer
plate(53), retainer holder(54) and pin(59)
and disassemble the cylinder block.
8-71
Remove snap ring(55) using a jig and
separate collar(56), spring(57) and
collar(58).
(6) Separate shaft(40) from casing(1).
(7) Separate swash plate(60) from casing(1)

and then take off steel ball(61), spring
(76) and piston assembly(62).
Steel balls(61) can easily be taken out if a
magnet is used.
8-72
(8) Disassembling the plunger assembly
Fit round bar( 10) into plunger(5) and
fix in a vise and then remove plug(8).
Separate spring(7) and check valve(6).
8-73
4) ASSEMBLY
(1) Precautions
Clean parts with clean washing oil and
blow it with jet air.
Handle cleaned parts with care to be free
from dust and scoring.
Replace seals, bearings and pins with
new ones.
Tighten the fastening parts to specified
torques.
Coat oil seals and O-rings with grease.
(Oil seal lip, in particular)
(2) Assembling the cylinder block

assembly
Fix collar(58), spring(57) and collar(56) to
cylinder block(51) in that order and then
fit snap ring(55).
Fix pin(59) and retainer holder(54) to

cylinder block(51).
8-74
Fix piston assembly(52) to retainer
plate(53) and fit it into cylinder block (51).
Fix the retainer plate so the small
diameter part of the retainer plate bore
taper comes in contact with the flange of
the piston shoe. Fix it after coating the
piston hole with hydraulic oil.
(3) Fixing Casing(1)

Place a suitable jig on a work bench and
mount casing(101) on it.
Fix spring(76), piston assembly(62) and
steel ball(61) to casing(1).
8-75
Fix shaft(40) to casing(1).
Fix swash plate(60) to casing(1).
Insert the cylinder block assembly(50)

into casing(1) and assemble them
together.
Insert the cylinder block so piston
assembly(62) and retainer holder(54)
may not come off.
Fix disc plate(68) to casing(1)
8-76
Fix O-ring(70, 72) and back up ring(71,
73) to brake piston(69).
Fix brake piston(69) to casing(1).
Place a suitable jig on the brake piston

and insert brake piston by tapping with
plastic hammer.
8-77
Fix O-ring(79, 80) to casing(1).
Fix spring(74) to brake piston(69).
(4) Assembling the base plate

Place a suitable jig on a work bench and
mount base plate(3) on it.
Fix the out race of roller bearing(64) to
base plate(3).
Fix pin(75), spring pin(65) and valve
plate(77) to the base plate(3).
(5) Assembling the base plate

Fix base plate(3) to casing(1).
Fix cylinder block(51) and valve plate
(77) after applying hydraulic oil to them.
8-78
Tighten socket bolts(66).
Tightening torque : 10~11kgf m
(6) Assembling the plunger

Fix round bar( 10) into plunger(4) and
fix it in a vise.
Fix check valve(6) and spring(7) to
plunger(5).
Fix O-ring(9) and plug(8) to plunger(5).
Fix plunger(4) to base plate(3).

Before assembling, applying hydraulic oil
to sliding surface of plunger.
Fix plunger(4) by turning it slowly and
confirm that it slides smoothly.
8-79
Fit spring seat(10) and spring(11).
Fit flange(12) to base plate(3) and

fasten them with socket bolts(13)
together.
Since it is pushed by spring(11),
tighten socket bolts(13), holding it down
by hand.
(7) Fit relief valve(15) to base plate(3) and

tighten specified torque.
8-80
(8) Fit spool(34), spring(35) to base plate(3)
and tighten plug(36).
Pay attention to spool direction.
8-81
3. TRAVEL REDUCTION GEAR
1) STRUCTURE
3
28 11 12 15 14 22 20 -6 -2 -4 -5 -7 -3 -8 -1 19
24
29
26
23
6
4
8
-1
-2
-5
1
-3
-4
-6
25
10 13 17 18 27 9 16 21 -1 -4 -3 -2 -5 -6
2
1 Holder A assembly 3-2 Planet gear C 14 Shim(0.1~0.05t)
1-1 Holder A 3-3 Roller bearing 15 Pin
1-2 Planet gear A 3-4 Gear shaft C 16 Socket head bolt
1-3 Needle bearing 3-5 Floating seal 17 Socket head bolt
1-4 Gear shaft A 3-6 Collar 18 Plate
1-5 Thrust washer 3-7 Thrust washer 19 Ring gear
1-6 Spring pin 3-8 Spring pin 20 O-ring
2 Holder B assembly 4 Drive gear 21 Socket head bolt
2-1 Holder B 5 Thrust plate 22 Pin
2-2 Planet gear B 6 Sun gear B 23 Thrust plate(1.8~3.2t)
2-3 Needle bearing 8 Sun gear C 24 Cover
2-4 Gear shaft B 9 Spring washer 25 Socket head bolt
2-5 Thrust washer 10 Flange 26 Plug(PF 3/4)
2-6 Spring pin 11 Floating seal 27 Plug(PT 1/4)
3 Holder C assembly 12 Angular bearing 28 Plug(PT 1/8)
3-1 Holder C 13 Housing
8-82
(1) Tools
Tool name Remark

5
Allen wrench
6
8
B
10
12
14
16
Socket for socket wrench 27
Spanner 27
Pliers -
(-) Driver 6ź100
Hammer Steel and plastic
Eye bolt M10, M16

Torque Wrench size
Part name Item Size
Socket head bolt 16 M16ź2.0 28~32 203~232 0.55 14
17 M18ź2.5 40~45 289~326 0.55 16
21 M12ź1.75 12.3~13.7 89.0~99.1 0.39 10
25 M10ź1.5 5.5~6.5 39.9~47.0 0.31 8
Plug 26 PF 3/4 15.2~16.8 110~122 0.47 12
27 PT 1/4 1~1.5 7.2~10.8 0.24 6
28 PT 1/8 0.9~1.0 6.5~7.2 0.20 5
8-83
GROUP 7 RCV LEVER

1) REMOVAL

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
(4) Loosen the socket bolt(2). 2
(5) Remove the cover of the console box. 1
(6) Disconnect pilot line hoses(3).

(7) Remove the pilot valve assembly(1). 3
Ɠ When removing the pilot valve assembly,
check that all the hoses have been
disconnected.
2) INSTALL
to removal.
8 - 95
1) STRUCTURE
27
28
29
23
25
26
24
21
18
20
19
14
15
16
12
11
17
9
13
31
8
6
7,30
10
22
5
1
3
2
4
Port 1, 3 Port 2, 4
8 - 96
1 Case 12 Rod seal 22 O-ring
2 Plug 13 O-ring 23 Handle connector
3 Plug 14 Push rod 24 Nut
4 O-ring 15 Push rod 25 Insert
5 Spool 16 Plate 26 Boot
6 Shim 17 Bushing 27 Handle
7 Spring 18 Joint assembly 28 Switch assembly
8 Spring seat 19 Swash plate 29 Screw
9 Stopper 20 Adjusting nut 30 Spring
10 Spring 21 Lock nut 31 Spring seat
11 Plug
8 - 97
(1) Tools
Tool name Remark
Allen wrench 6 B
22
Spanner
27
(+) Driver Length 150
(-) Driver Width 4~5
Torque
Part name Item Size
kgfşm lbfşft
Plug 2 PT 1/8 3.0 21.7
Joint 18 M14 3.5 25.3
Swash plate 19 M14 5.0Ź0.35 36.2Ź2.5
Adjusting nut 20 M14 5.0Ź0.35 36.2Ź2.5
Lock nut 21 M14 5.0Ź0.35 36.2Ź2.5
Screw 29 M 4 0.05 0.36
8 - 98
3) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Clean pilot valve with kerosene.
Ɠ Put blind plugs into all ports
(2) Fix pilot valve in a vise with copper(or
lead) sheets.
(3) Remove end of boot(26) from case(1)
and take it out upwards.
Ɠ For valve with switch, remove cord also

through hole of casing.
(4) Loosen lock nut(21) and adjusting nut(20)

with spanners on them respectively, and
take out handle section as one body.
8 - 99
(5) Loosen adjusting nut(20) and plate(19)
with spanners on them respectively, and
remove them.
(6) Turn joint anticlockwise to loosen it,

utilizing jig(Special tool).
Ɠ When return spring(10) is strong in force,
plate(16), plug(11) and push rod(14, 15)
will come up on loosening joint.
Pay attention to this.
8 - 100
(7) Remove plate(16).
(8) When return spring(10) is weak in force,

plug(11) stays in casing because of
sliding resistance of O-ring.
Ɠ Take it out with minus screwdriver.
Take it out, utilizing external periphery
groove of plug and paying attention not to
damage it by partial loading.
Ɠ During taking out, plug may jump up due
to return spring(10) force.
Pay attention to this.
(9) Remove reducing valve subassembly

and return spring(10) out of casing.
Ɠ Record relative position of reducing valve
subassembly and return springs.
(10) Loosen hexagon socket head plug(2) with

hexagon socket screw key.
8 - 101
(11) For disassembling reducing valve section,
stand it vertically with spool(5) bottom
placed on flat workbench. Push down
spring seat(8, 31) and remove two pieces
of semicircular stopper(9) with tip of small
minus screwdriver.
Ɠ Pay attention not to damage spool
surface.
Ɠ Record original position of spring seat(8,
31).
Ɠ Do not push down spring seat more than
6mm.
(12) Separate spool(5), spring seat(8, 31),

spring(7, 30) and shim(6) individually.
Ɠ Until being assembled, they should be
handled as one subassembly group.
(13) Take push rod(14, 15) out of plug(11).
(14) Remove O-ring(13) and seal(12) from

plug(11).
Use small minus screwdriver or so on to
remove this seal.
8 - 102
(15) Remove lock nut(21) and then boot(26).
8 - 103
(16) Cleaning of parts
‫ ڸ‬Put all parts in rough cleaning vessel
filled with kerosene and clean them
(Rough cleaning)
Ɠ If dirty part is cleaned with kerosene just
after putting it in vessel, it may be
damaged. Leave it in kerosene for a
while to loosen dust and dirty oil.
Ɠ If this kerosene is polluted, parts will be
damaged and functions of reassembled
valve will be degraded.
Therefore, control cleanliness of
kerosene fully.
‫ ڹ‬Put parts in final cleaning vessel filled
with kerosene, turning it slowly to clean
them even to their insides(Finish
cleaning).
Ɠ Do not dry parts with compressed air,
since they will be damaged and/or rusted
by dust and moisture in air.
(17) Rust prevention of parts.
Apply rust-preventives to all parts.
Ɠ If left as they after being cleaned, they will
be rusted and will not display their
functions fully after being reassembled.
8 - 104
4) ASSEMBLY
(1) Tighten hexagon socket head plug(2) to
the specified torque.
Ɠ Tighten two bolts alternately and slowly.
(2) Put shim(6), springs(7, 30) and spring

seat(8, 31) onto spool(5) in this order.
(3) Stand spool vertically with its bottom

placed on flat workbench, and with spring
seat pushed down, put two pieces of
semicircular stopper(9) on spring seat
without piling them on.
Ɠ Assemble stopper(9) so that its sharp
edge side will be caught by head of spool.
Do not push down spring seat more than
6mm.
(4) Assemble spring(10) into casing.

Assemble reducing valve subassembly
into casing.
Ɠ Assemble them to their original positions.
8 - 105
(5) Assemble O-ring(13) onto plug(11).
(6) Assemble seal(12) to plug(11).

Ɠ Assemble seal in such lip direction as
shown below.
(7) Assemble push rod(14, 15) to plug(11).

Ɠ Apply working oil on push-rod surface.
(8) Assemble plug subassembly to casing.

Ɠ When return spring is weak in force,
subassembly stops due to resistance of
O-ring.
8 - 106
(9) When return spring is strong in force,
assemble 4 sets at the same time,
utilizing plate(16), and tighten joint(18)
temporarily.
(10) Fit plate(16).
(11) Tighten joint(18) with the specified torque

to casing, utilizing jig.
(12) Assemble plate(19) to joint(18).

Ɠ Screw it to position that it contacts with 4
push rods evenly.
Ɠ Do not screw it over.
(13) Assemble adjusting nut(20), apply

spanner to width across flat of plate(19) to
fix it, and tighten adjusting nut to the
specified torque.
Ɠ During tightening, do not change position
of disk.
8 - 107
(14) Fit boot(26) and lock nut(21), and handle
subassembly is assembled completely.
(15) Pull out cord and tube through adjusting

nut hole provided in direction 60Şto 120Ş
from casing hole.
(16) Assemble bushing(17) to plate and pass

cord and tube through it.
Ɠ Provide margin necessary to operation.
8 - 108
(17) Determine handle direction, tighten lock
nut(21) to specified torque to fix handle.
(18) Apply grease to rotating section of joint

and contacting faces of disk and push rod.
(19) Assemble lower end of bellows to casing.
(20) Inject volatile rust-preventives through all

ports and then put blind plugs in ports.
8 - 109
GROUP 8 TURNING JOINT

1) REMOVAL
(4) Disconnect all hoses.
(5) Sling the turning joint assembly (1) and
remove the mounting bolt(2).
şTightening torque : 12.2Ź 1.3kgfşm 1
(88.2Ź 9.4lbfşft)
(6) Remove the turning joint assembly. 2
Ɠ When removing the turning joint, check
that all the hoses have been disconnected.
2) INSTALL
to removal.
Ɠ Take care of turning joint direction.
Ɠ Assemble hoses to their original positions.
Ɠ Confirm the hydraulic oil level and check
8 - 110
1) STRUCTURE
3 6 10
10
15
11
12
13
1 Hub 6 Shim 11 Retaining ring

2 Shaft assembly 7 Sipper seal 12 Plug
3 Cover 8 O-ring 13 Plug
4 Spacer 9 O-ring 14 Hexagon head bolt
5 Shim 10 O-ring 15 Spring washer
8 - 111
2) DISASSEMBLY
14
(1) Before the disassembly, clean the turning
15
joint.
Remove bolts(14), washer(15) and cover 3
(3).
(2) Remove shim(6) and O-ring(10).

6
(3) Remove retainer ring(11), spacer(4) and 10
shim(5). 11
4
5
(4) Place hub(1) on a V-block and by using a

wood buffer at the shaft end, hit out Secure with hand
Wooden block
shaft(2) to about 1/2 from the hub with a
hammer.
Ɠ Take care not to damage the shaft(2)
when remove hub(1) or rest it sideway.
Ɠ Put a fitting mark on hub(1) and shaft(2). V block
Work bench
(5) Remove six slipper seals(7) and O-ring(9)

from hub(1).
9
7
8 - 112
3) ASSEMBLY
Ɠ Clean all parts.
Ɠ As a general rule, replace oil seals and O-
ring.
Ɠ Coat the sliding surfaces of all parts with
engine oil or grease before installing.
(1) Fix seven slipper seal(7) and O-ring(9) to

hub(1).
9
(2) Fit O-ring(8) to shaft(2).
7
(3) Set shaft(2) on block, tap hub(1) with a

plastic hammer to install.
2
(4) Fit shim(5), spacer(4) and retainer ring(11)

to shaft(2). 6
10
(5) Fit O-ring(10) to hub(1). 11
(6) Fit shim(6) to shaft(2). 4
5
8 - 113
(7) Install cover(3) to hub(1) and tighten
bolts(14). 14
şTorque : 5.5 ~ 12.5kgfşm(40 ~ 90lbfşft) 15
3
8 - 114
GROUP 9 BOOM, ARM AND BUCKET CYLINDER

1) BUCKET CYLINDER
(1) Removal
Ɠ Expand the arm and bucket fully, lower the
work equipment to the ground and stop
the engine.
Ɠ Operate the control levers and pedals
Ɠ Loosen the breather slowly to release the
Escaping fluid under pressure can Bucket cylinder
Ɠ Fit blind plugs in the hoses after
disconnecting them, to prevent dirt or
dust from entering.
‫ ڸ‬Set block between bucket cylinder and Arm
arm.
Wooden block
‫ ڹ‬Remove nut(3), bolt(2) and pull out pin(1).

Ɠ Tie the rod with wire to prevent it from
coming out.
2
1
‫ ں‬Loosen socket bolt(4) to disconnect

bucket cylinder hoses(5) and put plugs on
cylinder pipe.
5
4
8 - 115
‫ ڻ‬Sling bucket cylinder assembly(9), and
remove nut(8), bolt(7), then pull out
pin(6). 9 7
‫ ڼ‬Remove bucket cylinder assembly(9)
şWeight : 125kg(276lb) 6
(2) Install
‫ ڸ‬Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
When aligning the mounting position of
the pin, do not insert your fingers in the
pin hole.
Ɠ Bleed the air from the bucket cylinder.
8 - 116
2) ARM CYLINDER
(1) Removal
the engine.
penetrate the skin causing serious in
injury.
Arm cylinder
disconnecting them, to prevent dirt or dust
from entering.
‫ ڸ‬Set block between arm cylinder and Boom
boom.
Wooden block
‫ ڹ‬Remove nut(3), bolt(2) and pull out pin(1).

coming out.
2
1
‫ ں‬Loosen socket bolt(4) to disconnect arm

cylinder hose(5) and put plugs on cylinder
5
pipe. 4
‫ ڻ‬Disconnect greasing hoses(6).
6
8 - 117
‫ ڼ‬Sling arm cylinder assembly(10), and
remove nut(9), bolt(8), then pull out 8
10
pin(7).
‫ ڽ‬Remove arm cylinder assembly(10). 7
şWeight : 183kg(403lb) 9
(2) Install
to removal.
pin hole.
Ɠ Bleed the air from the arm cylinder.
8 - 118
3) BOOM CYLINDER
(1) Removal
the engine.
disconnecting them, to prevent dirt or
dust from entering.
Boom 1
‫ ڸ‬Disconnect greasing hoses(1).
‫ ڹ‬Sling boom cylinder assembly.
Boom cylinder
‫ ں‬Remove nut(4), bolt(3) and pull out pin(2).

4
coming out.
4 3
‫ ڻ‬Lower the boom cylinder assembly(5) on

a stand.
8 - 119
‫ ڼ‬Disconnect boom cylinder hoses(6), and
put plugs on cylinder pipe.
‫ ڽ‬Remove spring(9), pin stopper(8), then

pull out pin(7).
‫ ھ‬Remove boom cylinder assembly(5).
8
5 7
9
(2) Install
to removal.
pin hole.
Ɠ Bleed the air from the boom cylinder.
Ɠ Conform the hydraulic oil level and check
8 - 120
1) STRUCTURE
(1) Bucket cylinder
22 4 3 10,11 33,34 32 10,12 1 2 13 15,16 14 17 18 19 20
7
6
5
8
9
Internal detail
35,36 30 23 31 35,36
23-6 23-3
1 Tube assembly 12 Back up ring 23-3 Hexagon bolt

2 Rod assembly 13 Cushion ring 23-6 Hexagon bolt
3 Gland 14 Piston 30 Pipe assembly(R)
4 Du bushing 15 O-ring 31 Pipe assembly(B)
5 Rod seal 16 Back up ring 32 O-ring
6 Back up ring 17 Piston seal 33 Hexagon bolt
7 Step seal 18 Wear ring 34 Spring washer
8 Dust wiper 19 Dust ring 35 Pin bushing
9 Snap ring 20 Lock nut 36 Dust seal
10 O-ring 22 Hexagon socket head bolt
11 Back up ring 23 Band assembly
8 - 121
(2) Arm cylinder
24 4 3 10,11 36,37 35 10,12 1 2 13 15,16 18 14 17 19 22 21 20
7
6
5
8
9
Internal detail
38,39 25 25-4 34 29 38,39
33 25-5
1 Tube assembly 13 Cushion ring 25-4 Hexagon bolt

2 Rod assembly 14 Piston 25-5 Hexagon nut
3 Gland 15 O-ring 29 Band assembly(B)
4 Du bushing 16 Back up ring 33 Pipe assembly(R)
5 Rod seal 17 Piston seal 34 Pipe assembly(B)
6 Back up ring 18 Wear ring 35 O-ring
7 Step seal 19 Dust ring 36 Hexagon bolt
8 Dust wiper 20 Cushion spear 37 Spring washer
9 Snap ring 21 Steel ball 38 Pin bushing
10 O-ring 22 Lock nut 39 Dust seal
11 Back up ring 24 Hexagon socket head bolt
12 Back up ring 25 Band assembly(R)
8 - 122
(3) Boom cylinder
22 4 3 10,11 32,33 31 10,12 1 2 13 15,16 14 17 18 19 20
7
6
5
8
9
Internal detail
34,36 29 23-5 23-4 23 30 35,37
1 Tube assembly 12 Back up ring 23-4 Hexagon bolt

2 Rod assembly 13 Cushion ring 23-5 Hexagon nut
3 Gland 14 Piston 29 Pipe assembly(R)
4 Du bushing 15 O-ring 30 Pipe assembly(B)
5 Rod seal 16 Back up ring 31 O-ring
6 Back up ring 17 Piston seal 32 Hexagon bolt
7 Step seal 18 Wear ring 33 Spring washer
8 Dust wiper 19 Dust ring 34 Pin bushing
9 Snap ring 20 Lock nut 35 Pin bushing
10 O-ring 22 Hexagon socket head bolt 36 Dust seal
11 Back up ring 23 Band assembly 37 Dust seal
8 - 123
(1) Tools
Tool name Remark
Allen wrench 14
19 B
13
Spanner 17
19
(-)Driver Small and large sizes
Torque
Part name Item Size
kgfşm lbfşft
Socket head bolt Bucket cylinder
22 M16 23Ź2 166.4Ź14.5
Boom cylinder
Arm cylinder 24 M20 46Ź4.6 332.7Ź33.3
Hexagon head bolt Bucket cylinder 23-3
Arm cylinder 25-4 M10 3.2Ź0.3 23.1Ź2.2
Boom cylinder 23-4
Bucket cylinder 23-6 M12 5.5Ź0.6 39.8Ź4.3
Arm cylinder 36
M10 5.4Ź0.5 39.1Ź3.6
Boom cylinder 32
Bucket cylinder 33 M10 3.2Ź0.3 23.1Ź2.2
Hexagon head nut Arm cylinder 25-5
M10 3.2Ź0.3 23.1Ź2.2
Boom cylinder 23-5
Lock nut Bucket cylinder
20 ,
Boom cylinder 100Ź10 723.3Ź72.3
Arm cylinder 22 ,
Piston Bucket cylinder
Arm cylinder 14 , 150Ź15 1085Ź109
Boom cylinder
8 - 124
1) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Remove cylinder head and piston rod
‫ ڸ‬Hold the clevis section of the tube in a
vise.
Ɠ Use mouth pieces so as not to damage
the machined surface of the cylinder
tube. Do not make use of the outside
piping as a locking means.
‫ ڹ‬Pull out piston rod(2) about 200mm(8in).

Because the piston rod is rather heavy,
finish extending it with air pressure after mm
200
the oil draining operation.
‫ ں‬Loosen and remove socket bolts(22) of

Hexagon
the cylinder head in sequence. socket wrench
Ɠ Cover the extracted piston rod(2) with rag
to prevent it from being accidentally
damaged during operation.
3
2 22
Cover here
with rag
‫ ڻ‬Draw out gland(3) and piston rod

assembly(2) together from cylinder tube
(1). Lift
Ɠ Since the piston rod assembly is heavy in
this case, lift the tip of the piston rod(2)
with a crane or some means and draw it
out. However, when piston rod(2) has
Oil pan
been drawn out to approximately two Full straight
thirds of its length, lift it in its center to draw sideways
it completely.
8 - 125
Ɠ Note that the plated surface of piston
rod(2) is to be lifted. For this reason, do
not use a wire sling and others that may
damage it, but use a strong cloth belt or a
rope.
‫ ڼ‬Place the removed piston rod assembly
on a wooden V-block that is set level.
Ɠ Cover a V-block with soft rag. Piston assy
Wooden block
(2) Remove piston and cylinder head

‫ ڸ‬Remove lock nut(20). 13 16 15 16 14 20
Ɠ Since lock nut(20) is tightened to a high
torque, use a hydraulic and power
wrench that utilizers a hydraulic cylinder,
to remove the lock nut(20).
‫ ڹ‬Remove piston assembly(14), back up
rings(16), and O-ring(15) and cushion
ring(13).
‫ ں‬Remove the cylinder head assembly Lift with a crane

Plastic
from piston rod(2). hammer
8,9 5,6 4
Ɠ If it is too heavy to move, move it by
striking the flanged part of gland(3) with a
Pull straight
plastic hammer.
Ɠ Pull it straight with gland assembly lifted
with a crane.
Exercise care so as not to damage the lip
of Du bushing(4) and packing (5,6,8,9) by 3 2
the threads of piston rod(2).
8 - 126
(3) Disassemble the piston assembly
‫ ڸ‬Remove wear ring(18). 19 18 17 18 19
‫ ڹ‬Remove dust ring(19) and piston
seal(17).
Ɠ Exercise care in this operation not to
damage the grooves.
(4) Disassemble cylinder head assembly

‫ ڸ‬Remove back up ring(12) and O-ring 9 8 6 5 7 11 10 12 10
(10).
‫ ڹ‬Remove back up ring(11) and O-ring(10).
‫ ں‬Remove snap ring(9) and dust wiper(8).
‫ ڻ‬Remove back up ring(6), rod seal(5) and
step seal(7).
Ɠ Exercise care in this operation not to
damage the grooves.
Ɠ Do not remove seal and ring, if does not
damaged.
8 - 127
4) ASSEMBLY
(1) Assemble cylinder head assembly
Ɠ Check for scratches or rough surfaces if
found smooth with an oil stone.
‫ ڸ‬Coat the inner face of gland(3) with
hydraulic oil. 3
‫ ڹ‬Coat dust wiper(8) with grease and fit Press here

dust wiper(8) to the bottom of the hole of (Straight down)
Metal
dust wiper.
8
At this time, press a pad metal to the
metal ring of dust wiper.
‫ ں‬Fit snap ring(9) to the stop face.
‫ ڻ‬Fit back up ring(6), rod seal(5)and step

seal(7) to corresponding grooves, in that
order. Wrong Right
Ɠ Coat each packing with hydraulic oil
before fitting it.
Ɠ Insert the backup ring until one side of it
is inserted into groove.
Ɠ Rod seal(5) has its own fitting direction.

Therefore, confirm it before fitting them. Push bar
Ɠ Fitting rod seal(5) up side down may
damage its lip. Therefore check the
correct direction that is shown in fig.
5
8 - 128
‫ ڼ‬Fit back up ring(11,12) to gland(3).
Ɠ Put the backup ring in the warm water of
10
30~50Ɓ C 12
‫ ڽ‬Fit O-rings(10) to gland(3). 10
11
(2) Assemble piston assembly

Ɠ Check for scratches or rough surfaces.
If found smooth with an oil stone. 14
‫ ڸ‬Coat the outer face of piston(14) with
hydraulic oil.
‫ ڹ‬Fit piston seal(17) to piston(14).

Ɠ Put the piston seal in the warm water of
17
60~100Ɓ C for more than 5 minutes.
Ɠ After assembling the piston seal, press its
outer diameter to fit in.
‫ ں‬Fit wear ring(18) and dust ring(19) to

piston(14). 16 15 16 19 18 17 18 19
‫ ڻ‬Fit back up rings(16) and O-ring(15) to
piston(14).
8 - 129
(3) Install piston and cylinder head
‫ ڸ‬Fix the piston rod assembly to the work
Gland assembly
bench.
Piston rod
‫ ڹ‬Apply hydraulic oil to the outer surface of
piston rod(2), the inner surface of piston
and cylinder head.
‫ ں‬Insert cylinder head assembly to piston
rod.
‫ ڻ‬Insert cushion ring(13) to piston rod.

Ɠ Note that cushion ring(13) has a 13
direction in which it should be fitted.
Insert
‫ ڼ‬Fit piston assembly to piston rod(2).

şTightening torque : Piston assembly
100Ź10kgfşm(723.3 Ź72.3lbfşft) Piston rod
‫ ڽ‬Fit lock nut(20) to piston rod(2).

şTightening torque Piston rod Lock nut
Item kgfşm lbfşft
Bucket(20)
Boom(20) 100Ź10 723.3Ź72.3
Arm(22)
8 - 130
(4) Overall assemble Fix with a bar
‫ ڸ‬Place a V-block on a rigid work bench.
Mount the cylinder tube assembly(1) on it Lift
and fix the assembly by passing a bar
through the clevis pin hole to lock the
assembly.
‫ ڹ‬Insert the piston rod assembly in to the Straight
cylinder tube assembly, while lifting and Oil pan
moving the piston rod assembly with a Apply liquid packing
crane.
Ɠ Be careful not to damage piston seal by
thread of tube assembly.
‫ ں‬Match the bolt holes in the gland flange to Tube
the tapped holes in the cylinder tube
assembly and tighten socket bolts to a
specified torque. Piston rod
Ɠ Refer to the table of tightening torque.
Hexagon
socket wrench
Gland
8 - 131
GROUP 10 UNDERCARRIAGE
1. TRACK LINK
1) REMOVAL
(1) Move track link until master pin is over
front idler in the position put wooden
Master pin
block as shown.
(2) Loosen tension of the track link.
Ɠ If track tension is not relieved when the
grease valve is loosened, move the
machine backwards and forwards.
(3) Push out master pin by using a suitable
tool.
Wooden
block
(4) Move the machine slowly in reverse, and

lay out track link assembly (1).
Ɠ Jack up the machine and put wooden
block under the machine.
Ɠ Don't get close to the sprocket side as the
track shoe plate may fall down on your
feet.
1
2) INSTALL
to removal.
Ɠ Adjust the tension of the track link.
90-110Ɓ
8 - 132
2. CARRIER ROLLER Frame
1) REMOVAL
(1) Loosen tension of the track link. Grease
valve
(2) Jack up the track link height enough to

permit carrier roller removal.
Jack Carrier roller
(3) Loosen the lock nut (1).

1 Carrier
(4) Open bracket(2) with a screwdriver, push roller
out from inside, and remove carrier roller 2
assembly.
şWeight : 20.6kg(45.4lb)
2) INSTALL
to removal.
8 - 133
3. TRACK ROLLER Frame
1) REMOVAL
(1) Loosen tension of the track link. Grease
valve
(2) Using the work equipment, push up track

frame on side which is to be removed.
Ɠ After jack up the machine, set a block
under the unit.
90-110Ɓ
(3) Remove the mounting bolt(1) and draw

out the track roller(2). 1 2
ňWeight : 38.3kg(84.4lb)
2) INSTALL
to removal.
8 - 134
4. IDLER AND RECOIL SPRING
1) REMOVAL
(1) Remove the track link.
For detail, see removal of track link
(2) Sling the adjust component(1) and pull

out idler and recoil spring assembly from
track frame, using a pry.
1
şWeight : 270kg (595lb)
(3) Remove the bolts(2), washers(3) and

separate idler from recoil spring.
2, 3
2) INSTALL
to removal.
Ɠ Make sure that the boss on the end
face of the recoil cylinder rod is in the
hole of the track frame.
8 - 135
3) DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF IDLER
(1) Structure
5
2
1
2
5
6
8
7 7
6
1 Idler 4 Shaft 7 O-ring

2 Bushing 5 Seal assembly 8 Bracket
3 Plug 6 O-ring 9 Dowel pin
8 - 136
(2) Disassembly Press
‫ ڸ‬Remove plug and drain oil.
‫ ڹ‬Draw out the dowel pin(8), using a
press.
‫ ں‬Pull out the shaft(4) with a press.

‫ ڻ‬Remove seal assembly(5) from idler(1) Press
and bracket(8).
‫ ڼ‬Remove O-ring(6) from shaft.
‫ ڽ‬Remove the bushing(2) from idler,

using a special tool.
Ɠ Only remove bushing if replacement is
necessity.
8 - 137
(3) Assembly
Ɠ Before assembly, clean the parts.
1 2 Press
Ɠ Coat the sliding surfaces of all parts with
oil.
‫ ڸ‬Cool up bushing(2) fully by some dry
ice and press it into shell(1).
Do not press it at the normal temperature,
or not knock in with a hammer even after
the cooling.
‫ ڹ‬Coat O-ring(6) with grease thinly, and

install it to shaft(4).
6
‫ ں‬Insert shaft(4) into bracket(7), and drive in
the dowel pin(8). 4
7
‫ ڻ‬Install seal assembly(5) to idler(1) and

bracket(7). 5
‫ ڼ‬Install shaft(4) to idler(1). 4 1
8 - 138
‫ ڽ‬Install bracket(7) attached with seal
assembly(5).
7
‫ ھ‬Knock in the dowel pin(8) with a

hammer. 7 8 1
‫ ڿ‬Lay bracket(7) on its side.

7
Supply engine oil to the specified level,
and tighten plug.
8 - 139
4) DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF RECOIL SPRING
(1) Structure
3 4 1 9 7 2 5 6
1 Spring 4 Nut 7 Packing

2 Cylinder 5 Packing 8 Plug
3 Fork 6 Piston 9 Tie rod
8 - 140
(2) Disassembly
Press
‫ ڸ‬Apply pressure on spring(1) with a
press.
Ɠ The spring is under a large installed load.
This is dangerous, so be sure to set
properly. 3
Spring set load : 11000kg(24250lb)
‫ ڹ‬Remove lock nut(4). 4
Ɠ Take enough notice so that the press
which pushes down the spring, should 1
not be slipped out in its operation.
‫ ں‬Lighten the press load slowly, and
remove fork(3) and spring(1).
‫ ڻ‬Remove piston(6) from cylinder liner(2).

‫ ڼ‬Remove plug(8) from piston(6). 2 6
‫ ڽ‬Remove packings(5,7).
7 2 5
8 - 141
(3) Assembly
‫ ڸ‬Install packings(5,7) to cylinder liner(2). 7 2 5
Ɠ When installing packing(5,7) take full care
so as not to damage the lip.
‫ ڹ‬Pour grease into cylinder liner(2), then

2 6
push in piston(6) by hand.
After take grease out of plug mounting
hole, let air out.
Ɠ If air letting is not sufficient, it may be
difficult to adjust the tension of crawler.
‫ ں‬Fit plug(8) to piston(6).
Tightening torque : 10Ź1kgfşm
(72.3Ź7.2lbfşft) 8
‫ ڻ‬Install spring(1) and fork(3) to cylinder

liner(2). Press
‫ ڼ‬Apply pressure to spring(1) with a press
and tighten lock nut(4).
Ɠ Apply sealant before assembling.
Ɠ During the operation, pay attention
specially to prevent the press from 3
slipping out.
4
‫ ڽ‬Lighten the press load and confirm the
set length of spring(1).
1
437Ź1.5
8 - 142
GROUP 11 WORK EQUIPMENT
1. STRUCTURE
B
C
SECTION A SECTION B SECTION C
8 - 143
1) BUCKET ASSEMBLY
(1) Removal
‫ ڸ‬Lower the work equipment completely to 2
ground with back of bucket facing down. 1
GROUND
‫ ڹ‬Remove nut(4), bolt(3), and draw out the

pin(1).
3
1
‫ ں‬Remove nut(4), bolt(3), and draw out the

pin(2).
3
2
(2) Install
to removal.
pin hole.
Ɠ Adjust the bucket clearance.
For detail, see operation manual.
8 - 144
2) ARM ASSEMBLY
(1) Removal
penetrated the skin causing serious
injury.
‫ ڸ‬Remove bucket assembly.
For details, see removal of bucket
assembly.
‫ ڹ‬Loosen socket bolt(2) to disconnect
bucket cylinder hoses(1).
Fit blind plugs in the piping at the
chassis end securely to prevent oil from 1
spurting out when the engine is started. 2
‫ ں‬Sling arm cylinder assembly, and remove
nut, bolt, then pull out pin.
coming out.
For details, see removal of arm
cylinder assembly. Crane
‫ ڻ‬Place a wooden block under the cylinder
and bring the cylinder down to it.
‫ ڼ‬Remove nut(5), bolt(4) and pull out the
pin(3) then remove the arm assembly.
3, 4, 5
Ɠ When lifting the arm assembly, always lift
the center of gravity.
(2) Install
to removal.
When lifting the arm assembly, always lift
the center of gravity.
Ɠ Bleed the air from the cylinder.
8 - 145
3) BOOM ASSEMBLY
(1) Removal
‫ ڸ‬Remove arm and bucket assembly.
For details, see removal of arm and
bucket assembly.
‫ ڹ‬Remove boom cylinder assembly from
boom.
For details, see removal of boom
cylinder assembly.
‫ ں‬Disconnect head work wiring.

‫ ڻ‬Disconnect bucket cylinder hose(2) and
arm cylinder hose(1).
Ɠ When the hoses are disconnected, oil
may spurt out.
2
‫ ڼ‬Sling boom assembly(3).

Crane
‫ ڽ‬Remove bolt(4), nut(5) and pull out the
pin(6) then remove boom assembly.
şWeight :1230kg(2710lb)
Ɠ When lifting the boom assembly always
lift the center of gravity.
3 4, 5, 6
(2) Install
to removal.
When lifting the boom assembly, always 4
lift the center of gravity. 6
Ɠ Bleed the air from the cylinder.
5
8 - 146

Foreword: 1. Structure

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Foreword: 1. Structure

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Foreword: 1. Structure

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FOREWORD

2. Convert 550mm into inches.

Millimeters to inches ‫ڟ‬

0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354

0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354

Kilogram to Pound 1kg = 2.2046lb

0 2.20 4.41 6.61 8.82 11.02 13.23 15.43 17.64 19.84

0 0.264 0.528 0.793 1.057 1.321 1.585 1.849 2.113 2.378

Liter to U.K. Gallon 1ֻ = 0.21997 U.K.Gal

0 0.220 0.440 0.660 0.880 1.100 1.320 1.540 1.760 1.980

7.2 14.5 21.7 28.9 36.2 43.4 50.6 57.9 65.1

14.2 28.4 42.7 56.9 71.1 85.3 99.6 113.8 128.0

-40.4 -40 -40.0 -11.7 11 51.8 7.8 46 114.8 27.2 81

-28.3 -19 -2.2 -8.9 16 60.8 10.6 51 123.8 30.0 86 186.8

-25.6 -14 6.8 -6.1 21 69.8 13.3 56 132.8 32.8 91 195.8

-22.8 -9 15.8 -3.3 26 78.8 16.1 61 141.8 35.6 96 204.8

-20.0 -4 24.8 -0.6 31 87.8 18.9 66 150.8 40.6 105 221.0

-17.2 1 33.8 2.2 36 96.8 21.7 71 159.8 54.4 130 266.0

-14.4 6 42.8 5.0 41 105.8 24.4 76 168.8 68.3 155 311.0

FOLLOW SAFE PROCEDURE

WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

WARN OTHERS OF SERVICE WORK

USE HANDHOLDS AND STEPS

PROTECT AGAINST FLYING DEBRIS

PROTECT AGAINST NOISE

AVOID POWER LINES

MOVE AND OPERATE MACHINE SAFELY

OPERATE ONLY FORM OPERATOR'S SEAT

PARK MACHINE SAFELY

SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY

HANDLE FLUIDS SAFELY-AVOID FIRES

Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not

REMOVE PAINT BEFORE WELDING OR HEATING

ILLUMINATE WORK AREA SAFELY

STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS

AVOID HIGH PRESSURE FLUIDS

PREVENT BATTERY EXPLOSIONS

PREVENT ACID BURNS

DISPOSE OF FLUIDS PROPERLY

REPLACE SAFETY SIGNS

LIVE WITH SAFETY

Tool box Fuel tank Hydraulic oil tank Main pump

Arm Arm cylinder Boom Boom cylinder Cab Muffler Counterweight

Bucket cylinder Connecting link Idler Carrier roller Sprocket

Description Unit Specification

Operating weight kg(lb) 16600(36600)

ş : Rating over-front ş : Rating over-side or 360 degree

Load radius At max. reach

Load radius At max. reach

Load radius At max. reach

0.39m3 0.35m3 620mm 740mm 410kg

0.57m3 0.50m3 840mm 960mm 490kg

Ɠ0.65m3 0.55m3 930mm 1050mm 510kg

0.70m3 0.60m3 990mm 1110mm 540kg

0.80m3 0.70m3 1080mm 1200mm 570kg

Applicable for materials with density of 2000kg/m3 (3370lb/yd3) or less

Shoe width mm(in) 500(20) 600(24) 700(28) 800(32)

3) NUMBER OF ROLLERS AND SHOES ON EACH SIDE

Model Cummins B3.9-C